Agenda — Tracy City Council, April 30, 2024 (part 1 of 3)

Pursuant to Section 54956 of the Government Code of the State of California, a Special meeting of the Tracy City Council is hereby called for:

Date/Time: Tuesday, April 30, 2024, 5:00 p.m.
(or as soon thereafter as possible)

Location: Tracy City Hall
333 Civic Center Plaza, Tracy, CA. 95376

Government Code Section 54954.3 states that every public meeting shall provide an opportunity for the public to address the Tracy City Council on any item, before or during consideration of the item, however no action shall be taken on any item not on the agenda.

This meeting will be open to the public for in-person and remote participation pursuant to Government Code Section 54953(e)

For Remote Public Comment:

During the Items from the Audience, public comment will be accepted via the options listed below. If you would like to comment remotely, please follow the protocols below:
• Comments via:
o Online by visiting https://cityoftracyevents.webex.com and using the following Event Number: 2557 183 9577 and Event Password: TracyCC o If you would like to participate in the public comment anonymously, you may submit your comment via phone or in WebEx by typing “Anonymous” when prompted to provide a First and Last Name and inserting [email protected] when prompted to provide an email address. o Join by phone by dialing +1-408-418-9388, enter 25571839577#8722922# Press *3 to raise the hand icon to speak on an item.

• Protocols for commenting via WebEx:
o If you wish to comment under “Items from the Audience/Public Comment” portion of the agenda:
 Listen for the Mayor to open “Items from the Audience/Public Comment”, then raise your hand to speak by clicking on the Hand icon on the Participants panel to the right of your screen.
 If you no longer wish to comment, you may lower your hand by clicking on the Hand icon again.
o Comments for the “Items from the Audience/Public Comment” will be accepted until the public comment period is closed.

NOTICE OF SPECIAL MEETING
April 30, 2024 Special Meeting

Page 2 ends

1. C all to Order

2. A ctions, by Motion, of City Council pursuant to AB 2449, if any

3. Roll Call and Declaration of Conflicts

4. P RESENTATIONS:

1. Employee of the Month

2. Proclamation – Lyme Disease Awareness Month

3. P roclamation – Neurofibromatosis Awareness Month

4. P roclamation – National Public Works Week

5. Items from the audience - In accordance with Council Meeting Protocols and Rules of Procedure, adopted by Resolution No. 2019-240, and last amended by Resolution No. 2021-049, a five-minute maximum time limit per speaker will apply to all individuals speaking during “Items from the Audience/Public Comment”. For non-agendized items, Council Members may briefly respond to statements made or questions posed by individuals during public comment; ask questions for clarification; direct the individual to the appropriate staff member; or request that the matter be placed on a future agenda or that staff provide additional information to Council.

6. CONSENT ITEMS

6.A. Approval of April 16, 2024, Closed Session, Special Meeting and Regular Meeting Minutes, and April 23, 2024, Special Meeting and Closed Session Minutes.

6.B. The Tracy Finance Committee recommends that the City Council adopt a resolution authorizing the execution of an agreement to commit to the purchase of two replacement fire apparatus for the cost of $2,297,696 to be paid upon the date of delivery, estimated to be 32 months later.

6.C. By Motion, Authorize the City Attorney to Respond to the Formal Notice of Brown Act Violation/ Cease and Desist from Burnell Shull dated April 16, 2024.

7. DISCUSSION ITEMS

7.A. The Tracy Parks & Community Services Commission recommends that the City Council, for the Aquatic Center Capital Improvement Project 78054 (Project), by motion, take the following actions: 1) reject the use of Developer’s Design Development Plans; and 2) authorize staff to plan the Project with Base Program – Option B with a $55 million project budget for the ultimate City-led development of the Project.

8. Co uncil Items and Comments

9. Adjournment
Posting Date: April 26, 2024
The City of Tracy is in compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act and will make all reasonable accommodations for the disabled to participate in employment, programs and facilities. Persons requiring assistance or auxiliary aids in order to participate, should contact the City Manager’s Office at (209) 831-6000 at least 24 hours prior to the meeting.

TRACY CITY COUNCIL - SPECIAL MEETING MINUTES

April 16, 2024, 4:15 p.m.

Tracy City Hall, 333 Civic Center Plaza, Tracy, CA.

1. Mayor Young called the meeting to order at 4:21 p.m.

2. There were no actions taken pursuant to AB 2449.

3. Roll Call found Council Members Arriola, Bedolla, Evans, Mayor Pro Tem Davis and Mayor Young present. There was no declaration of conflicts by City Council.

4. Items from the audience – There was no public comment.

5. Request to Conduct Closed Session:

5.A. CONFERENCE WITH LEGAL COUNSEL – ANTICIPATED LITIGATION

i. Significant exposure to litigation pursuant to Gov. Code §54956.9, subd. (d)(2) and (e)(3): (One case).

Attachment A – Claim made available pursuant to (e)(3)

ACTION: Motion was made by Mayor Pro Tem Davis and seconded by Council Member Arriola to recess to closed session. Roll call found all in favor; passed and so ordered.

6. Reconvened to Open Session – Time: 5:26 p.m.

7. Report of Final Action, if Any – Bijal Patel, City Attorney announced there were no reportable action.

8. Council Items and Comments - None

9. Adjournment – Time: 5:28 p.m.

ACTION: Motion was made by Council Member Arriola and seconded by Mayor Pro Tem Davis to adjourn. Roll call found all in favor; passed and so ordered.

The above agenda was posted at the Tracy City Hall on April 11, 2024. The above are action minutes. A recording is available at the office of the City Clerk.

____________________________
Mayor
ATTEST:

___________________________
City Clerk

TRACY CITY COUNCIL - SPECIAL MEETING MINUTES

April 16, 2024, 5:00 p.m.

Tracy City Hall, 333 Civic Center Plaza, Tracy, CA.

1. Mayor Young called the meeting to order at 5:37 p.m.

2. There were no actions taken pursuant to AB 2449.

3. Roll Call found Council Members Arriola, Bedolla, Evans, Mayor Pro Tem Davis, and Mayor Young present. There was no declaration of conflicts by City Council.

4. Items from the audience – There was no public comment.

5. DISCUSSION ITEMS

5.A. By motion, (1) Establish interview protocols to fill two vacancies on the City of Tracy Planning Commission; (2) Conduct interviews of seven applicants for such vacancies; and (3) Upon conclusion of the interviews, appoint an applicant to fill each such vacancy and establish an eligibility list, if appropriate.

Kimberly Murdaugh, Interim Assistant City Manager provided the staff report and presentation and responded to questions.

City Council discussed and determined the interview questions, amount of time allocated for each applicant to respond to questions, order in which applicants will be interviewed, process and length of time for follow-up questions, and the length of time for Council discussion.

James Damasco requested clarification on the question that was added to the list of questions being asked for the Planning Commission interviews.

Council questions and comments continued. Council interviewed Rosario Arulappan, Gurtej Atwal, Jose Chavez, James Damasco, Don Penning, Kristine Quantong, and Tim Silva. Council Members provided the Mayor with their recommendations for appointment to the Planning Commission.

Mayor Young announced the following selection: Gurtej Atwal and Don Penning to serve on the Planning Commission and Jose Chavez to be added to the 12- month eligibility list.

Mayor Pro Tem Davis requested Tim Silva also be added to the eligibility list.

Mayor Young agreed.

ACTION: Motion was made by Mayor Young and seconded by Council Member Bedolla to appoint Gurtej Atwal and Don Penning to serve from April 17, 2024 to March 31, 2028 on the Tracy Planning Commission. Jose Chavez and Tim Silva were placed on the eligibility list. Roll call found all in favor; passed and so ordered.

Special Meeting Minutes 2 April 16, 2024

6. Council Items and Comments – None

7. Adjournment – Time: 8:13 p.m.

ACTION: Motion was made by Council Member Arriola and seconded by Mayor Pro Tem Davis to adjourn. Roll call found all in favor; passed and so ordered.

The above agenda was posted at the Tracy City Hall on April 11, 2024. The above are action minutes. A recording is available at the office of the City Clerk.

____________________________
Mayor
ATTEST:

___________________________
City Clerk

TRACY CITY COUNCIL REGULAR MEETING MINUTES

April 16, 2024, 7:00 p.m.

City Hall, 333 Civic Center Plaza, Tracy Web Site: www.cityoftracy.org

Mayor Young called the meeting to order at 8:32 p.m.

There were no actions taken pursuant to AB 2449.

Roll call found Council Members Arriola, Bedolla, Evans, Mayor Pro Tem Davis and Mayor Young present. City Council had no declarations of conflict.

Priest Atul Batra, Sant Nirankari Mission offered the invocation.

Mayor Young deviated from agenda for an announcement from staff. Midori Lichtwardt, City Manager shared that item 3.B will not be heard.

Bijal Patel, City Attorney clarified that the item is completely pulled but since it was agendized, the public has an opportunity to speak on that item under the Items of the Audience Mayor Young proclaimed May 2 as National Month of Prayer.

Mayor Young presented a proclamation for National Bike to Work Week to Dotty Nygard from Tracy Bike Life Youth Program.

Mayor Young presented a proclamation for Older Americans Month to Henry Koertzen, Senior Center Volunteer.

Mayor Young presented a proclamation for National Volunteer Week to Jerry Green, Athletics Volunteer.

Mayor Young presented a proclamation for Building Safety Month to Christopher Morgan, Building Official.

Mayor Young proclaimed Asian American and Pacific Islander Heritage Month.

Mayor Young presented a proclamation for the Earth Day to Dotty Nygard from Tracy Earth Project.

1. CONSENT CALENDAR – Following the removal of Consent Item 1.C, motion was made by Council Member Arriola and seconded by Mayor Pro Tem Davis to adopt the Consent Calendar. Roll call found all in favor; passed and so ordered.

1.A. Adoption of April 2, 2024 Special Meeting and Regular Meeting Minutes.- Minutes were adopted.

Regular Meeting Minutes 2 April 16, 2024

1.B. Staff recommends that the City Council adopt a resolution approving a leave of absence for Transportation Advisory Commissioner Maurice Francis for the months of April and May 2024. – Resolution 2024-056

1.D. Staff recommends that the City Council adopt a Resolution authorizing the purchase order for one Atlas Copco PAS F88 mobile dewatering pump from Holland Pump Company through a competitively bid Sourcewell Cooperative Agreement in the amount of $97,392.50 for the John Jones Water Treatment Plant; and 2) declaring the existing mobile dewatering pump as surplus and approving its disposition pursuant to Tracy Municipal Code Section 2.20.310. – Resolution 2024-057

1.E. Staff recommends that the City Council adopt a resolution (1) accepting improvements for Corral Hollow Road Widening as complete, (2) authorizing the City Engineer to release the bonds furnished by the developer, and (3) authorizing the City Clerk to file the Notice of Completion with the San Joaquin County Recorder’s Office. – Resolution 2024-058

1.F. Staff recommends that the City Council adopt a resolution (1) Approving the City’s Annual Military Equipment Report (2) Adopting findings required under Government Code Section 7071(e)(2) for each item of military equipment identified in such report; and (3) Approving the renewal of City Ordinance 1327 authorizing the continued use of specified military equipment as required by Government Code Section 7071(e)(2). – Resolution 2024-059

1.G. Staff recommends that the City Council accept the Tracy Homelessness Advisory Committee’s informational report regarding the ongoing progress of the Tracy Police Department’s Homeless Outreach Team (Familiar Faces) and response to Homeless Encampments. - Council accepted report.

1.H. Staff recommends that the City Council adopt a resolution: (1) making findings under Tracy Municipal Code Section 2.20.180(B)(4) that strict compliance with the bidding process is not in the best interest of the City;(2) approving a General Service Agreement with American Traffic Solutions, Inc., a Kansas corporation doing business as Verra Mobility, to implement the City’s automated red -light photo enforcement program for up to 15 traffic intersections throughout the City for a five-year term and annual not- to-exceed amount of $63,000.00; and (3) authorizing the City Manager to administratively extend the agreement for up to two additional five-year terms. - Resolution 2024-060

1.I. Staff recommends that the City Council waive the second reading and adopt an Ordinance approving a rezone from Medium Density Residential Zone to High Density Residential Zone for a 1.94-Acre portion of an overall 6.85 - Acre site located at 301 West Street, Assessor’s Parcel Number 235-420-16 (application number R23-0005). – Ordinance 1344

Regular Meeting Minutes 3 April 16, 2024

1.C. Staff recommends that the City Council adopt a Resolution 1) accepting a donation of 342 trees from Google LLC, valued at $76,093, in accordance with the City’s Donation Policy adopted by Resolution 2021- 108; and 2) authorizing the City Manager to sign the acceptance letter.

Pete Mitracos from the Tracy Tree Foundation expressed gratitude to staff and Council for the efforts in providing trees and for the environmental work that is done throughout the City and shared that if there were more trees the community would do better as a community in providing shade and environmental, and economic benefit. Commended Council and staff for the grant, hoped for more grants in the future and requested an increase in the tree budget by $2 Million.

Bill Stewart expressed concerns regarding the upkeep and trimming of existing trees throughout the City and shared that he has yet to receive a call back regarding tree trimming.

ACTION: Motion was made by Council Member Arriola and seconded by Mayor Pro Tem Davis to approve Resolution 2024-061, accepting a donation of 342 trees from Google LLC, valued at $76,093 in accordance with the City’s donation policy adopted by Resolution 2021-108; and authorizing the City Manager to sign the donation acceptance letter. Roll call found all in favor; passed and so ordered.

2. ITEMS FROM THE AUDIENCE – Dan McManus, represented the Banta Community Members shared his concerns regarding Item 3.B. Asked about the late notification for the Council meeting, considering that something that affects the Banta Community and requested ample notification be given so that people can attend Council meetings if this item comes up . Mr. McManus expressed frustration over the promotion of Earth Day and yet looking to reduce agricultural land by building warehouses.

Council Member Bedolla shared that community members can sign-up online to get the meeting agendas once they are published.

Karin Schnaider, Assistant City Manager clarified what Item 3.B would have encompassed and that the applicant requested that this item be withdrawn.

Mr. McManus expressed frustration over the lack of notification from the City.

Frank Marty thanked Council for stepping up for Tracy, expressed concern over the number of warehouses and how that affected traffic in Banta and how there is an increase in traffic violations and speeding.

Community Member expressed concerns that at the March 19 th Council meeting, the
facilitator of the meeting had requested that a community member be expelled, requested that the Mayor resign and allow Mayor Pro Tem Davis to continue finishing the term. Expressed frustration at the behavior that was displayed by some Council Members. Urged the community to vote in November.

Council Member Arriola called for a point of order and objected to the characterization.

Regular Meeting Minutes 4 April 16, 2024

Mayor Young also objected to the mischaracterization.

Leanne Stoss shared her frustration regarding Item 3.B since that item had already been shot down and shared that Council’s duty is to lookout for the residents of Tracy and requested that Council stop allowing the building of warehouses.

Vannie Dart expressed that she is glad that Item 3.B had been pulled and asked for further clarification on the CEQA item.

Bijal Patel, City Attorney shared that the item was regarding a policy question and not a project evaluation and with this particular item CEQA was not required but clarified that if this item came back as a project implementation it will require CEQA.

Ms. Dart shared that her security cameras have captured crime, lewd acts and drugs at the warehouse parking lots.

Robert Tanner asked what is going on with the First Amendment and questioned the vote taken at the closed session. Stated that the perception of the elimination or reduction of the First Amendment rights is prevalent and expressed concern for the length of the Council Meetings and the reduction of time for the public to speak.

Burnell Shull shared a letter with Council, City Manager, City Attorney and Deputy City Clerk regarding the meeting on March 19
th and expressed concerns over Brown Act
violations and her intent to formally file a notice of Brown Act Violation and Cease and Desist.

Steve Hilton expressed concerns regarding the traffic that comes from the warehouses and how there was a plan at one point to redirect traffic. Mr. Hilton also shared his concern for orchards being removed, thanked the three Council Members that voted against more warehouses and stated the other two Council Members that voted in favor did not listen to the community.

Community Member stated that what happened at the last meeting was a premeditated ploy against the Mayor and that Council violated the Brown Act for not following the Grand Jury ruling to have a super majority vote, and that the alignment with the City Attorney to disobey the Grand Jury and use a 3-2 vote. Shared support for the Mayor and urged the people of Tracy to vote for the Council Members that will hold the City Attorney accountable.

Community Members shared concerns regarding the condition of the skate park in the Edgewood neighborhood, pavement has large cracks throughout and that it is in no condition to skate and requested that the pavement repairs be prioritized before a serious injury takes place.

Cruz Fairfield shared his experience regarding the roads near the warehouses and the safety concerns with increased traffic, the environmental impacts, and expressed his disappointment in the cutting of the trees at El Pescadero Park.

Adriana Castro shared that the current warehouses has increased commuter traffic and the County coming to build a new bypass but that it comes through Banta. Asked if Tracy brought the warehouses, why traffic impact was not also looked at. Regarding the Regular Meeting Minutes 5 April 16, 2024

decision to take farmland, and that one acre of corn removes eight tons of greenhouse gases.

Cybil Spikes expressed her concerns regarding traffic and the warehouses. Ms. Spikes shared that Tracy is a great place to raise a family but the number of warehouses being built needs to stop.

Patty Marty, a Banta resident shared her concerns regarding the warehouses and how it impacts Banta, and that the City needs to take better care of the streets around the warehouses. Also expressed concerns over the infrastructure that is required to support the traffic flow, and requested more information on what is going to prior planned infrastructure changes and asked that Tracy take accountability for their city.

Mike Schober shared that there are six months left with this Council and requested that people on both sides need to stop with the negativity that makes the City look bad, regardless of how people feel about the Mayor, she was elected and if you do not like her that is why there are elections. Urged the community and Council to get along and stop the negativity.

3. REGULAR AGENDA

3.A. Staff recommends that City Council adopt a resolution (1) approving the Citywide Water System Master Plan Update, (2) approving the Citywide Public Safety Master Plan Update, (3) approving the Citywide Public Facilities Master Plan Update, and (4) determining that the updates are exempt from the California Environmental Quality Act pursuant to CEQA Guidelines Section 15183.

Lauren Gonzales, Management Analyst introduced the following:

Elizabeth Drayer, consultant from West Yost and Associates presented the Water Master Plan Update.

Bruce Playle and Prescott Nichols,
consultants from Indigo Hammond and Playle
Architects presented the Public Safety Master Plan Update.

Matthew Evans, consultant from KPA Group presented the Public Facilities Master Plan Update.

Koosun Kim, PE, City Engineer provided the staff report and responded to questions.

Council questions and comments followed.

Cruz Fairfield requested a breakdown of the $24.9 million dollars that are allotted for the Police Department. Prescott Nichols, consultant from Indigo Hammond and Playle Architects provided clarification.

ACTION: Motion was made by Council Member Bedolla and seconded by Mayor Pro Tem Davis to adopt Resolution 2024-062 (1) approving the Citywide Water System Master Plan Update, (2) approving the Citywide Public Safety Master Plan Update, (3) approving the Citywide Public Facilities Master Plan Update, and (4) Regular Meeting Minutes 6 April 16, 2024

determining that the updates are exempt from the California Environmental Quality Act pursuant to CEQA Guidelines Section 15183. Roll call found all in favor; passed and so ordered.

3.B Staff recommends that the City Council:

1) Determine that the authorizing initial negotiation of a development agreement is categorically exempt from the California Environment Quality Act, pursuant to CEQA Guidelines Section 15061(b)(3);

2) Authorize staff to negotiate a Development Agreement with the Tracy Alliance group, by and through Dermody Properties, related to property at the northeast corner of Grant Line and Paradise Roads.

Item was pulled from the agenda due to the applicant withdrawing the item. Bijal Patel, City Attorney clarified that since it was an agendized item, the public can still comment on this under Items of the Audience.

4. ITEMS FROM THE AUDIENCE – Rosario Arulappan shared concerns regarding trucks and traffic, continued damage to roads and air quality and expressed frustration at the lack of attraction to business without infrastructure and the lack of progress with the aquatic center. Mr. Arulappan urged Council not to make the same mistakes as they did with Ellis.

Karen Moore thanked Council Member Arriola and Mayor Pro Tem Davis for asking the questions that she also had regarding Item 3.A.

5. STAFF ITEMS – Midori Lichtwardt, City Manager announced the following:
• Thursday’s Homelessness Advisory Committee Meeting has been canceled, but a Special Meeting has been rescheduled for May 14, as well as our May 7 Regular Council Meeting – the next regular meeting is scheduled for May 21. • Join us for Rollin’ Rec at Clyde Bland Park tomorrow from 2:30-5:30 p.m. for free arts and crafts, games, and sports.
• Seniors 50 and better are invited to dance with us at Lolly Hansen Senior Center tomorrow from 4-7 p.m. for their Disco Fever event.
• Stroll with Patrol at West Valley Mall is also happening tomorrow at 4:30 p.m. Stop by to visit with our Tracy Police Officers.
• Our Youth Advisory Commission is still recruiting for both youth and adult commissioners - please visit their page on our website for more information and to apply: CityOfTracy.org. The deadline is April 26, 2024. • We need your help to name two new Tracy Hills parks. The Park Nomination form is available on our website and the deadline for submittal is April 25, 2024.

Karin Schnaider, Assistant City Manager shared that the regularly scheduled Finance Committee has been cancelled a Special Meeting has been rescheduled for April 29, 2024.

Council Member Bedolla left at 10:45 p.m.

Regular Meeting Minutes 7 April 16, 2024

6. COUNCIL ITEMS – Mayor Pro Tem Davis shared that she attended the Tracy Federal Lobbying Trip, thanked staff and Council colleagues, and highlighted the committees and Congress representatives that they met with.

Mayor Pro Tem Davis requested support for rescinding resolution 2016-115 which establishes the revised procedures and requirements for the consideration for Development Agreements, Council Member Evans supported the request.

Mayor Pro Tem Davis stated she attended several Community Events and commended the Knights of Columbus for their crab feed fundraiser, congratulated the opening of Speers Barbecue at the Tracy Golf Course, congratulated TCCA for Taps on Tenth, and participated in the Holla Mohalla celebration with the Sikh Community.

Council Member Arriola shared that his work with Mayor Pro Tem and Council Member Bedolla was fruitful and positive, wished Council colleagues safe travel for their upcoming One Voice Trip. Happy Earth Day and will be celebrating with the Tracy Earth Project on April 27.

Council Member Evans attended the same events as Mayor Pro Tem Davis and urged the community to attend more community events.

Mayor Young shared events from the Washington D.C. trip and partnered with Mayor Pro Tem Davis and Council Member Bedolla and expressed teamwork along with the Lobbyist, Karin Schnaider, Assistant City Manager and Sara Cowell, Finance Director and will also be attending the first day of the Cal Cities Sumit Leadership.

7. ADJOURNMENT – Time: 10:58 p.m.

ACTION: Motion was made by Mayor Pro Tem Davis and seconded by Council Member Arriola to adjourn. Roll call found Council Members Arriola, Evans, Mayor Pro Tem Davis, and Mayor Young in favor; passed and so ordered. Council Member Bedolla was not present.

The above agenda was posted at the Tracy City Hall on April 11, 2024. The above are action minutes. A recording is available at the office of the City Clerk.

____________________________
Mayor

ATTEST:

__________________________
City Clerk

TRACY CITY COUNCIL - SPECIAL MEETING MINUTES

April 23, 2024, 4:30 p.m.

Tracy City Hall, 333 Civic Center Plaza, Tracy, CA.
and Mayor Young attended remotely at the following location:

Omni Atlanta Hotel at Centennial Park
190 Marietta St NW, Atlanta, GA 30303
and Council Member Bedolla attended remotely at the following location:

Hyatt House Tempe/Phoenix University
601 E. 6th Street, Tempe, AZ 85281

1. Mayor Pro Tem Davis called the meeting to order at 4:36 p.m.

2. There were no actions taken pursuant to AB 2449.

3. Roll call found Council Members Arriola, Bedolla, Evans, Mayor Pro Tem Davis and Mayor Young present. Council Member Bedolla and Mayor Young participated remotely. There was no declaration of conflicts by City Council.

4. Items from the audience – There was no public comment.

5. Discussion Items:

5.A. Consider and Determine, by Motion, Response to Formal Notice of Brown Act Violation/Cease and Desist from Alice English dated March 29, 2024

Bijal Patel, City Attorney introduced John Natalizio, BBK Law who provided the staff report.

Council questions followed.

A caller stated the word alleged is being used in the letter when the public witnessed it, and it was on video. Ms. English’s right to speak was infringed upon, is not the first time but hopes it is the last time, and hopes Council does something as a group to make sure it doesn’t happen and everyone should get treated the same.

Alice English stated it is not an allegation, everyone saw the combat. It was not just the Brown Act but also the Code of Conduct. Her First Amendment right was violated. Times are not consistent; some people speak longer and silences others when it is not to her convenience. Ms. English stated she had requested an apology from the Mayor for the residents of Tracy. Wants the public to know they can speak to Council and not be threatened. Spoke about the Mayor abusing power, First Amendment rights that are violated needing to be corrected as soon as possible and hoped it will be remedied and more action taken.

Todd Lieberg stated all Council volunteered and accepted a role on the dais and the pros and cons which sometimes is public criticism. To use official City proceedings to prohibit public discussion of non agendized and agendized items on the agenda is wrong. Robust debate is the foundation of this country and encouraged Council to cease and desist from this behavior.

Special Meeting Minutes 2 April 23, 2024

Burnell Shull expressed her concerns regarding the whole episode and does not understand how we can have this discourse. We need to have different opinions and share the opinions. Biggest problem here is when people get up to speak they get cut off in the middle of a sentence. Does not know why all the negativity about Tracy is being expelled this year. Things do not get finished and everything is in chaos. People are scared to come and talk.

Conrad Levoit stated he had watched the meeting from home, shared concerns regarding being muted mid-sentence or topic and encouraged people to come to Council and voice their opinions and be heard. Feel pressured when speaking in allotted time. To have an officer enforce is an awkward position when people have rights. Thankful on how he presented himself, he did not throw someone out, but it could have been ugly. Need to work together.

Council comments followed.

ACTION: Motion was made by Council Member Evans and seconded by Council Member Arriola to adopt the letter and authorize the City Attorney to transmit the letter to Ms. English. Roll call found Council Members Arriola, Bedolla, Evans and Mayor Pro Tem Davis in favor; passed and so ordered. Mayor Young opposed.

6. Council Items and Comments – Council Member Bedolla stated he received a scholarship from the National Association of Latino Elected Officials to attend a policy institute on tackling the housing crisis and will be there through midday tomorrow and look forward to sharing information with the City Manager’s Office and Council.

7. Adjournment – Time: 5:12 p.m.

ACTION: Motion was made by Council Member Arriola and seconded by Council Member Evans to adjourn. Roll call found all in favor; passed and so ordered.

The above agenda was posted at the Tracy City Hall on April 18, 2024. The above are action minutes. A recording is available at the office of the City Clerk.

____________________________
Mayor
ATTEST:

___________________________
City Clerk

TRACY CITY COUNCIL - SPECIAL MEETING MINUTES

April 23, 2024, 5:00 p.m.

Tracy City Hall, 333 Civic Center Plaza, Tracy, CA.
and Mayor Young attended remotely at the following location:

Omni Atlanta Hotel at Centennial Park
190 Marietta St NW, Atlanta, GA 30303
and Council Member Bedolla attended remotely at the following location:

Hyatt House Tempe/Phoenix University
601 E. 6th Street, Tempe, AZ 85281

1. Mayor Pro Tem Davis called the meeting to order at 5:18 p.m.

2. There were no actions taken pursuant to AB 2449.

3. Roll call found Council Members Arriola, Bedolla, Evans, and Mayor Pro Tem Davis present. Council Member Bedolla participated remotely. Mayor Young absent from roll call. City Council had no declarations of conflicts.

4. Items from the audience – Alice English stated Tracy residents need to hear from the City about what happened, people are concerned and don’t want to come to the meetings. Ms. English stated she feels the Mayor does not understand what she did wrong, no one was threatened, nobody was talking from the audience and her time was still on the clock, and the public has the right to speak at Council. Ms. English shared concerns regarding the Mayor talking and taking away time from the public to speak, lack of consistency with the way the meetings are run and asked that the City Clerk stop the clock when the Mayor interrupts people.

5. Request to Conduct Closed Session:

5.A. CONFERENCE WITH LEGAL COUNSEL – ANTICIPATED LITIGATION

i. Significant exposure to litigation pursuant to Gov. Code §54956.9, subd. (d)(2) and (e)(3): (One case).

Attachment A – Government Claims Act claim made available pursuant to (e)(3)

5.B. CONFERENCE WITH LEGAL COUNSEL—EXISTING LITIGATION
(Paragraph (1) of subdivision (d) of Gov. Code Section 54956.9)

Patrick Vargas v. City of Tracy, et al.

USDC Case No. 2:22-cv-01454-WBS-KJN

Conrad Levoit spoke on agenda item 5.A and encouraged the public to exercise the right to speak and be heard. He understands there is a format to use the time speakers have and make it effective and useful. He did not recall this particular topic and would like to refer to the meeting posted online but do not know when it took place. When hearings are taking place, would like to have the video played regarding the allegation. He had witnessed Ms. English’s experience but did not recall Ms. Shull’s.

Special Meeting Minutes 2 April 23, 2024

ACTION: Motion was made by Council Member Evans and seconded by Council Member Arriola to recess to Closed Session. Roll call found Council Members Arriola, Bedolla, Evans, and Mayor Pro Tem Davis in favor; passed and so ordered.

Mayor Young absent from roll call. Time: 5:28 p.m.

Mayor Young joined the closed session meeting remotely at 5:41 p.m.

6. Reconvened to Open Session – Time: 7:19 p.m.

7. Report of Final Action, if Any – Bijal Patel, City Attorney announced there were no reportable actions on either item.

8. Council Items and Comments - None

9. Adjournment – Time: 7:20 p.m.

ACTION: Motion was made by Council Member Arriola and seconded by Council Member Evans to adjourn. Roll call found Council Members Arriola, Evans and Mayor Pro Tem Davis all in favor; passed and so ordered. Council Member Bedolla and Mayor Young absent from roll call.

The above agenda was posted at the Tracy City Hall on April 18, 2024. The above are action minutes. A recording is available at the office of the City Clerk.

____________________________
Mayor
ATTEST:

___________________________
City Clerk
April 30, 2024
Agenda Item 6.B

RECOMMENDATION
The Tracy Finance Committee recommends that the City Council adopt a resolution authorizing the execution of an agreement to commit to the purchase of two replacement fire apparatus for the cost of $2,297,696 to be paid upon the date of delivery, estimated to be 32 months later.

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
The South San Joaquin County Fire Authority (SSJCFA) is requesting the replacement of two fire engines owned
by the City of Tracy (City), one each located at Stations 91 and 97, that are approaching the end of their useful life. Manufacturing times for fire engines require a two-and- a-half-year lead time to build the fire engine. On March 26, 2024, staff presented the Finance Committee (Committee) four options for funding the cost of the new vehicles and the associated procurement timing of each. The Committee is recommending that the City Council approve option 2, which is to make a contractual commitment now to purchase two fire engines and pay a cost of $2,297,696 at delivery, which is approximately 32 months later.

The City, as a member of SSJCFA, owns and maintains the fire engines at each station.

Funding has been accumulated each year towards the purchase of replacement engines, with a current balance of $925,000 in the replacement fund. These funds have not been appropriated by the City Council at this point. The proposed agreement allows the City to terminate the contract at any time, upon payment of an i ncremental sliding scale equi valent to a percentage of the total purchase price. For instance, if the City terminates the contract within 12 months of its execution, the City would owe a termination fee of 20%, or $459,540. If the City terminates the co
ntract within 24 m onths of its execution, the City would owe a termination fee of 50%, or $1,148,848. Staff will ensure the requisite fund appropriation is requested to the City Council in each fiscal year’s budget approval process to ensure that these contractual commitments are fully funded. There is no money owed if the City chooses to terminate the contract by July 1, 2024, and staff will include an appropriation request for the first year’s 10% termination fee in this upcoming budget process.

BACKGROUND
The City, as a member agency under the SSJCFA joint powers agreement, owns and maintains the fire engines at each of its respective fire stations. On December 21, 2021, the SSJFA board adopted a resolution (2021-034) approving the apparatus replacement plan. The resolution and replacement plan are included with this document in Attachment A.

Under the replacement plan, engines at Stations 91 and 97 are due for replacement in fiscal year (FY) 2026-27; however, manufacturing times for f ire engines r equire a two-and-a-half-year lead time to build the fire engine. The engines at Stations 91 and 97 are both 2015 High Tech, Spar
tan, Type I engines, with a useful life of ten years.

The City joined the Sourcewell cooperative purchasing program. The program allows for increased efficiency in purchasing, as Sourcewell competitively bids sever al manufacturers of

Agenda Item 6.B
April 30, 2024

Page 2 ends

like products in specific categories, allowing for the best pricing on items, such as fire engines.

The utilization of a cooperative purchasing agreement allows the City to streamline the purchase by avoiding the costs of strict compliance with the request for proposal (RFP) process.

Through the use of HGAC, SSJCFA staff have identified Golden State Fire Apparatus as the vendor able to provide the replacement engines with two Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. Velocity 1500 GPM type I engines. The specifications of the engines are outlined in Attachment B.

The cost to purchase the two replacement fire engines now is $1,945,336 and includes a prepayment discount of $324,711 and a multiple unit discount of $15,000. The City’s fire apparatus replacement fund balance is currently $925,000. To purchase both engines now would require an appropriation of $1,020,336 from the General Fund reserves. This price is valid through May 2, 2024 and after that date, a price increase of 1.5% will apply.

ANALYSIS

Staff presented the options for funding the replacement of the two fire engines to the Finance Committee on March 26, 2024, as listed below, and further detailed in the purchase agreement attached hereto as Attachment B.

Option 1 – Replace both engines now with prepayment
The cost to purchase two replacement fire engines now is $1,945,336 and includes a multiple unit discount of $15,000 and a prepayment discount of $324,711. Because the replacement of the two engines was not anticipated for two more fiscal years, the City’s fire apparatus replacement fund balance is currently $925,000. To purchase both engines now would require an appropriation of $1,020,336 from the General Fund reserves.

Option 2 – Replace both engines now, pay upon delivery
The cost to enter into a purchase agreement committing to purchase both engines now is a payment upon delivery of $2,297,696. This amount includes the multiple unit discount of $15,000, but not the prepayment discount. Option 2 will cost $352,360 more than Option 1, however, by waiting to make the payment upon delivery, estimated to be 32 month after purchase, the fire apparatus replacement fund will have sufficient funding accumulated for the purchase.

Option 3 – Replace one engine now and one engine in FY2025-26 The cost to replace one engine now with prepayment is estimated to be $975,000. With $925,000 in the fire apparatus replacement fund, an appropriation of $50,000 from the General Fund reserves would be required. With this option, there would not be a multiple unit discount of $15,000, but the cost would be spread over two fiscal years instead of one. Separating the purchase of two engines over two fiscal years would also stagger the purchase of replacement engines in future years, allowing for smoothing of the fire apparatus replacement fund.

Assuming the current rate of inflation, it is estimated the cost could reach $995,000 for the second engine purchased in FY2025-26. Waiting one fiscal year to replace the second engine would extend the engine’s useful life to (11) eleven years and could potentially result in an increased cost to the City in relation to maintenance and repairs of the engine.

Agenda Item 6.B
April 30, 2024

Page 3 ends

Option 4 – Defer both engine replacements to FY2026-27

The cost of deferring the purchase of both fire engine replacements to FY2026-27 based upon the current rate of inflation is estimated to be $2,200,000 with prepayment or $2,500,000 without prepayment. By deferring the purchase, the fire apparatus replacement fund would have sufficient funding accumulated for the purchase. Delaying the purchase to FY2026-27 would extend the useful life of the engines to thirteen (13) years and could potentially result in an increased cost to the City in relation to maintenance and repairs of the engine.

The Committee has recommended Council authorize purchase of the two replacement engines through Option 2, placing the purchase order now and making payment upon delivery of the engines. This choice supports SSJCFA’s equipment replacement plan and also allows the City to continue funding the replacement fund so that sufficient funds will exist at the time of delivery.

While option 2 does cost $352,360 more than Option 1, this also allows the City to earn interest on the funds accumulating in the replacement fund.

FISCAL IMPACT

The City, as a member of SSJCFA, owns and maintains the Fire engines at each station.

Funding has been accumulated each year towards the purchase of replacement engines, with a current balance of $925,000 in the replacement fund.

By deferring the payment of the engines to the time of delivery (estimated in 2026), the replacement fund will have accumulated sufficient funding for the purchase.

Further, as noted above, staff will ensure the requisite fund appropriation is requested to the City Council in each fiscal year’s budget approval process to ensure that the contractual commitment equivalent to the termination fee are appropriate to this transaction each year. There is no money owed if the City chooses to terminate the contract by July 1, 2024, and staff will include an appropriation request for the first year’s 10% termination fee in this upcoming budget process.

CEQA DETERMINATION

This action item is exempt review under the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) because it is not a "project" for purposes of CEQA (as defined by CEQA Guidelines §15378).

Specifically, this item proposes an organizational or administrative activity that will not result in a direct or indirect physical change in the environment (CEQA Guidelines §§15378(b)(5)).

STRATEGIC PLAN

This agenda item supports both the City’s Governance and Public Safety priorities. This item supports Governance goal 2, enhance short and long-term fiscal sustainability, and Public Safety goal 1, support emergency operations preparedness, response and recovery.

Agenda Item 6.B
April 30, 2024

Page 4 ends

ACTION REQUESTED OF THE CITY COUNCIL

The Tracy Finance Committee recommends that the City Council adopt a resolution authorizing the execution of an agreement to commit to the purchase of two replacement fire apparatus for the cost of $2,297,696, to be paid upon the date of delivery, estimated to be 32 months later.

Prepared by: Sara Cowell, Director of Finance
Reviewed by: Bijal Patel, City Attorney
Karin Schnaider, Assistant City Manager

Approved by: Midori Lichtwardt, City Manager

Attachments:

Attachment A: SSJCFA board approved apparatus replacement plan Attachment B: Golden State Fire Apparatus Purchase Agreement

Page 1 of 2 ends

Board Meeting Date: 12/21/2021
South San Joaquin County Fire Authority
835 Central Avenue, Tracy, CA 95376 | Tel: (209)831-6702 Fax: (209)831-6732

STAFF REPORT
TO: Board of Directors MEETING DATE: December 21, 2021
PREP
ARED BY: Randall Bradley Fire Chief
APPROVED BY: Randall Bradley, Fire Chief
ITEM: ADO

PT A RESOLUTION TO APPROVE THE SOUTH SAN JOAQUIN COUNTY FIRE AUTHORITY’S APPARATUS REPLACEMENT PLAN

RECOMMENDATION
Take acti
on to adopt a resolution to approve the South San Joaquin County Fire Authority’s Apparatus Replacement Plan.

BACKGROUND
Each m
ember agency owns fire apparatus that are assigned to their fire stations. The Fire Authority has developed an apparatus replacement plan to allow member agencies to plan for the replacement of fire apparatus. The plan provides a recommended annual allocation estimate to fund a portion of apparatus replacement on an annual basis. Prefunding apparatus replacements is a good management practice and serves to limit the fiscal impact on any single fiscal year. Staff vehicles and other capital equipment are not included in this plan. Staff vehicles and other capital equipment are in a separate Equipment Replacement Plan that will be managed by the Fire Authority and funded by the member agencies as part of the annual budget development process.

DISCUSSION
The goal of thi
s plan is to ensure that fire apparatus are replaced when necessary to maintain a safe, reliable, and operationally effective fleet. The plan will be updated annually and will be provided to each member agency as part of the budget development process.

The foll
owing replacement schedule was developed based on historical trends, call volumes and national standards:

Type I Engine: 10 years
Type III Engine: 15 years
Water Tender 20 years
Attachment A

Page 2 of 2 ends

Board Meeting Date: 12/21/2021
Tractor Drawn Aerial 15 years
Actual
apparatus replacement will be based on age, unit hours, safety considerations and maintenance records. The plan includes all new equipment for each apparatus. Costs may be reduced by reusing equipment that is attached to the replacement engine. Replaced first-out apparatus will go into reserve status. Reserve apparatus will be analyzed to determine which reserve apparatus should be retired.

A three per
cent annual escalator was calculated for future apparatus purchases and a three percent annual escalator was used for the recommended annual cost allocation for each member agency. It was assumed that both member agencies would start without a beginning balance and each member agency would begin to fund apparatus replacements in the 2022/23 fiscal year.

The apparatus r
eplacement plan is provided to member agencies to assist in planning for apparatus replacement. It is at the discretion of each member agency on how apparatus replacement is funded. If the Board approves the plan, the plan will be provided to each member agency.

The City
of Tracy recently approved the replacement of E-96 and that replacement was captured in the plan. Tracy Rural Fire District is considering apparatus replacement as part of a grant application. If the Tracy Rural Fire District approves the apparatus replacement, the plan will be updated to reflect the purchase.

FISCAL IMPACTS
No fis
cal impact to the Fire Authority

ATTACHMENTS

1. Resol
ution

2. South San Joaquin County Fire Authority Apparatus Replacement Plan

South San Joaquin County Fire Authority
Apparatus Replacement Schedule

TRACY RURAL APPARATUS REPLACEMENT
Apparatus Description Unit No.
2021/22
Cost Amt.

Year
Proc. Life Expct Rplc Year Rplc Year Rplc Year Rplc Year Rplc Year Rplc Year Rplc Year Rplc Year Rplc Year Rplc Year Rplc Year 2022/23 2023/24 2024/25 202 5/26 2026/27 2027/28 2028/29 2029/30 2030/31 2031/32 2032/33 Water Tender 90 (Pierce 3000 Gal) 2180 $500,000 1 200 5 20 $562,754 Brush 94 (HME, Type 3) 9020 $475,000 1 2016 15 $657,511 Engine 93 (Spartan, High Tech, Type I) 9018 $950,000 1 2015 10 $1,069,233 Engine 94 (Pierce, Velocity, Type I) 9021 $950,000 1 2021 10 $1,276,721 Engine 95 (Pierce, Velocity, Type I) 7635 $950,000 1 2021 10 $1,276,721 ANNUAL REPLACEMENT COST $0 $0 $0 $1,631,988 $0 $0 $0 $0 $0 $2,553,441 $657,511 ANNUAL ALLOCATION $400,000 $412,000 $424,360 $437,091 $450,204 $463,710 $477,621 $491,950 $506,708 $521,909 $537,567 ANNUAL FUND BALANCE $400,000 $812,000 $1,236,360 $41,463 $491,667 $955,376 $1,432,997 $1,924,947 $2,431,655 $400,123 $280,178

CITY OF TRACY APPARATUS REPLACEMENT
Apparatus Description Unit No.
2021/22
Cost Amt.

Year
Proc. Life Expct Rplc Year Rplc Year Rplc Year Rplc Year Rplc Year Rplc Year Rplc Year Rplc Year Rplc Year Rplc Year Rplc Year 2022/23 2023/24 2024/25 2025/26 2026/27 2027/28 2028/29 2029/30 2030/31 2031/32 2032/33 Engine 96 (Pierce, Velocity, Type I) 2324 $950,000 1 202 2 10 $1,315,022 Engine 91 (High Tech, Spartan, Type I) 2411 $950,000 1 2015 10 $1,101,310 Engine 97 (High Tech, Spartan Type I) 2412 $950,000 1 2015 10 $1,101,310 Engine 92 (Pierce, Velocity, Type I) 7634 $950,000 1 2021 10 $1,276,721 Truck 91 (Pierce, Velocity, TDA-Tiller) 2503 $1,280,000 1 2017 15 $1,771,819 ANNUALREPLACEMENT COST $0 $0 $0 $0 $2,202,621 $0 $0 $0 $0 $1,276,721 $3,086,842 ANNUAL ALLOCATION $500,000 $515,000 $530,450 $546,364 $562,754 $579,637 $597,026 $614,937 $633,385 $652,387 $671,958 ANNUAL FUND BALANCE $500,000 $1,015,000 $1,545,450 $2,091,814 $451,947 $1,031,584 $1,628,610 $2,243,547 $2,876,932 $2,252,598 -$162,285

ASSSUMPTIONS
Tracy Rural Beginning Fund Balance $0
Tracy Rural Beginning Annual Allocation $400,000
City of Tracy Beginning Fund Balance $0
City of Tray Beginning Annual Allocation $400,000
Type I Engine Life Expectancy 10 Yrs
Type III Engine Life Expectancy 15 Yrs
TDA Truck Life Expectancy 15 Yrs
Water Tender Life Expectancy 20 Yrs
Annual Apparatus Cost Increase 3 Pct.

Annual Allocation Increase 3 Pct.
*Replacement schedule based on national
standards
**Actual replacement decisions based on age,
safety considerations, operational
effectiveness and maintenance costs
PREP
ARED ESPECIALLY FOR:

CITY OF TRACY
Two (2) Pierce Manufacturing, Inc.

Velocity 1500 GPM Type 1 Engines
Attachment B
Product Proposal
Standard Terms and Conditions (Exhibit A)
Product Specifications (Exhibit B)
▪ Supporting Documents (If Applicable)
◦ Electrical Analysis
◦ Turning Radius Report
Product Warranties (Exhibit C)
Dealer Supplied Products and/or Services (Exhibit D)

TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 2
3 4
5 goldenstateﬁre.com
JROGHQVWDWHĆUHFRP

PRODUCT
PROPOSAL1

OPTION A
100% PRE-PAYMENT

This will be the price of the Product(s)
contingent upon the Customer paying the
Grand Total Purchase Price to GSFA within
thirty (30) calendar days of the Executed Date
pursuant to the Payment Terms

Please note this discount is also available contingent upon a Third Party (Leasing Company) paying 100% of the Grand Total Purchase Price on behalf of the Customer to GSFA within thirty (30) calendar days of the Executed Date pursuant to the Payment Terms

IF YOU ELECT THIS OPTION,

IT RESULTS IN A SAVINGS OF
($352,360.10) OFF

OF THE GRAND TOTAL OF OPTION B

goldenstatefire.com

7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | 916.330.1638

PRODUCT PROPOSAL FOR:

City of Tracy
835 N. Central Avenue
Tracy, CA 95376
Sales Consultant
Rich Myers
[email protected]
Mobile: (831) 251-8931

Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. (“GSFA”) is pleased to provide this proposal for the fire apparatus(es) and equipment identified below (the " Product”) to CITY OF TRACY (“Customer”) for consideration. This proposal (this “ Product Proposal ”) includes the following exhibits attached hereto: the Standard Terms and Conditions attached as Exhibit A (the “Terms and Conditions ”); the Product Specifications attached as Exhibit B (the “Specifications ”); the Product Warranties attached as Exhibit C; and the Dealer Supplied Products and/or Services attached as Exhibit D (the “Dealer Supplied Products/Services List ”) (all of the foregoing, collectively, the “ Agreement”). Through its signature below or other Acceptance (as defined on page 2), Customer acknowledges having received and read, and agrees to be bound by, the Agreement. The Agreement shall be effective as of the latest date appearing in the signature blocks below (the “ Executed Date”).

PAYMENT TERMS – Customer shall pay the total purchase price set forth directly above (the “Grand Total Purchase Price”) to GSFA within thirty (30) calendar days of the Executed Date. If payment of the Grand Total Purchase Price is late, a late fee as sp ecified in section 6 of the Terms and Conditions may be applied, and the Prepayment Discount may be adjusted, and the Grand Total Purchase Price increased in accordance with section 2.c of the Terms and Conditions. Customer shall pay any balance due as a result of Change Orders as described in the Terms and Conditions.

MANUFACTURER – Customer acknowledges that GSFA is not an agent of the Product manufacturer identified above (“Manufacturer”) and is not capable of binding Manufacturer. Within five (5) business days of the Executed Date, GSFA shall submit an order form to the Manufacturer for the Product. GSFA’s further performance under the Agreement is contingent upon SUBMITTED DATE EXPIRATION DATE GSFA PROPOSAL # MANUFACTURER BID # MANUFACTURER CONSORTIUM 03/21/2024 04/30/2024 40321-24A 947 Pierce
Manufacturing Inc.

Sourcewell #113021-
PMI, ID #259,
Member #18531

ITEM PRODUCT DESCRIPTION EXTENDED PRICE
A Two (2) Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. Velocity 1500 GPM Type 1 Engines 2,097,875.00 B Fire Fighting Equipment Mounting Allowance 30,000.00
C Two-Way Radio Mounting Allowance 5,000.00
D Multiple Unit Discount (15,500.00)
E Pre-Payment Discount for 100% Payment at Time of Order (the “Prepayment Discount”) (324,711.40) F SUBTOTAL 1,792,663.60
G 8.25% State Sales Tax 147,894.74
H California Tire Fee 21.00
I 100% Performance Bond 4,756.00
J GRAND TOTAL PURCHASE PRICE 1,945,335.34

goldenstatefire.com

7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | 916.330.1638
Manufacturer’s acceptance of such order form at the price and on the terms GSFA believed to be available when submitting this Product Proposal to Customer. If Manufacturer rejects such order as submitted or fails to respond to GSFA within a reasonable amount of time, GSFA shall notify Customer in writing, and unless GSFA and Customer otherwise agree in writing , the Agreement shall then terminate and have no further force or effect.

PRODUCT COMPLETION – The Product shall be ready for final inspection by Customer at the manufacturing facility within approximately 46.5 to 49.5 MONTHS after the Executed Date. The foregoing estimate is provided as a good faith approximation as of the date of submission of this Product Proposal and is subject to the Terms and Conditions.

PREDELIVERY SERVICE – If applicable, after transportation from the manufacturing facility and prior to final delivery or pick up, the Product shall receive those additional Products and/or services identified on the Dealer Supplied Products/Services List. It is estimated that such a service will add approximately 1 to 1.5 MONTH(S) to the above Product completion estimate. The foregoing estimate is provided as a good faith approximation as of the date of submission of this Product Proposal and is subject to the Terms and Conditions.

PROPOSAL EXPIRATION – This Product Proposal supersedes any previous proposal(s) presented to Customer by GSFA and its employees and may be accepted by Customer on or before the Expiration Date identified above. Unless accepted by the Expiratio n Date, GSFA reserves the right to withdraw this Product Proposal or to alter its terms (including by providing updated Product pricing) prior to an order being accepted.

PURCHASE ORDER – Any PO shall be made out to: Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. – 7400 Reese Road – Sacramento, CA 95828.

ACCEPTANCE – ACCEPTANCE OF THIS PROPOSAL CREATES AN ENFORCEABLE BINDING AGREEMENT BETWEEN GSFA AND CUSTOMER. “ACCEPTANCE” MEANS THAT THE CUSTOMER DELIVERS TO GSFA: (A) A SIGNED COPY OF THIS PRODUCT PROPOSAL, OR (B) A SIGNED COPY OF A PURCHASE ORDER INCORPORATING THE AGREEMENT IN ITS ENTIRETY. ANY ADDITIONAL OR DIFFERENT TERMS, WHETHER CONTAINED IN CUSTOMER’S FORMS OR OTHERWISE PRESENTED BY CUSTOMER AT ANY TIME, ARE HEREBY REJECTED AND OF NO EFFECT UNLESS APPROVED IN WRITING SIGNED BY G SFA.

COUNTERPARTS - This Product Proposal may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original (including copies sent to a party by electronic transmission) as against the party signing such counterpart, but which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. A signed copy of this Product Proposal delivered by facsimile, email or other means of electronic transmission will be deemed to have the same legal effect as delivery of an original signed copy of this Product P roposal.

If this Product Proposal is returned to GSFA with the signature of Customer’s authorized representative but without an attestation or co-signers signature, then absent Customer’s written notice to the contrary, GSFA shall be entitled to rely on such single signature as sufficient evidence of the signatory’s authority to execute the Agreement and bind Customer thereby.

INTENDING TO CREATE A BINDING AGREEMENT, Customer and GSFA have each caused this Product Proposal dated 03/21/2024, GSFA Proposal Number 40321-24A to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Executed Date.

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO BY CUSTOMER ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO BY GSFA

__________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Signature of Authorized Customer Representative Signature of Authorized GSFA Representative

__________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Print Name Print Name

__________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Title Title

__________________________________________________ _________________________________________________

Date Date
Ryan Wright
President
April 5, 2024

OPTION B

PAYMENT AT TIME OF DELIVERY OR PICKUP

This will be the price of the Product(s) contingent
upon the Customer paying the Grand Total
Purchase Price to GSFA at time of delivery or pickup
pursuant to the Payment Terms

goldenstatefire.com

7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | 916.330.1638

PRODUCT PROPOSAL FOR:

City of Tracy
835 N. Central Avenue
Tracy, CA 95376
Sales Consultant
Rich Myers
[email protected]
Mobile: (831) 251-8931

PAYMENT TERMS – Customer shall pay the total purchase price set forth directly above (the “Grand Total Purchase Price”) to GSFA no later than the time of GSFA’s delivery of the applicable Product to Customer’s address listed above (or Customer’s pick up of such Product at GSFA’s facilities, if approved by GSFA). GSFA shall have no obligation to deliver, or permit pick up of the Product if the Customer does not have full payment ready when the Product is complete and ready to deliver or pick up, as applicable. Customer shall pay any balance due as a result of Change Orders as described in the Terms and Conditions .

Sourcewell #113021-
PMI, ID #259,
Member #18531

ITEM PRODUCT DESCRIPTION EXTENDED PRICE
A Two (2) Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. Velocity 1500 GPM Type 1 Engines 2,097,875.00 B Fire Fighting Equipment Mounting Allowance 30,000.00
C Two-Way Radio Mounting Allowance 5,000.00
D Multiple Unit Discount (15,500.00)
E SUBTOTAL 2,117,375.00
F 8.25% State Sales Tax 174,683.44
G California Tire Fee 21.00
H 100% Performance Bond 5,616.00
I GRAND TOTAL PURCHASE PRICE 2,297,695.44

goldenstatefire.com

PURCHASE ORDER – Any PO shall be made out to: Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. – 7400 Reese Road – Sacramento, CA 95828.

INTENDING TO CREATE A BINDING AGREEMENT, Customer and GSFA have each caused this Product Proposal dated 03/21/2024, GSFA Proposal Number 40321-24B to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Executed Date.

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO BY CUSTOMER ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO BY GSFA

__________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Signature of Authorized Customer Representative Signature of Authorized GSFA Representative

__________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Print Name Print Name

__________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Title Title

__________________________________________________ _________________________________________________

Date Date
Ryan Wright
President
April 5, 2024

JROGHQVWDWHĆUHFRP

STANDARD TERMS

AND CONDITIONS
Exhibit “A”
2 1

STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS

1. Definitions.

a. “A greement” has the meaning given in the Product Proposal. b. “Customer” means the customer identified in the Product Proposal. c. “Dealer Preparation ,” if applicable, means additional product(s) and/or services added by GSFA after Manufacturer’s completion of the Product and prior to d elivery, in accordance with the Dealer Supplied Products/Services List.
d. “Delivery Date” means the Product Completion timeframe plus the Predelivery Service timeframe equals the Delivery Date.
e. “Dealer Supplied Products/Services List” means the Dealer Supplied Products and/or Services List attached to the Product Proposal as Exhibit D, which reflects all Dealer Pre paration under the Agreement absent a valid Change Order(s).
f. “G rand Total Purchase Price ” means the total purchase price for the Product identified in the Product Proposal (subject to any adjustments required or permitted by these Terms and Conditions, including by the execution of a valid Change Order(s).
g. “GSFA” means Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc., a California corporation. h. “Manufacturer” means the person or persons, company, firm, corporation, partnership, or other organization identified in the Product Proposal as responsible for manufacturing the Product . i. “Party” or “Parties” means GSFA and/or Customer, as applicable. j. “Predelivery Service” means the Products and/or Services that will be provided by GSFA after transportation of the Product(s) from the manufacturing facility and prior to Final Delivery or Pick -Up. k. “Prepayment Discount” means a discount to the purchase price for the Product granted to Customer in connection with Customer’s advance payment of the Grand Total Purchase Price (or portion thereof, as specified in the Product Proposal).
l. “Product” means the fire apparatus(es) and any associated equipment listed in the Product Proposal and further described in the Specifications.
m. “Product Completion” means the fire apparatus(es) in the Product Proposal and further described in the Specifications being ready for final inspection by Customer at the manufacturing facility. n. “Product Proposal” means the GSFA proposal executed by Customer to which these Terms and Conditions are attached.
o. “P roduct Warranties ” means the Manufacturer warranties for the Product attached to the Product Proposal as Exhibit C.
p. “Specifications” means the specifications for the Product attached to the Product Proposal as Exhibit B. q. “Terms and Conditions ” means these Standard Terms and Conditions , which are attached to the Product Proposal as Exhibit A.

2. Purchase and Payment.

a. Purchase. C ustomer agrees to purchase the Product a t the Grand Total Purchase Price (as such amount may be adjusted in accordance with these Terms and Conditions) , pursuant to the payment terms set forth in the Product Proposal. The Grand Total Purchase Price is payable in U.S. dollars.

b. Contingency Reserve Fund. T he Grand Total Purchase Price may include an amount to be set aside for the purpose of funding any future costs or financial obligations incurred by Customer under the Product Proposal or any valid Change Order(s) (the “Contingency Reserve Fund”). If applicable, the amount of any required Contingency Reserve Fund will be set forth in either the Product Proposal or Exhibit D. The Contingency Reserve Fund may be withdrawn against by Customer or GSFA for the purpose of satisfying Customer’s payment obligations under the initial Product Proposal or any valid Change Order (s) (including, without limitation, a Change Order submitted by GSFA pursuant to Section 8.b). If a Contingency Reserve Fund is required under the Agreement, the amount of such fund is not intended as an estimate of the actual additional costs of contingencies, Change Orders, unforeseen items 2 or other required work that may be incurred under the Agreement after submission of the Product Proposal to Customer, which amounts Customer acknowledges may exceed the Contingency Reserve Fund amount. The balance of any Contingency Reserve Fund will be credited against Customer’s payment obligations, or otherwise returned to Customer within thirty (30) calendar days of delivery of all Products under the Agreement (provided that Customer has paid all amounts owed under the Agreement as of such date).

c. Prepayment Discount . If GSFA has granted Customer a Prepayment Discount, Customer must provide each associated prepayment (each, a “ Prepayment”) within the time frame specified in the Product Proposal in order to receive such discount . Customer’s failure to timely make such Prepayment may result in : (i) GSFA’s termination of the Agreement; and/or (ii) Customer’s loss of the Prepayment Discount for the portion of the Grand Total Purchase Price represented by such outstanding Prepayment and the application of a late f ee as set forth in Section 6, in each case in GSFA’s sole discretion.

d. State Sales Tax. Customer shall be responsible for the cost of state sales tax associated with, or attributable to, the Product. The taxes stated in the Product Proposal are subject to adjustment for the applicable state sales tax rate in effect at the time of delivery. Therefore, the sales tax set forth on the Product Proposal is only an estimate of such taxes and will be increased or decreased at the time of d elivery if a change in the applicable sales tax rate has occurred, in which case Customer shall pay GSFA (or be refunded by GSFA) the difference in the applicable sales tax.

3. Product Completion Date . W
ithin thirty (30) calendar days of the date on which the last required signatory executes the Product Proposal (such date, the “Executed Date”), GSFA shall submit to Customer a tentative Product completion date (which may differ from the Product completion estimate contained in the Product Proposal) . Due to global supply chain constra ints, any P roduct completion date contained herein, or in the Product Proposal , or otherwise provided to Customer , is a good faith estimate only as of the date provided to Customer, and merely an approximation based on current information available to GSFA and Manufacturer. Customer shall not be entitled to rely on any such estimate, and GSFA shall have no liability to Customer for a failure by GSFA or Manufacturer to meet any such estimate. All Product completion estimates are subject to modification and, if applicable, GSFA will provide updates to such estimates to Customer when available.

4. Stock / Demo Units. No
twithstanding any other provision contained in the Agreement (including Section 12 hereof concerning warranties), any Products constituting stock/demo unit(s) are sold to Customer on an as -is, first-come and first served-basis and GSFA makes no further representation or warranty to any customer with respect to such unit(s). Regardless of the terms of the Product Proposal, GSFA shall only be obligated to sell such stock/demo unit(s) to the first customer to enter into a purchase agreement with GSFA identifying such unit(s), and after the execution by GSFA of such agreement any subsequent purchase agreement (including the Agreement, as applicable) shall have no further force or effect with respect to such unit(s).

5. Multiple Unit Purchase. I
f the Grand Total Purchase Price includes pricing for multiple Products, the Product price stated in the Product Proposal shall only be valid if the quantity of Products being proposed are purchased at the same time, pursuant to the same Agreement. GSFA shall have no obligation to offer the same price for any Product if purchased by Customer pursuant to a later purchase agreement.

6. Late Fee; Storage Fee. A
late fee equal to 0.033% of the outstanding portion of the Grand Total Purchase Price will be charged per calendar day for overdue payments beginning ten (1 0) calendar days after the payment is due and continuing for the first thirty (30) calendar days thereafter. After such thirty (30) calendar day period , the late fee shall increase to 0.044% per calendar day until payment of the outstanding portion of the Grand Total Purchase Price is received. If Customer is unable to satisfy the delivery requirements hereunder or is unwilling to take delivery of the Product, then GSFA shall be entitled to a storage charge running from the earlier of: (i) the date of d elivery agreed to between GSFA and Customer (provided GSFA is willing and able to deliver the Product on such date) , or (ii) twenty-one (21) calendar days after GSFA notifies Customer that the Product is available for delivery. The storage charge is equal to: (i) $175.00 per calendar day per apparatus stored, or (ii) the actual charges incurred by GSFA with a third party for storage of the Product, whichever is greater. Such storage charge shall continue until the actual time 3 of delivery and Customer’s possession of the Product, and any such storage by GSFA or such third party shall be at the sole risk of Customer.

7. Delivery; Inspection and Acceptance .

a. Delivery. S ubject to Section 5 hereof, the Product is scheduled to be delivered to the location and within the time period specified in the Product Proposal . Such delivery date is an estimate, and GSFA is , notwithstanding this Section 7.a, not bound to such date unless it otherwise agrees in a separate writing to complete delivery by a date certain. For the avoidance of doubt, GSFA is not responsible for delivery delays caused by or because of actions, omissions or conduct of Customer, the Manufacturer, or their respective employees, affiliates, suppliers, contractors, and carriers. Risk of loss for the Product shall pass to Customer at the point and time of delivery (which shall include an attempted delivery by GSFA which cannot be completed due to any act of Customer). However, title to the Product shall only pass to Customer upon d elivery if Customer has then fully paid GSFA all amounts due hereunder (including additional amounts due under any valid Change Order). Absent GSFA’s separate written agreement, which it may or may not provide in its sole and absolute discretion, delivery of the Product will not occur before Customer has fully paid all amounts due under the Agreement and provided proof of insurance reasona bly satisfactory to GSFA . If GSFA permits Customer to take possession of the Product, Customer may not mount equipment, conduct training, or place the Product into service until all amounts due under the Agreement have been paid. If Customer has ordered mu ltiple Products, GSFA reserves the right to deliver such Products in installments and to separately invoice Customer for such Products.

b. Inspection and Acceptance . Upon delivery, Customer shall have ten (10) calendar days within which to inspect the Product for substantial conformance to the Specifications, and in the event of substantial non- conformance to the Specifications to furnish GSFA with written notice sufficient to permit GSFA to evaluate such non-conformance (“ Notice of Nonconformance to Specifications ”). Contingent upon part availability and Customer’s cooperation, any Product not in substantial conformance to material Specifications shall be remedied by GSFA (by repair or replacement, at GSFA’s election) within thirty (30) calendar days from GSFA’s receipt of the Notice of Nonconformance to Specifications. In the event GSFA does not receive a Notice of Nonconformance to Specifications within ten (10) calendar days of d elivery, the Product will be d eemed to be in conformance with Specifications and accepted by Customer.

8. Changes to Agreement Terms.

a. Change Orders . The Customer may request that GSFA incorporate a change to the Product or the Specifications for the Product, or GSFA may submit changes to the Agreement required or permitted to be made by GSFA (pursuant to Section 8.b or otherwise) by delivering a written Change Order to the other party hereto , which shall include a description of the proposed change sufficien t to permit the receiving party to evaluate such change (either, a “Change Order”). For any Change Order submitted by Customer, GSFA will provide Customer a written response (a “Response”) stating (i) whether GSFA will accommodate such Change Order (which GSFA may decide in its sole and absolute discretion) ; and (ii) the terms of the modification to the order, including any increase or decrease in the Grand Total Purchase Price resulting from such Change Order, a date on which any increase in the Grand Total Purchase Price must be paid, and an estimate of any effect on production scheduling or delivery resulting from such Change Order. Customer shall have seven (7) calendar days after receipt of the Response to notify GSFA as to whether Customer desires to make the changes GSFA has approved in the Response . In the event Customer countersigns GSFA’s Response, Customer shall pay the increase (or be refunded the decrease) in the Grand Total Purchase Price by the date specified in the Response. GSFA may also send Customer a Change Order to account for any changes t o the Agreement required or permitted to be made by GSFA (including those changes required pursuant to Section 8.b hereof), and such Change Order shall be effective upon d elivery to Customer unless Customer elects to terminate the applicable Product order under the Agreement in accordance with Section 9.

4 b. Additional Changes.

i. Component Price Volatility ; Increases Imposed by Manufacturer. GSFA shall not be responsible for (i) any unforeseen price increase or surcharge enacted by suppliers of major components of the Product (including but not limited to commercial chassis, engine, transmission, and fire pump); or (ii) price increases imposed on GSFA by Manufacturer pursuant to Manufacturer’s terms and conditions for sale of the Product (a “Manufacturer Price Increase”), after Customer becomes bound by t he Agreement. Customer shall be responsible for all amounts arising from a ny price increases for major components of the Product (including all associated taxes and fees thereon) for the Product or any Manufacturer Price Increases occurring after the execution of the Agreement which increases the cost of the Product to GSFA , and such amounts will be documented on a Change Order adjusting the Grand Total Purchase Price accordingly . Customer shall pay any such price increase prior to Product delivery. A Manufacturer Price Increase may include, but shall not be limited to, an increase in Product price resulting from an increase in the Producer Price Index of Components for Manufacturing (see www.bls.gov Series ID: WPUID6112) in excess of a compounded annual growth rate of five percent (5%), as measured between the month Manufacturer accepts the applicable Product order and the month that is fourteen (14) months prior to the then-current estimated Product completion date (the foregoing, a “ PPI-Based Price Increase”). If, upon Customer’s receipt of a Change Order reflecting a PPI-Based Price Increase, Customer elects to terminate the applicable Product Order in accordance with Section 8.b.iii rather than pay such increase, then in lieu of the cancellation fees described in Section 9.a hereof GSFA shall be entitled to recover and Customer shall pay GSFA’s actual non- reimbursable costs incurred in connection with the Product order through the date of Customer’s termination of such Product order.

ii. New Legal S tandards. In the event the Product design, materials or specifications require an alteration arising from new regulations issued by any governmental entity or trade association, including, but not limited to, the NFPA, DOT, and EPA , and such alteration increases the cost of the Product to GSFA, Customer shall be responsible for changes to the Grand Total Purchase Price arising from such alteration. GSFA shall promptly notify Customer when it becomes aware of any potential or required change in regulations occurring prior to delivery that would impact the Product purchased.

ii i. Change Orders. Customer shall execute any Change Order submitted by GSFA documenting any of the changes required or permitted by Sections 8.b.i and 8.b.ii above (which shall, to the extent practicable, itemize any increases in the Grant Total Purchase Price and specify a commercially reasonable date by which Customer must pay such increase), unless Customer instead elects to terminate the applicable Product order under the Agreement within fifteen (15 ) calendar days of Customer’s receipt of such Change Order and in accord ance with Section 9.

Absent such a termination , failure to execute a Change Order does not alter Customer’s obligations under this Section 8.b.

c. C
hanges in Commercial Specifications. Specifications for all components of the Product manufactured by companies other than the Manufacturer are subject to change without notice. Specifications for such components will be as available at the time of manufacture of the Product. GSFA shall not b e liable for any deviations in such specifications arising from a substitution of components or changes in the design of any component by their original manufacturer.

9. Termination.

a. By Customer. C ustomer may terminate a Product order identified in the Product Proposal or a Change Order by providing written notice to GSFA in accordance with Section 16 hereof. If Customer elects to terminate a Product order, Customer shall pay GSFA a cancellation fee as follows: (a) afte r the Product order is accepted and entered by GSFA , 10% of the portion of the Grand Total Purchase Price applicable to such Product (including all associated taxes, fees and costs) (such amount, the “ Product Purchase Price ”); (b) after completion of the p re- construction phase of the order process , 20% of the Product Purchase Price ; and (c) after the requisition of any materials or commencement of any manufacturing or assembly of the Product by either GSFA or Manufacturer but before substantial completion of such Product, 50% of the Product Purchase Price. Customer shall not be permitted to terminate a Product order after substantial completion of manufacturing and assembly of such Product (excluding 5 any Dealer Preparation or other pre -delivery services or untypical Product customization, if applicable).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the applicable tier of cancellation fee is not sufficient to cover all actual costs and fees incurred by GSFA with Manufacturer in connection with Customer’s termination of the Product order (“Manufacturer Termination Fees”), then in addition to such cancellation fee Customer shall pay the balance of all Manufacturer Termination Fees. If Customer received a Prepayment Discount, such discount shall not be considered for the purpose of calculating the above cancellation fee. The tier of cancellation fee applicable to any cancellation , as well as the determination of whether a Product has reached substantial completion, shall be in the sole and absolute discretion of GSFA. Customer may request a fee waiver, and GSFA, in its sole discretion, may agree to waive and/or adjust such fee. GSFA will return the balance of the Grand Total Purchase Price or Product Purchase Price, as applicable, within thirty (30) calendar days of the effective date of the cancellation of the Product order or termination of the Agreement.

Customer may terminate the Agreement for an E
vent of Default by GSFA after providing GSFA with written notice in accordance with Section 16 (which notice shall describe with reasonably particularity the Event of Default justifying such termination) if such Event of Default remains uncured (if capable of cure) thirty (30) days following GSFA’s receipt of such notice; provided, however, that the foregoing cure period shall continue if and for so long as GSFA has commenced and is continuing to undertake commercially reasonable efforts to cure such Event of Default as promptly as reasonably practicable.

b. By GSFA . GSFA may terminate the Agreement for an Event of Default by Customer after providing Customer with written notice in accordance with Section 16 (which notice shall describe with reasonably particularity the Event of Default justifying such termination) if such Event of Default remains uncured (if capable of cure) thirty (30) days following Customer’s receipt of such notice; provided, however, that the foregoing cure period shall continue if and for so long as Customer has commenced and is continuing to undertake commercially reasonable efforts to cure such Event of Default as promptly as reasonably practicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, GSFA may terminate the A greement effective immediately upon written notice to Customer for Customer’s failure to pay any amount owed under the Agreement when due.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if Customer terminates a P roduct order in accordance with
Section 9.a above, GSFA may elect to instead terminate the Agreement upon notice to Customer in accordance with Section 16 hereof. If GSFA terminates the Agreement in accordance with this Section 9 .b, Customer shall pay the applicable tier of cancellation fee for all Products pursuant to Section 9.a above as if Customer had elected to terminate each applicable Product order.

c. B ased on Discontinuation or Cancellation by Manufacturer . In the event that Manufacturer cancels a Product order (provided that such cancellation is not the result of an act by Customer in violation of the Agreement) or discontinues the manufacture of a Product prior to its completion and d elivery: (i) if such Product is the only Product contemplated under the Agreement, then the Agreement shall terminate; or (ii) if additional Products are contemplated under the Agreement, then only the Product order for the applicable cancelled or discontinued Product shall be terminated . Such Agreement termination or Product termination , as applicable, shall be effective upon GSFA’s written notice to Customer of such cancellation or discontinuance in accordance with Section 16 hereof.

GSFA’s only obligation to Customer in such event shall be the return of any Prepayment paid by Customer for the cancelled or discontinued Product . For the avoidance of doubt, the cancellation fees contemplated in Section 9.a hereof shall not apply in the event of a termination pursuant to this Section 9.c .

10. Customer’s Obligations. Customer shall provide its timely and best efforts to cooperate with GSFA and Manufacturer during the Product manufacturing process. Reasonable and timely cooperation includes, without limitation, Customer’s providing timely information in response to any requests from Manufacturer or GSFA and the participation of Customer’s authorized representatives in traveling to Manufacturer’s facility for inspections and approval of the Product, including a final approval before the Product leaves Manufacturer’s facility.

11. Representations and Warranties . Customer hereby represents and warrants to GSFA as of the Executed Date that the execution of the Agreement and the purchase of the Product(s) and performance of the other obligations 6 of Customer under the Agreement have been approved by Customer in accordance with applicable general laws and, as applicable, Customer’s charter, ordinances , purchasing policies, and other governing documents, and executed by the appropriate Customer employees, officials, and/or representatives , and fundi ng for Customer’s performance of its obligations under the Agreement has been duly budgeted and appropriated by Customer.

12. Standard Warranty . All applicable M anufacturer warranties are contained in the Product Warranties . Any additional warranties must be expressly approved in a writing signed by GSFA, and Customer acknowledges and agrees that Manufacturer will not be liable for any such additional warranties .

a. Disclaimer. OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THE AGREEMENT, GSFA, ITS AFFILIATES, AND THEIR

RESPECTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, SHAREHOLDERS, AGENTS, OR REPRESENTATIVES, DO NOT MAKE

ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCT (WHETHER RELATING TO THE CONDITION

OR QUALITY OF THE PRODUCT, OR OTHERWISE) PROVIDED HEREUNDER OR OTHERWISE REGARDING THE

AGREEMENT (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WITH RESPECT TO ANY APPLICABLE DEALER PREPARATION) , WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY. WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING, ANY

IMPLIED WARRANTY OR CONDITION OF MERCHANTABILITY, THE IMPLIED WARRANTY AGAINST INFRINGEMENT, THE

IMPLIED WARRANTY OR CONDITION OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE , AND ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE ARE EXPRESSLY EXCLUDED AND DISCLAIMED.

STATEMENTS MADE BY SALES CONSULTANTS OR IN PROMOTIONAL MATERIALS DO NOT CONSTITUTE WARRANTIES.

b. E xclusions of Incidental and Consequential Damages . In no event shall GSFA be liable for consequential, incidental, or punitive damages incurred by Customer in connection with any matter arising out of or relating to the Agreement, or the breach thereof, even if GSFA has been advised of the possibility of such damages, and regardless of whether such damages arise out of breach of warranty, the Agreement , indemnity, whether resulting from non- delivery or from GSFA’s own negligence, or otherwise, except and solely to the extent such damages arise from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of GSFA.

13. Default. The occurrence of one or more of the following events (each, an “Event of Default”) shall constitute a default under the Agreement: (a) Customer’s failure t o pay any amounts due or to perform any of its obligations under the Agreement; (b) GSFA’s failure to perform any of its obligations under the Agreement; (c) either Party becoming insolvent or becoming subject to bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings; (d) any representation made by either Party u nder the Agreement which is false in any material respect; (e) any action by Customer to dissolve, merge, consolidate or transfer a substantial portion of its property to another entity during the term of the Agreement; (f) any other material breach of the terms of the Agreement by a Party; or (g ) a default or breach by Customer under any other agreement with GSFA or its affiliates.

14. Indemnification of GSFA .

Customer shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless GSFA, its agents, servants, successors and assigns from and against all losses, damages, injuries, claims, demands and expenses, including attorneys’ fees and other legal expenses, of whatever nature (“Damages”), to the extent Damages arise out of or in connection with: (i) Customer’s breach of the Agreement, or (ii) Customer’s use, storage, or operation of the Product following delivery, regardless of where, how, and by whom operated (excluding any negligent operation by GSFA ).

The indemnification and assumptions of liability and obligation herein provided shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding the termination of the Agreement, whether by expiration of time, by operation of law or otherwise.

This provision is not intended to and shall not constitute the exclusive remedy of the P arties under the Agreement; the Parties may seek indemnity from one another under other legal principles, whether based in equity or law, so long as they do not nullify or cancel the effects of this paragraph.

15. Force Majeure. G SFA shall not be responsible nor deemed to be in default of any provision of the Agreement on account of delays in performance due to causes which are beyond GSFA’s or Manufacturer’s control and which make GSFA’s performance impracticable, including but not limited to wars, insurrections, strikes or labor unrest, riots, fires, storms, floods, other acts of nature, explosions, earthquakes, accidents, any act of federal, state or local government, failure or delays in transportation, inability to obtain necessary labor , supplies or manufacturing facilities, supply chain issues, allocation regulations or orders affecting materials, equipment, facilities or completed 7 products, failure to obtain any required license or certificates, acts of God or the public enemy or terror ism, failure of transportation, disease, pandemics or epidemics, quarantine restrictions, failure of vendors (due to causes similar to those within the scope of this clause) to perform their agreements or labor troubles causing cessation, slowdown, or interruption of work.

16. Notice. A ny notices, requests, consents, claims, demands, waivers and other communications required or permitted to be given hereunder must be given in writing at the address of each Party set forth below, or t o such other address as either Party may substitute by written notice to the other in accordance with this Section 16 , by one of the following methods: hand delivery; registered, express, or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or nationally recognized private express courier. All such communications will be deemed to have been given: (i) when delivered by hand (with written confirmation of receipt); (ii) on the third (3rd) calendar day after the date mailed, by registered, express or certifi ed mail; or (iii) when delivered by the addressee if sent by a nationally recognized private express courier.

GSFA: CUSTOMER:

Golden State Fire Apparatus Inc. To the address listed in the Product Proposal 7400 Reese Road
Sacramento, CA 95828

17. Contradictions. In the event of a conflict between the Agreement and any Change Order, or between Change Orders, the terms of the latest executed Change Order shall control.

18. Manufacturer’s Statement of Origin. I
t is agreed that the manufacturer’s statement of origin (“ MSO”) for the Product covered by the Agreement, if applicable, shall be retained and remain in the possession of GSFA per California Department of Vehicles (DMV) directive s. Notwithstanding the for egoing, GSFA shall provide Customer with the original MSO if the Customer is self- registering, and Customer shall comply with all good-faith Process of Duty and other DMV requirements applicable to the Product and retain its own MSO.

19. Assignment. T
he relationship of the Parties established under the Agreement is that of independent contractors and neither Party is a partner, employee, agent, or joint venturer of or with the other. Neither Party may assign its rights and obligations under the Agreement unless it has obtained the prior written approval of the other P arty.

20. Governing Law; Jurisdiction;
Disputes. Without regard to any conflict of laws provisions, the Agreement is to be governed by and under the laws of the state of California. Prior to taking any legal action that may and/or can arise out of the Agreement, the Parties shall first attempt mediation with an agreed upon mediator. If the Parties cannot agree upon a mediator within thirty (30) calendar days of the submission of written notice of a dispute in accordance with Section 16 hereof, if any disputed matter remain unresolved within thirty (30) calendar days of the commencement of discussions, or if any party refuses to meet, then either party may submit any remaining disputes concerning and/or claim regarding the Agreement and/or the terms and conditions herein to the Superior Court, County of Sacramento (and the parties expressly consent to exclusive personal jurisdiction and venue before such court).

21. Entire Agreement; Amendments . Th
e Agreement, including t he Product Proposal, its exhibits, and all valid Change Orders, is the exclusive agreement between the Parties regarding the subject matter contained herein and therein. No change in, modi fication of, or revision of the Agreement shall be valid unless in writing and signed by duly authorized representatives of both Parties with authority to sign such amendments to the Agreement.

D OF STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS

JROGHQVWDWHĆUHFRP

PRODUCT

SPECIFICATIONS
Exhibit “B”
3 Proposal Details Report
OptionCode Type Option ProposalText
0766611 Boiler Plates, Pumper

GSFA is pleased to submit a proposal to the South County Fire Authority for a Pierce® triple combination pumper per your request for quotation. The following paragraphs will describe in detail the apparatus, construction methods, and equipment proposed. This proposal will indicate size, type, model and make of components parts and equipment, providing proof of compliance with each and every item (except where noted) in the departments advertised specifications.

PIERCE MANUFACTURING was founded in 1913. Since then we have been building bodies with one philosophy, "BUILD THE FINEST". Our skilled craftsmen take pride in their work, which is reflected, in the final product. We have been building fire apparatus since the early "forties" giving Pierce Manufacturing over 75 years of experience in the fire apparatus market. Pierce Manufacturing has built and put into service more than 62,500 apparatus, including more than 33,900 on Pierce custom chassis designed and built specifically for fire and emergency applications. Our Appleton, Wisconsin facility has over 870,000 total square feet of floor space situated on approximately 105 acres of land. Our Bradenton, Florida facility has 300,000 square feet of floor space situated on approximately 38 acres of land.

Our beliefs in high ethical standards are carried through in all of our commitments and to everyone with whom we do business. Honesty, Integrity, Accountability and Citizenship are global tenets by which we all live and work. Consequently, we neither engage in, nor have we ever been convicted of price fixing, bid rigging, or collusion in any domestic or international fire apparatus market.

Pierce has only one brand of fire apparatus "Pierce", ensuring you are receiving top of the line product that meets your specification.

In accordance with the current edition of applicable NFPA standards, this proposal will specify whether the fire department, manufacturer, or apparatus dealership will provide required loose equipment.

Images and illustrative material in this proposal are as accurate as known at the time of publication, but are subject to change without notice. Images and illustrative material is for reference only, and may include optional equipment and accessories and may not include all standard equipment.

GENERAL DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION
To control quality, ensure compatibility, and provide a single source for service and warranty, the custom cab, chassis, pump module and body will be entirely designed, assembled/welded and painted in Pierce owned manufacturing facilities. This includes, but not limited to the cab weldment, the pumphouse module assembly, the chassis assembly, the body and the electrical system.

QUALITY AND WORKMANSHIP
Pierce has set the pace for quality and workmanship in the fire apparatus field. Our tradition of building the highest quality units with craftsmen second to none has been the rule right from the beginning and we demonstrate that ongoing commitment by: Ensuring all steel welding follows American Welding Society D1.1-2004 recommendations for structural steel welding. All aluminum welding follows American Welding society and ANSI D1.2-2003 requirements for structural welding of aluminum. All sheet metal welding follows American welding Society B2.1-2000 requirements for structural welding of sheet metal. Our flux core arc welding uses alloy rods, type 7000 and is performed to American Welding Society standards A5.20-E70T1. Furthermore, all employees classified as welders are tested and certified to meet the American welding Society codes upon hire and every three (3) years thereafter. Pierce also employs and American Welding Society certified welding inspector in plant during working hours to monitor weld quality.

Pierce Manufacturing operates a Quality Management System under the requirements of ISO 9001. These standards sponsored by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) specify the quality systems that are established by the manufacturer for design, manufacture, installation and service. A copy of the certificate of compliance is included with this proposal.

In addition to the Quality Management system, we also employ a Quality Achievement Supplier program to insure the vendors and suppliers that we utilize meet the high standards we demand.

That is just part of our overall "Quality at the Source" program at Pierce.

To demonstrate the quality of our products and services, a list of at least twenty five (25) fire departments/municipalities that have purchased vehicles for a second time is provided.

DELIVERY
The apparatus will be delivered under its own power to insure proper break-in of all components while the apparatus is still under warranty. A qualified delivery representative shall deliver the apparatus and remain for a sufficient length of time to instruct personnel in proper operation, care and maintenance of the equipment delivered.

MANUAL AND SERVICE INFORMATION
At time of delivery, complete operation and maintenance manuals covering the apparatus will be provided. A permanent plate will be mounted in the driver's compartment specifying the quantity and type of fluids required including engine oil, engine coolant, transmission, pump transmission lubrication, pump primer and drive axle.

SAFETY VIDEO
At the time of delivery Pierce will also provide one (1) 39-minute, professionally produced apparatus safety video, in DVD format. This video will address key safety considerations for personnel to follow when they are driving, operating, and maintaining the apparatus, including the following: vehicle pre-trip inspection, chassis operation, pump operation, aerial operation, and safety during maintenance.

PERFORMANCE TESTS
A road test will be conducted with the apparatus fully loaded and a continuous run of no less than 2/13/2024
Customer: South San Joaquin County Fire
Authority
Bid Number: 947
Representative Myers, Rich Job Number:

Requirements Manager: Organization: Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc Description: Two (2) Velocity Pumpers (Matc
Chassis: Velocity Chassis (Big Block), 2010
Body: Pumper, Medium, Aluminum, 2nd Gen
1947Bid #:
ten (10) miles. During that time the apparatus will show no loss of power nor will it overheat. The transmission drive shaft or shafts and the axles will run quietly and be free of abnormal vibration or noise. The apparatus when fully loaded will not have less than 25 percent nor more than 50 percent on the front axle, and not less than 50 percent nor more than 75 percent on the rear axle.

The apparatus will meet the current edition of applicable NFPA standards acceleration and braking requirements.

SERVICE AND WARRANTY SUPPORT
Pierce dealership support will be provided by GSEVS by operating a Pierce authorized service center. The service center will have factory-trained mechanics on staff versed in Pierce fire apparatus. The service facility will be located within seventy five (75) miles of the fire department.

In addition to the dealership, Pierce has service facilities located in both, Weyauwega, Wisconsin and Bradenton, Florida. Pierce also maintains a dedicated parts facility of over 100,000 square feet in Appleton, Wisconsin. The parts facility stocks in excess of $5,000,000 in parts dedicated to service and replacement parts. The parts facility employs a staff dedicated solely for the distribution and shipment of service and replacement parts.

Service parts for the apparatus being proposed can be found via Pierceparts.com which, is an interactive online tool that delivers information regarding your specific apparatus as well as the opportunity to register for training classes.

As a Pierce customer you have the ability to view the complete bill of materials for your specific apparatus, including assembly drawings, piece part drawings, and beneficial parts notations. You will also have the ability to search the complete Pierce item master through a parts search function which offers all Pierce SKU's and descriptions offered on all Pierce apparatus. Published component catalogs, which include proprietary systems along with an extensive operators manual library is available for easy reference.

Pierce Manufacturing maintains a dedicated service and warranty staff of over 35 personnel, dedicated to customer support, which also maintains a 24 hour 7 day a week toll free hot line, four (4) on staff EVTs, and offers hands-on repair and maintenance training classes multiple times a year.

LIABILITY
The successful bidder will defend any and all suits and assume all liability for the use of any patented process including any device or article forming a part of the apparatus or any appliance furnished under the contract.

INSURANCE PROVIDED BY BIDDER

COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE
The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of commercial general liability insurance:

Each Occurrence $1,000,000
Products/Completed Operations Aggregate $1,000,000
Personal and Advertising Injury $1,000,000
General Aggregate $2,000,000
Coverage will be written on a Commercial General Liability form. The policy will be written on an occurrence form and will include Contractual Liability coverage for bodily injury and property damage subject to the terms and conditions of the policy. The policy will include Owner as an additional insured when required by written contract.

COMMERCIAL AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE
The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of commercial automobile liability insurance and coverage will be written on a Commercial Automobile liability form:

Each Accident Combined Single Limit: $1,000,000

UMBRELLA/EXCESS LIABILITY INSURANCE
The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of umbrella liability insurance:

Aggregate: $3,000,000
Each Occurrence: $3,000,000
The umbrella policy will be written on an occurrence basis and at a minimum provide excess to the bidder's General Liability and Automobile Liability policies.

The required limits can be provided by one (1) or more policies provided all other insurance requirements are met.

Coverage will be provided by a carrier(s) rated A- or better by A.M. Best.

All policies will provide a 30-day notice of cancellation to the named insured. The Certificate of Insurance will provide the following cancellation clause: Should any of the above described polices be cancelled before the expiration date thereof, notice will be delivered in accordance with the policy provisions.

Bidder agrees to furnish owner with a current Certificate of Insurance with the coverages listed above along with the bid. The certificate will show the purchaser as certificate holder.

INSURANCE PROVIDED BY MANUFACTURER

PRODUCT LIABILITY INSURANCE
The manufacturer will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of Product Liability insurance:

Each Occurrence $1,000,000
Products/Completed Operations Aggregate $1,000,000
Coverage will be written on a Commercial General Liability form. The policy will be written on an occurrence form. The manufacturer's policy will include the owner as additional insured when required by written contract between the Owner and a Pierce authorized dealer.

UMBRELLA/EXCESS LIABILITY INSURANCE
The manufacturer will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of umbrella liability insurance:

Each Occurrence: $25,000,000
Aggregate: $25,000,000
The umbrella policy will be written on an occurrence basis and provide excess to the manufacturer's General Liability/Products policies.

The required limits can be provided by one (1) or more policies provided all other insurance requirements are met.
2947Bid #:

Coverage will be provided by a carrier(s) rated A- or better by A.M. Best.

Manufacturer agrees to furnish owner with a current Certificate of Insurance with the coverages listed above along with the bid. The certificate will show the purchaser as the certificate holder. 0661794 Single Source Compliance

SINGLE SOURCE MANUFACTURER
Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. provides an integrated approach to the design and manufacture of our products that delivers superior apparatus and a dedicated support team. From our facilities, the chassis, cab weldment, cab, pumphouse (including the sheet metal enclosure, valve controls, piping and operators panel) and body will be entirely designed, tested, and hand assembled to the customer's exact specifications. The electrical system either hardwired or multiplexed, will be both designed and integrated by Pierce Manufacturing. The warranties relative to these major components (excluding component warranties such as engine, transmission, axles, pump, etc.) will be provided by Pierce as a single source manufacturer. Pierce's single source solution adds value by providing a fully engineered product that offers durability, reliability, maintainability, performance, and a high level of quality.
0584456 Manufacture Location, Appleton,
Wisconsin
Your apparatus will be manufactured in Appleton, Wisconsin. 0584452 RFP Location: Appleton, Wisconsin

0588609 Vehicle Destination, US
0670275 Unit to be Similar in some Aspects,
Excluding Pump Panel

SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
The apparatus being proposed will be designed and built to match the 35130. However, some variation may be necessary due to changes in our manufacturing processes or our product offering. Revisions in NFPA guidelines and/or other regulations may also affect our ability to match the previous unit.
0816491 Comply NFPA 1900 Changes
Effective Jan 1, 2024, With
Exceptions
NFPA 2024 STANDARDS
This unit will comply with the NFPA standards effective January 1, 2024, except for fire department directed exceptions. These exceptions will be set forth in the Statement of Exceptions.

Certification of slip resistance of all stepping, standing and walking surfaces will be supplied with delivery of the apparatus.

All horizontal surfaces designated as a standing or walking surface that are greater than 48.00" above the ground must be defined by a 1.00" wide line along its outside perimeter. Perimeter markings and designated access paths to destination points will be identified on the customer approval print and are shown as approximate. Actual location(s) will be determined based on materials used and actual conditions at final build. Access paths may pass through hose storage areas and opening or removal of covers or restraints may be required. Access paths may require the operation of devices and equipment such as the aerial device or ladder rack.

A plate that is highly visible to the driver while seated will be provided. This plate will show the overall height, length, and gross vehicle weight rating.

The manufacturer will have programs in place for training, proficiency testing and performance for any staff involved with certifications.

An official of the company will designate, in writing, who is qualified to witness and certify test results.
0533347 Pumper/Pumper with Aerial Device
Fire Apparatus
0588611 Vehicle Certification, Pumper

3947Bid #:
0661778 Agency, Apparatus Certification,
Pumper/Tanker, U.L.

NFPA COMPLIANCY
Apparatus proposed by the bidder will meet the applicable requirements of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) as stated in current edition at time of contract execution. Fire department's specifications that differ from NFPA specifications will be indicated in the proposal as "non-NFPA".

PUMP TEST
Underwriters Laboratory (UL) will test, approved, and certify the pump. The test results and the pump manufacturer's certification of hydrostatic test; the engine manufacturer's certified brake horsepower curve; and the pump manufacturer's record of pump construction details will be forwarded to the Fire Department.

GENERATOR TEST
If the unit has a generator, Underwriters Laboratory (UL) will test, approved, and certify the generator. The test results will be provided to the Fire Department at the time of delivery.

BREATHING AIR TEST
If the unit has breathing air, Pierce Manufacturing will draw an air sample from the air system and have the sample certified that the air quality meets the requirements of NFPA 1989, Standard on Breathing Air Quality for Fire and Emergency Services Respiratory Protection. 0816495 Certification, Vehicle Inspection
Program, NFPA 1900

VEHICLE INSPECTION PROGRAM CERTIFICATION
To assure the vehicle is built to current NFPA 1900 standards, the apparatus, in its entirety, will be third-party, independent, audit-certified through Underwriters Laboratory (UL) that it is built and complies to all applicable standards in the current edition. The certification includes: all design, production, operational, and performance testing of not only the apparatus, but those components that are installed on the apparatus.

A placard will be affixed in the driver's side area stating the third party agency, the date, the standard and the certificate number of the whole vehicle audit. 0092138 Highly Customized Product (HCP) PRODUCT CHANGES AND IMPROVEMENTS Our components and processes, as described in this proposal document, are as accurate as known at the time of bid submission, but are subject to change for the purpose of product or process improvements, or changes in industry standards providing the change does not affect the meaning or definition of the bid specifications.
0766110 Consortium, Sourcewell

0537375 Unit of Measure, US Gallons

0030006 Bid Bond Not Requested

BID BOND NOT REQUESTED
A bid bond will not be included. If requested, the following will apply:

All bidders will provide a bid bond as security for the bid in the form of a 5% bid bond to accompany their bid. This bid bond will be issued by a Surety Company who is listed on the U.S.

Treasury Departments list of acceptable sureties as published in Department Circular 570. The bid bond will be issued by an authorized representative of the Surety Company and will be accompanied by a certified power of attorney dated on or before the date of bid. The bid bond will include language, which assures that the bidder/principal will give a bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or contract documents, with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of the contract, including the Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty, and for the prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution of the contract.

Notwithstanding any document or assertion to the contrary, any surety bond related to the sale of a vehicle will apply only to the Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle. Any surety bond related to the sale of a vehicle will not apply to any other warranties that are included within this bid (OEM or otherwise) or to the warranties (if any) of any third party of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. In the event of any contradiction or inconsistency between this provision and any other document or assertion, this provision will prevail.
4947Bid #:
0816574 Performance Bond, 100% with
Warranty Bond, 1 Yr, and Payment
Bond, PPI Terms
PERFORMANCE BOND, 1 YEAR
The successful bidder will furnish a Performance and Payment bond (Bond) equal to 100 percent of the total contract amount within 30 days of the notice of award. Such Bond will be in a form acceptable to the Owner and issued by a surety company included within the Department of Treasury's Listing of Approved Sureties (Department Circular 570) with a minimum A.M. Best Financial Strength Rating of A and Size Category of XV. In the event of a bond issued by a surety of a lesser Size Category, a minimum Financial Strength rating of A+ is required.

Bidder and Bidder's surety agree that the Bond issued hereunder, whether expressly stated or not, also includes the surety's guarantee of the vehicle manufacturer's Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty period included within this proposal. Owner agrees that the penal amount of this bond will be simultaneously amended to 100 percent of the total contract amount upon satisfactory acceptance and delivery of the vehicle(s) included herein. Notwithstanding anything contained within this contract to the contrary, the surety's liability for any warranties of any type will not exceed one (1) year from the date of such satisfactory acceptance and delivery, or the actual Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty period, whichever is shorter.

Due to global supply chain constraints, any delivery date contained herein is a good faith estimate as of the date of this order/contract, and merely an approximation based on current information. Delivery updates will be made available, and a final firm delivery date will be provided as soon as possible.

If the Producer Price Index of Components for Manufacturing [www.bls.gov Series ID:

WPUID6112] ("PPI") has increased at a compounded annual growth rate of 5.0% or more between the month Pierce accepts the order ("Order Month") and a month 14 months prior to the then predicted Ready For Pickup date ("Evaluation Month"), then pricing may be updated in an amount equal to the increase in PPI over 5.0% for each year or fractional year between the Order Month and the Evaluation Month.

The seller will document any such updated price for the customer's approval before proceeding and provide an option to cancel the order.
0000007 Approval Drawing APPROVAL DRAWING
A drawing of the proposed apparatus will be prepared and provided to the purchaser for approval before construction begins. The Pierce sales representative will also be provided with a copy of the same drawing. The finalized and approved drawing will become part of the contract documents. This drawing will indicate the chassis make and model, location of the lights, siren, horns, compartments, major components, etc.

A "revised" approval drawing of the apparatus will be prepared and submitted by Pierce to the purchaser showing any changes made to the approval drawing. 0002928 Electrical Diagrams ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS
Two (2) electrical wiring diagrams, prepared for the model of chassis and body, will be provided. 0564202 Velocity Chassis (Big Block), 2010

VELOCITY CHASSIS
The Pierce Velocity® is the custom chassis developed exclusively for the fire service. Chassis provided will be a new, tilt-type custom fire apparatus. The chassis will be manufactured in the apparatus body builder's facility eliminating any split responsibility. The chassis will be designed and manufactured for heavy-duty service, with adequate strength and capacity for the intended load to be sustained and the type of service required. The chassis will be the manufacturer's first line tilt cab.
0000110 Wheelbase WHEELBASE
The wheelbase of the vehicle will be 191.50".
0000070 GVW Rating GVW RATING
The gross vehicle weight rating will be 47,050.
0000203 Frame Rails, 13.38 x 3.50 x .375,
Qtm/AXT/Imp/Vel/DCF

FRAME
The chassis frame will be built with two (2) steel channels bolted to five (5) cross members or more, depending on other options of the apparatus. The side rails will have a 13.38" tall web over the front and mid sections of the chassis, with a continuous smooth taper to 10.75" over the rear axle. Each rail will have a section modulus of 25.992 cubic inches and a resisting bending moment (rbm) of 3,119,040 in-lb over the critical regions of the frame assembly, with a section modulus of 18.96 cubic inches with an rbm of 2,275,200 in-lb over the rear axle. The frame rails will be constructed of 120,000 psi yield strength heat-treated 0.38" thick steel with 3.50" wide flanges.
0020018 Frame Liner Not Req'd

5947Bid #:
0777891 SP Axle, Front, Oshkosh TAK-4, Non
Drive, 20,050 lb, Imp/Vel

FRONT NON DRIVE AXLE
The Oshkosh TAK-4® front axle will be of the independent suspension design with a ground rating of 20,050 lb.

Upper and lower control arms will be used on each side of the axle. Upper control arm castings will be made of 100,000-psi yield strength 8630 steel and the lower control arm casting will be made of 55,000-psi yield ductile iron.

The center cross members and side plates will be constructed out of 80,000-psi yield strength steel.

Each control arm will be mounted to the center section using elastomer bushings. These rubber bushings will rotate on low friction plain bearings and be lubricated for life. Each bushing will also have a flange end to absorb longitudinal impact loads, reducing noise and vibrations.

There will be nine (9) grease fittings supplied, one (1) on each control arm pivot and one (1) on the steering gear extension.

The upper control arm will be shorter than the lower arm so that wheel end geometry provides positive camber when deflected below rated load and negative camber above rated load.

Camber at load will be 0 degrees for optimum tire life.

The ball joint bearing will be of low friction design and be maintenance free.

Toe links that are adjustable for alignment of the wheel to the center of the chassis will be provided.

The wheel ends will have little to no bump steer when the chassis encounters a hole or obstacle.

The steering linkage will provide proper steering angles for the inside and outside wheel, based on the vehicle wheelbase.

The axle will have a turning angle of up to 45 degrees. 0010427 Suspension, Front TAK-4, 22,800 lb,
Qtm/AXT/Imp/Vel/Enf/SFR

FRONT SUSPENSION
Front Oshkosh TAK-4™ independent suspension will be provided with a minimum ground rating of 22,800 lb.

The independent suspension system will be designed to provide maximum ride comfort. The design will allow the vehicle to travel at highway speeds over improved road surfaces and at moderate speeds over rough terrain with minimal transfer of road shock and vibration to the vehicle's crew compartment.

Each wheel will have torsion bar type spring. In addition, each front wheel end will also have energy absorbing jounce bumpers to prevent bottoming of the suspension.

The suspension design will be such that there is at least 10.00" of total wheel travel and a minimum of 3.75" before suspension bottoms.

The torsion bar anchor lock system allows for simple lean adjustments, without the use of shims.

One can adjust for a lean within 15 minutes per side. Anchor adjustment design is such that it allows for ride height adjustment on each side.

The independent suspension was put through a durability test that simulated 140,000 miles of inner city driving.
0087572 Shock Absorbers, KONI, TAK-4,
Qtm/AXT/Imp/Vel/DCF/Enf

FRONT SHOCK ABSORBERS
KONI heavy-duty telescoping shock absorbers will be provided on the front suspension. 0000322 Oil Seals, Front Axle FRONT OIL SEALS
Oil seals with viewing window will be provided on the front axle. 0802633 Tires, Front, Goodyear, Armor Max
MSA, 385/65R22.50, 18 ply, Fire Ser.

Load Rtg

FRONT TIRES
Front tires will be Goodyear 385/65R22.5 radials, 18 ply Armor Max MSA tread, rated for 20,050 lb maximum axle load and 68 mph maximum speed.
0604672 Wheels, Front, Accuride, 22.50" x

12.25", Steel, Hub Pilot
The tires will be mounted on Accuride® 22.50" x 12.25" steel disc type wheels with a ten (10) stud, 11.25" bolt circle.
0622258 Axle, Rear, Dana S26-190, 27,000 lb,
Imp/Vel/Dash CF

REAR AXLE
The rear axle will be a Dana, Model S26-190, with a capacity of 27,000 lb. 0544253 Top Speed of Vehicle, 68 MPH /109
KPH

TOP SPEED OF VEHICLE
A rear axle ratio will be furnished to allow the vehicle to reach a top speed of 68 mph / 109 kph. 0732334 Suspen, Rear, Reyco, 102AR-HD, Air
Ride, 27,000 lb, No Sway Bar

REAR SUSPENSION
Rear suspension will be a Reyco Model 102AR-HD, air ride with a ground rating of 27,000 lb. The suspension will have the following features:
- Outboard vertical mounted heavy-duty shock absorbers
- Adjustable torque and track rods
- Heavy duty extra strength trailing beam for excellent roll stability - Low rate air spring for excellent ride
- Weight control valves to compensate for weight difference 0000485 Oil Seals, Rear Axle

REAR OIL SEALS
Oil seals will be provided on the rear axle(s).
6947Bid #:
0629346 Valves, Dump, Air Ride, Rear Axle,
Prk Brk Interlock

REAR AIR RIDE SUSPENSION DUMP VALVES
The rear air ride suspension will be supplied with a dump valve system provided by the custom chassis manufacturer.

The control will be located inside the cab and at the driver's side rear of body.

To prevent accidental activation of the valves, a 5 second timed delay will be built into the control circuit. The chassis back-up alarm will sound when the control is active.

The parking brake must be applied before the control will be active. Release of the parking brake will automatically inflate the suspension.
0782552 Tires, Rear, Goodyear, Endurance
RSA, 12R22.50, LRH, Single

REAR TIRES
Rear tires will be four (4) Goodyear 12R22.50 radials, load range H, Endurance RSA highway tread, rated for 27,120 lb maximum axle load and 75 mph maximum speed. 0654797 Wheels, Rear, Accuride, 22.50" x

9.00", Steel, Hub Pilot, Single

The tires will be mounted on Accuride® 22.50" x 9.00" steel disc type wheels with a ten (10) stud,

11.25" bolt circle.
0568081 Tire Balancing, Counteract Beads

TIRE BALANCE
All tires will be balanced with Counteract balancing beads. The beads will be inserted into the tire and eliminate the need for wheel weights.
0819008 No Tire Pressure Indicator, Fire
Department Omits, Non-NFPA 2024
Compliant

TIRE PRESSURE INDICATOR
NFPA 1900, 2024 edition, section 7.14.6 requires each tire be equipped with a visual indicator or monitoring system that indicates tire pressure.

Per Fire Department specification, a tire pressure indicator is not on the apparatus as manufactured. This apparatus will be non-compliant to NFPA 1900 standards effective at time of contract execution.
0801909 Lug Nut, Covers, Chrome

CHROME LUG NUT COVERS
Chrome lug nut covers will be supplied on front and rear wheels. 0003245 Axle Hub Covers w/center hole, S/S,
Front Axle

FRONT HUB COVERS
Stainless steel hub covers will be provided on the front axle. An oil level viewing window will be provided.
0001960 Axle Hub Covers, Rear, S/S, High
Hat (Pair)

REAR HUB COVERS
A pair of stainless steel high hat hub covers will be provided on rear axle hubs. 0012045 Mud Flap, Rear, Pierce Logo

MUD FLAPS
Mud flaps with a Pierce logo will be installed behind the rear wheels. 0617577 Chocks, Wheel, Worden HWG- SB,
Super Gripper

WHEEL CHOCKS
There will be one (1) pair of Worden Safety Products, Model HWG-SB, wheel chocks provided.

Heavy Duty, large molded aluminum wheel chock with solid bottom, natural cast aluminum finish. 0646364 Mounting Brackets, Chocks, Worden
Safety, Model U815T

WHEEL CHOCK BRACKETS
There will be one (1) pair of Worden Safety model U815T mounting wheel chock brackets provided . The brackets will be mounted Under LS3.
7947Bid #:
0820509 ESC/ABS/ATC Wabco Brake
System, Single Rear Axle, NFPA
1900

ELECTRONIC STABILITY CONTROL
A vehicle control system will be provided as an integral part of the ABS brake system from Meritor Wabco.

The system will monitor and update the lateral acceleration of the vehicle and compare it to a critical threshold where a side roll event may occur. If the critical threshold is met, the vehicle control system will automatically reduce engine RPM, engage the engine retarder (if equipped), and selectively apply brakes to the individual wheel ends of the front and rear axles to reduce the possibility of a side roll event.

The system will monitor directional stability through a lateral accelerometer, steer angle sensor and yaw rate sensor. If spinout or drift out is detected, the vehicle control system will selectively apply brakes to the individual wheel ends of the front and rear axles to bring the vehicle back to its intended direction.

ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM
The vehicle will be equipped with a Wabco 4S4M, anti-lock braking system. The ABS will provide a four (4) channel anti-lock braking control on both the front and rear wheels. A digitally controlled system that utilizes microprocessor technology will control the anti-lock braking system. Each wheel will be monitored by the system. When any wheel begins to lockup, a signal will be sent to the control unit. This control unit will then reduce the braking of that wheel for a fraction of a second and then reapply the brake. This anti-lock brake system will eliminate the lockup of any wheel thus helping to prevent the apparatus from skidding out of control.

AUTOMATIC TRACTION CONTROL
An anti-slip feature will be included with the ABS. The Automatic Traction Control will be used for traction in poor road and weather conditions. The Automatic Traction Control will act as an electronic differential lock that will not allow a driving wheel to spin, thereby supplying traction at all times. The ABS electronic control unit (ECU) will work with the engine ECU, sharing information concerning wheel slip. Engine ECU will use information to control engine speed, allowing only as much throttle application as required for the available traction, regardless of how much the driver is asking for. An "off road traction" switch will be provided on the instrument panel. Activation of the switch will allow additional tire slip to let the truck climb out and get on top of deep snow or mud.
0030185 Brakes, Knorr/Bendix 17", Disc,
Front, TAK-4
BRAKES
The service brake system will be full air type.

The front brakes will be Knorr/Bendix disc type with a 17.00" ventilated rotor for improved stopping distance.

The brake system will be certified, third party inspected, for improved stopping distance. 0627930 Brakes, Bendix, Cam, Rear, 16.50 x

8.63"
The rear brakes will be Bendix™ 16.50" x 8.63" cam operated with automatic slack adjusters. 0735527 Air Compressor, Brake, Wabco 26.8
CI, Paccar

AIR COMPRESSOR, BRAKE SYSTEM
The air compressor will be a Wabco single piston compressor with a 26.8 CI displacement. 0000785 Brake Reservoirs, Three BRAKE SYSTEM
The brake system will include:

Bendix® dual brake treadle valve
Heated automatic moisture ejector on air dryer
Total air system capacity of 4,362 cubic inches
Two (2) air pressure gauges with a red warning light and an audible alarm, that activates when air pressure falls below 60 psi
Spring set parking brake system
Parking brake operated by a push-pull style control valve A parking "brake on" indicator light on instrument panel Park brake relay/inversion and anti-compounding valve, in conjunction with a double check valve system, with an automatic spring brake application at 40 psi A pressure protection valve to prevent all air operated accessories from drawing air from the air system when the system pressure drops below 80 psi (550 kPa) 1/4 turn drain valve on each air tank
The air tank will be primed and painted to meet a minimum 750 hour salt spray test.

The air tanks will be same as frame color .

To reduce the effects of corrosion, the air tank will be mounted with stainless steel brackets. 0568012 Air Dryer, Wabco System Saver
1200, Heater, 2010

BRAKE SYSTEM AIR DRYER
The air dryer will be WABCO System Saver 1200 with spin-on coalescing filter cartridge and 100 watt heater.
0000790 Brake Lines, Nylon BRAKE LINES
Color-coded nylon brake lines will be provided. The lines will be wrapped in a heat protective loom in the chassis areas that are subject to excessive heat. 8947Bid #:
0617799 Inlet/Outlet, Air, w/Disconnect Fitting,
1/4 Turn Valve, Location

AIR INLET/OUTLET
One (1) air inlet/outlet will be installed with the female coupling located driver step well. This system will tie into the "wet" tank of the brake system and include a check valve in the inlet line and an 85 psi pressure protection valve in the outlet line. The air outlet will be controlled by a 1/4 turn valve.

A mating male fitting will be provided with the loose equipment.

The air inlet will allow a shoreline air hose to be connected to the vehicle. This will allow station air to be supplied to the brake system of the vehicle to insure constant air pressure. 0660232 Drain, Remote Air Tank, Single
Valve, All tanks, Location

REMOTE AIR TANK DRAIN
There will be a single remote drain valve provided to drain all air supply reservoirs at the same time. The drain valve will be actuated from the side of the apparatus. The drain valve will be located under LS3. Automatic valves will be provided to isolate the reservoirs from one another when the drain is closed.
0808514 Engine, Paccar MX, 510HP, 1850 lb-
ft W/OBD, EPA 2027, Velocity
ENGINE
The chassis will be powered by an electronically controlled engine as described below:

Make:

Paccar
Model:

MX
Power:
510 hp at 1600rpm
Torque:
1850 lb-ft at 1000rpm
Governed Speed:
1900 rpm
Emissions Certification:

EPA 2027
Fuel:

Diesel
Cylinders:

Six (6)
Displacement:

13.7L
Starter:

DP60
Fuel Filters:

Dual cartridge style with check valve, water separator, and water in fuel sensor The engine will include On-board diagnostics (OBD), which provides self diagnostic and reporting. The system will give the owner or repair technician access to state of health information for various vehicle sub systems. The system will monitor vehicle systems, engine and after treatment. The system will illuminate a malfunction indicator light on the dash console if a problem is detected.
0811409 Not Required, Engine Contingency
Adjustment
0001244 High Idle w/Electronic Engine,
Custom

HIGH IDLE
A high idle switch will be provided, inside the cab, on the instrument panel, that will automatically maintain a preset engine rpm. A switch will be installed, at the cab instrument panel, for activation/deactivation.

The high idle will be operational only when the parking brake is on and the truck transmission is in neutral. A green indicator light will be provided, adjacent to the switch. The light will illuminate when the above conditions are met. The light will be labeled "OK to Engage High Idle." 0735687 Engine Brake, Fully Integrated,
Paccar MX13 Engine

ENGINE BRAKE
The compression release brake option is a fully integrated MX engine braking system. It utilizes the turbocharger and backpressure valve, but adds in a hydraulically operated compression brake to increase overall retarding power.

To maximize the effectiveness of the compression brake the MX engine brake system works in conjunction with the turbocharger and back pressure valve.

The driver will be able to turn the engine brake system on/off and have a high, medium and low setting
0733852 Clutch, Fan, Air Actuated, Paccar,
VEL

CLUTCH FAN
A fan clutch will be provided. The fan clutch will be automatic when the pump transmission is in "Road" position, and constantly engaged when in "Pump" position. 0734434 Air Intake, Water & Ember Screen,
Paccar, VEL

ENGINE AIR INTAKE
The engine air intake will be located above the engine cooling package. It will draw fresh air from the front of the apparatus through the radiator grille.

The ember separator is designed to prevent road dirt and recirculating hot air from entering the engine.

The ember separator will be easily accessible by tilting the cab. 9947Bid #:
0814375 Exhaust System, Horizontal, Right
Side

EXHAUST SYSTEM
The exhaust system will be stainless steel from the turbo to the engine's aftertreatment device.

The exhaust system will include an aftertreatment device to meet current EPA standards. An insulation wrap will be provided on all exhaust pipe between the turbo and the aftertreatment device to minimize the transfer of heat to the cab.

The exhaust will terminate horizontally ahead of the right side rear wheels and will be be flush with the body rub rail . The exhaust pipes will be aluminized steel.

There will be an aluminized steel exhaust diffuser reduced to 5.00" in the center to accommodate the fire department's air recovery system with a standard straight tip on the end provided to reduce the temperature of the exhaust as it exits. Heat deflector shields will be provided to isolate chassis and body components from the heat of the tailpipe diffuser. 0734440 Radiator, VEL, Paccar

RADIATOR
The radiator and the complete cooling system will meet or exceed the current edition of applicable NFPA and engine manufacturer cooling system standards.

For maximum corrosion resistance and cooling performance, the entire radiator core will be constructed using long life aluminum alloy. The radiator core will consist of aluminum fins, having a serpentine design, brazed to aluminum tubes.

Supply tank will be made of heavy duty glass-reinforced nylon and the return tank will be mode of aluminum. Both tanks will be crimped onto the core assembly using header tabs and a compression gasket to complete the radiator core assembly. There will be a full steel frame around the inserts to enhance cooling system durability and reliability.

The radiator will be compatible with commercial antifreeze solutions.

The radiator assembly will be isolated from the chassis frame rails with rubber isolators to prevent the development of leaks caused by twisting or straining when the apparatus operates over uneven terrain.

The radiator will include a de-aeration/expansion tank. For visual coolant level inspection, the radiator will have a built-in sight glass. The radiator will be equipped with a 15 psi pressure relief cap.

A drain port will be located at the lowest point of the cooling system and/or the bottom of the radiator to permit complete flushing of the coolant from the system.

Shields or baffles will be provided to prevent recirculation of hot air to the inlet side of the radiator. 0511425 Cooling Hoses, Rubber

COOLANT LINES
Gates, or Goodyear, rubber hose will be used for all engine coolant lines installed by the chassis manufacturer.

Hose clamps will be stainless steel "constant torque type" to prevent coolant leakage. They will react to temperature changes in the cooling system and expand or contract accordingly while maintaining a constant clamping pressure on the hose.
0818487 SP Fuel Tank, 50 Gallon, Left Side Fill,
Common Door, w/ Air Suspension

FUEL TANK
A 50 gallon fuel tank will be provided and mounted at the rear of the chassis. The tank will be constructed of 12-gauge, hot rolled steel. It will be equipped with swash partitions and a vent. To eliminate the effects of corrosion, the fuel tank will be mounted with stainless steel straps (no exception).

A 0.75" drain plug will be provided in a low point of the tank for drainage.

A fill inlet will be located on the left hand side of the body and be covered with a hinged, spring loaded, stainless steel door that is marked "Ultra Low Sulfur - Diesel Fuel Only." A 0.50" diameter vent will be provided running from top of tank to just below fuel fill inlet.

The tank will meet all FHWA 393.67 requirements including a fill capacity of 95 percent of tank volume.
0001129 Lines, Fuel All fuel lines will be provided as recommended by the engine manufacturer. 0733463 SP DEF Tank, 6.0 Gallon, LS Fill, Rear
of Axle, Common Door, Paccar

DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID TANK
A 6.0 gallon diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank will be provided and mounted in the driver's side body rearward of the rear axle.

A fill inlet will be provided and marked "Diesel Exhaust Fluid Only". The fill inlet will be located adjacent to the engine fuel inlet behind a common hinged, spring loaded, painted door on the driver side of the vehicle.

The selector flap within the common area for the fuel and DEF fills will have a flush lift & turn latch. The latch will be provided so that the selector flap will be latched when the flap is in the position over the DEF fill.

The tank will meet the engine manufacturers requirement for 10 percent expansion space in the event of tank freezing.

The tank will include an integrated heater unit that utilizes engine coolant to thaw the DEF in the event of freezing.
0552793 Not Required, Fuel Priming Pump

0552567 Shutoff Valve, Fuel Line @ Fuel Tank

FUEL SHUTOFF
A shutoff valve will be installed in the fuel line, at the fuel tank. 10947Bid #:
0699437 Cooler, Chassis Fuel, Not Req'd.

0690880 No Selection Required From This
Category

0887546 Trans, Allison 6th Gen, 4000 EVS P,
w/Prognostics, Imp/Vel/SFR/Enf

TRANSMISSION
An Allison 6th generation, Model EVS 4000P, electronic, torque converting, automatic transmission will be provided.

The transmission will be equipped with prognostics to monitor oil life, filter life, and transmission health. A wrench icon on the shift selector's digital display will indicate when service is due.

Two (2) PTO openings will be located on left side and top of converter housing (positions 8 o'clock and 1 o'clock).

A transmission temperature gauge with an amber light and buzzer will be installed on the cab instrument panel.
0625331 Transmission, Shifter, 6-Spd, Push
Button, 4000 EVS

TRANSMISSION SHIFTER
A six (6)-speed push button shift module will be mounted to right of driver on console. Shift position indicator will be indirectly lit for after dark operation.

The transmission ratio will be:
1st

3.51 to 1.00
2nd

1.91 to 1.00
3rd

1.43 to 1.00
4th

1.00 to 1.00
5th

0.75 to 1.00
6th

0.64 to 1.00
R

4.80 to 1.00
0684459 Transmission Oil Cooler, Modine,
External

TRANSMISSION COOLER
A Modine plate and fin transmission oil cooler will be provided using engine coolant to control the transmission oil temperature.
0801876 Fluid, 4000 Series Trans, Allison
Approved TES-668 Synthetic, IPOS,
Custom

TRANSMISSION FLUID
The transmission will be provided with TranSynd, or other Allison approved TES-668 heavy duty synthetic transmission fluid.
0001375 Driveline, Spicer 1810 DRIVELINE
Drivelines will be a heavy-duty metal tube and be equipped with Spicer® 1810 universal joints.

The shafts will be dynamically balanced before installation.

A splined slip joint will be provided in each driveshaft where the driveline design requires it. The slip joint will be coated with Glidecoat® or equivalent. 0734211 Steering, Sheppard M110 w/Tilt,
TAK-4, Paccar Pump, w/Cooler,
Paccar

STEERING
Dual Sheppard, Model M110, steering gears, with integral heavy-duty power steering, will be provided. For reduced system temperatures, the power steering will incorporate an air to oil cooler and Paccar hydraulic pump with integral pressure and flow control. All power steering lines will have wire braded lines with crimped fittings.

A tilt and telescopic steering column will be provided to improve fit for a broader range of driver configurations.
0001544 Not Required, Steering Assist
Cylinder on Front Axle

0509230 Steering Wheel, 4 Spoke without
Controls

STEERING WHEEL
The steering wheel will be 18.00" in diameter, have tilting and telescoping capabilities, and a 4- spoke design.
0690274 Logo/Emblem, on Dash

LOGO AND CUSTOMER DESIGNATION ON DASH
The dash panel will have an emblem containing the Pierce logo and customer name. The emblem will have three (3) rows of text for the customer's department name. There will be a maximum of eight (8) characters in the first row, 11 characters in the second row and 11 characters in the third row.

The first row of text will be:  SOUTH
The second row of text will be:  COUNTY
The third row of text will be:  FIRE
11947Bid #:
0819338 SP Bumper, 13" Extended, Steel
Painted, 12" High, Imp/Vel
BUMPER
A 1-piece bumper manufactured from 0.25" formed steel with a 0.38" bend radius will be provided. The bumper will be a minimum of 12.00" high with a 1.50" top and bottom flange, and will extend 16.00" from the face of the cab. The bumper will be 102.00" wide with 45 degree corners and side plates. The bumper will be metal finished and painted job color.

To provide adequate support strength, the bumper will be mounted directly to the front of the C channel frame. The frame will be a bolted modular extension frame constructed of 50,000 psi tensile steel.

GRAVEL PAN
A gravel pan, constructed of bright aluminum treadplate, will be furnished between the bumper and the cab face. The pan will be properly supported from the underside to prevent flexing and vibration.

Documentation will be provided, upon request to show that the options selected have been engineered for fit up and approval for this modular bumper extension. A chart will be provided to indicate the option locations and will include but not be limited to the following options: air horns, mechanical sirens, speakers, hose trays with hose capacities, winches, lights, discharge and suction connections.
0616511 Tray, Hose, Center, 13" Bumper,
Outside Air Horns, Imp/Vel

CENTER HOSE TRAY
A hose tray, constructed of aluminum, will be placed in the center of the bumper extension.

The tray will have a capacity of 100' of 1.50" double jacket cotton-polyester hose.

Black rubber grating will be provided at the bottom of the tray. Drain holes are also provided. 0630809 Cover, Aluminum Treadplate, One (1)
D-Ring Latch, Hose Tray, Notched

Center Hose Tray Cover
A bright aluminum treadplate cover will be provided over the center hose tray.

The cover will be "notched" allowing the hose to be pre connected to hose connection.

The cover will be attached with a stainless steel hinge.

A D-ring latch will secure the cover in the closed position and a pneumatic stay arm will hold the cover in the open position. The arm will be LS.
0510226 Lift & Tow Package, Imp/Vel, AXT,
Dash CF

LIFT AND TOW MOUNTS
Mounted to the frame extension will be lift and tow mounts. The lift and tow mounts will be designed and positioned to adapt to certain tow truck lift systems.

The lift and tow mounts with eyes will be painted the same color as the frame. 0032932 Tow Eyes, Painted, Extended Out
Front of Bumper

TOW EYES
Two (2) tow eyes will be mounted through the front face of the bumper.

The inner and outer edges of the tow eyes will have a .25" radius.

The tow eyes will be mounted directly to the bumper frame.

Cutouts will be provided in the front face of the stainless steel bumper to allow the tow eyes to extend out the front.

The tow eyes will be designed and positioned to allow up to a 9,000 lb straight horizontal pull in line with the centerline of the vehicle. The tow eyes will not be used for lifting of the apparatus.

The tow eyes will be painted job color.
0532853 Recess, Side Zone Warning Light, In
Side of Extended Bumper

SIDE ZONE LIGHT MOUNTING
The front lower warning lights on each side will be recessed into the side of the bumper extension to protect the light from damage.

The recessed bracket will be made of painted smooth aluminum. 0692444 Recess, Front/Side Warning Light, In
Angled Corner of Extended Bumper

SIDE ZONE LIGHT MOUNTING
The front warning lights on each side will be recessed into the angled portion of the bumper extension to protect the light from damage.

The recessed bracket will be made of painted smooth aluminum. 0645453 Travel Stop, Front Outlet Swivel,
Location

SWIVEL STOP
Installed on the front bumper extension will be a stainless steel rod to limit the travel of the front outlet swivel. The travel stop will be installed to keep it from hitting the R/S top of bumper. One (1) stainless steel rod will be threaded into the bumper deck. 0660435 Coating, Top Flange, Front Bumper,
Outside Exterior, Rhino Lining, Black

RHINO COATING - FRONT BUMPER
Protective black Rhino Linings® coating will be provided on the outside exterior of the top front bumper flange. It will not be sprayed on the underside of the flange.

The lining will be properly installed by an authorized Rhino Linings® dealer. 12947Bid #:
0651334 Cab, Velocity FR, 7000

CAB
The Velocity cab will be designed specifically for the fire service and will be manufactured by Pierce Manufacturing.

To provide quality at the source and single source customer support, the cab will be built by the apparatus manufacturer in a facility located on the manufacturer's premises.

For reasons of structural integrity and enhanced occupant protection, the cab will be of heavy duty design, constructed to the following minimal standards.

The cab will have 12 main vertical structural members located in the A-pillar (front cab corner posts), B-pillar (side center posts), C-pillar (rear corner posts) and rear wall areas. The A-pillar will be constructed of 0.25" heavy wall extrusions joined by a solid A356-T6 aluminum joint casting. The B-pillar and C-pillar will also be constructed from 0.25" heavy wall extrusions. The rear wall will be constructed of two (2) 4.00" x 2.00" outer aluminum extrusions and two (2) 3.00" x 2.00" inner aluminum extrusions. All main vertical structural members will run from the floor to

7.50" x 3.50" x 0.125" thick roof extrusions to provide a cage-like structure with the A-pillar and roof extrusions being welded into a 0.75" thick corner casting at each of the front corners of the roof assembly.

The front of the cab will be constructed of a 0.25" thick firewall, covered with a 0.125" front skin (for a total thickness of 0.38"), and reinforced with 24.50" wide x 10.00" deep x 0.50" thick supports on each side of the engine tunnel. The cross-cab support will be welded to the A-pillar,

0.25" firewall, and engine tunnel, on the left and right sides.

The cab floors will be constructed of 0.1875" thick aluminum plate and reinforced at the firewall with an additional 0.25" thick cross-floor support providing a total thickness of 0.44" of structural material at the front floor area. The front floor area will also be supported with three (3) 0.50" plates bolted together that also provides the mounting point for the cab lift. This tubing will run from the front of the cab to the 0.1875" thick engine tunnel, creating the structure to support the forces created when lifting the cab.

The cab will be a full-tilt style. A 3-point cab mount system with rubber isolators will improve ride quality by isolating chassis vibrations from the cab.

The crew cab will be a totally enclosed design with the interior area completely open to improve visibility and verbal communication between the occupants.

The centerline of front axle to the rear of the cab will be 70.00" long.

The overall height (from the cab roof to the ground) will be approximately 102.00". The overall height listed will be calculated based on a truck configuration with the lowest suspension weight ratings, the smallest diameter tires for the suspension, no water weight, no loose equipment weight, and no personnel weight. Larger tires, wheels, and suspension will increase the overall height listed.

The cab will have an interior width of not less than 93.50". The driver and passenger seating positions will have a minimum 24.00" clear width at knee level.

To reduce injuries to occupants in the seated positions, proper head clearance will be provided.

The floor-to-ceiling height inside the forward cab will be no less than 60.25". The floor-to-ceiling height inside the crew cab will be no less than 52.95" in the center position and 58.75" in the outboard positions.

The crew cab will measure a minimum of 57.50" from the rear wall to the backside of the engine tunnel (knee level) for optimal occupant legroom.

FENDER LINERS
Full-circular, aluminum inner fender liners in the wheel wells will be provided.

PANORAMIC WINDSHIELD
A one (1)-piece, safety glass windshield with more than 2,802 square inches of clear viewing area will be provided. The windshield will be full width and will provide the occupants with a panoramic view. The windshield will consist of three (3) layers: the outer light, the middle safety laminate, and the inner light. The 0.114" thick outer light layer will provide superior chip resistance. The middle safety laminate layer will prevent the windshield glass pieces from detaching in the event of breakage. The inner light will provide yet another chip resistant layer. The cab windshield will be bonded to the aluminum windshield frame using a urethane adhesive. A custom frit pattern will be applied on the outside perimeter of the windshield for a finished automotive appearance.

WINDSHIELD WIPERS
Three (3) electric windshield wipers with a washer, in conformance with FMVSS and SAE requirements, will be provided. The wiper blades will be 21.65" long and together will clear a minimum of 1,783 square inches of the windshield for maximum visibility in inclement weather.

The windshield washer fluid reservoir will be located at the front of the vehicle and be accessible through the access hood for simple maintenance.

FAST SERVICE ACCESS FRONT TILT HOOD
A full-width access hood will be provided for convenient access to engine coolant, steering fluid, wiper fluid, cab lift controls, headlight power modules, and ember separator. The hood will also provide complete access to the windshield wiper motor and components. The hood will be contoured to provide a sleek, automotive appearance. The hood will be constructed of two (2) fiberglass panels bonded together and will include reinforcing ribs for structural integrity. The hood will include air cylinders to hold the hood in open and closed positions, and a heavy duty latch system that will meet FMVSS 113 (Hood Latch System). The spring-loaded hood latch will be located at the center of the hood with a double-action release lever located behind the Pierce logo. The two (2)-step release requires the lever first be pulled to the driver side until the hood releases from the first latch (primary latch) then to the passenger side to fully release the hood (secondary latch).
0724207 Engine Tunnel, X12-15, MX13, Mech
Fasteners, Velocity FR

ENGINE TUNNEL
To provide structural strength, the engine tunnel sidewalls will be constructed of 0.50" aluminum plate that is welded to both the 0.25" firewall and 0.38" heavy wall extrusion under the crew cab floor. To maximize occupant space, the top edges will be tapered.

The engine tunnel will be insulated for protection from heat and sound. Perforated foil faced insulation will be over a 1.00" thick closed cell foam affixed with pressure sensitive adhesive and further secured with mechanical fasteners. Thermal rating for this insulation will be -40 degrees Fahrenheit to 300 degrees Fahrenheit. The noise insulation keeps the dBA level within the limits stated in the current edition of applicable NFPA standards. 13947Bid #:
0887600 Cab Insulation, Impel/Velocity FR INTERIOR CAB INSULATION The cab will include 1.50" insulation in the ceiling, 3.00" insulation in the side walls, and 2.00" insulation in the rear wall to maximize acoustic absorption and thermal insulation. 0677478 Rear Wall, Exterior, Cab, Aluminum
Treadplate

CAB REAR WALL EXTERIOR COVERING
The exterior surface of the rear wall of the cab will be overlaid with bright aluminum treadplate except for areas that are not typically visible when the cab is lowered. 0122466 Cab Lift, Elec/Hyd, w/Manual
Override, Imp/Vel

CAB LIFT
A hydraulic cab lift system will be provided, consisting of an electric-powered hydraulic pump, fluid reservoir, dual lift cylinders, remote cab lift controls and all necessary hoses and valves. The hydraulic pump will have a backup manual override, for use in the event of an electrical failure.

The cab lift controls will be located at the driver side front of the cab, easily accessible under the full width front access hood. The controls will include a permanently mounted raise/lower switch.

For enhanced visibility during cab tilt operations, a remote control tether with on/off switch will be supplied on a coiled cord that will extend from 2.00' (coiled) to 6.00' (extended).

The cab will be capable of tilting 42 degrees and 80 degrees with crane assist to accommodate engine maintenance and removal. The cab pivots will be located 46.00" apart to provide stability while tilting the cab.

The rear of the cab will be locked down by a two (2)-point, automatic, hydraulic, double hook mechanism that fully engages after the cab has been lowered (self-locking). The dual 2.25" diameter hydraulic cylinders will be equipped with a velocity fuse that protects the cab from accidentally descending when the cab is in the tilt position.

For increased safety, a redundant mechanical stay arm will be provided that must be manually put in place on the driver side between the chassis and cab frame when cab is in the raised position. This device will be manually stowed to its original position before the cab can be lowered.

Cab Lift Interlock
The cab lift safety system will be interlocked to the parking brake. The cab tilt mechanism will be active only when the parking brake is set and the ignition switch is in the on position. If the parking brake is released, the cab tilt mechanism will be disabled. 0550343 Special Circuit, Cab Tilt w/o Ignition
Switch

CAB TILT CIRCUIT
The cab tilt mechanism will be operational with the battery switch on and with parking brake set. 0751126 Grille, Bright Finished, Painted Mesh
Screen, Front of Cab, Impel/Velocity

GRILLE
An aluminum mesh grille screen, inserted behind a formed bright finished grille surround, will be provided on the front center of the cab, and will serve as an air intake to the radiator. The mesh screen will be painted black #101.
0527032 Trim, S/S Band, Across Cab Face,
Rect Lights, Velocity

FRONT CAB TRIM
A band of 22 gauge brushed stainless steel trim will be installed across the front of the cab, from door hinge to door hinge. The trim band will be centered on the head lights and applied with two (2)-sided tape. A 0.625" self adhesive trim strip will be applied around the perimeter of the trim band.

There will be brushed stainless steel corner covers provided over the painted cab corner where the cab turn signals are located.
0015440 No Chrome Molding, On side of cab

0569263 Mirrors, Retrac, West Coast Style,
Remote, w/Remote Convex

MIRRORS
A Retrac Aerodynamic, Model 613295, dual vision, motorized, west coast style mirror with chrome finish will be mounted on each side of the front cab door with spring loaded retractable arms. The flat glass and convex glass will be adjustable with a remote control within reach of the driver.
14947Bid #:
0651313 Door, Half-Height, Velocity FR 4-Door
Cab, Level Roof

CAB DOORS
The forward cab and crew cab doors will be the half-height style door. To enhance entry and egress to the cab, the forward cab doors will be a minimum of 43.59" wide x 64.71" high. The crew cab doors will measure a minimum of 37.87" wide x 64.71" high.

The forward cab and crew cab doors will be constructed of extruded aluminum with a nominal material thickness of 0.125". The exterior door skins will be constructed from 0.090" aluminum.

The forward cab door windows will include a 7.50" high x 10.00" wide drop area at the front to enhance visibility.

A customized, vertical, pull-down type door handle will be provided on the exterior of each cab door. The finish of the door handle will be chrome/black. The exterior handle will be designed specifically for the fire service to prevent accidental activation, and will provide 4.00" wide x 2.00" deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy gloved hands.

Each door will also be provided with an interior flush, open style paddle handle that will be readily operable from fore and aft positions, and be designed to prevent accidental activation. The interior handles will provide 4.00" wide x 1.25" deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy gloved hands.

The cab doors will be provided with both interior (rotary knob) and exterior (keyed) locks exceeding FMVSS standards. The keys will be Model 751. The locks will be capable of activating when the doors are open or closed. The doors will remain locked if locks are activated when the doors are opened, then closed.

A full length, heavy duty, stainless steel, piano-type hinge with a 0.38" pin and 11 gauge leaf will be provided on all cab doors. There will be double automotive-type rubber seals around the perimeter of the door framing and door edges to ensure a weather-tight fit.

A chrome grab handle will be provided on the inside of each cab and crew cab door.

A red webbed grab handle will be installed on the crew cab door stop strap. The grab handles will be securely mounted.

The cab steps at each cab door location will be located below the cab doors and will be exposed to the exterior of the cab.
0655511 Door Panel, Brushed Stainless Steel,
Impel/Velocity 4-Door Cab
Door Panels
The inner cab door panels will be constructed out of brushed stainless steel. The cab door panels will be removable.
0648267 Face Plate/s, Blank, Lower
Instrument Panel, Imp/Vel, Dash CF

BLANK FACE PLATE
Blank face plate/s will be provided, in place of standard storage pockets, in all available locations on the lower instrument panel console.
0667902 Controls, Electric Windows, All Cab
Doors, Impel/Velocity FR

ELECTRIC WINDOW CONTROLS
Each cab entry door will be equipped with an electrically operated tempered glass window. A window control panel will be located on the door panel within easy reach of the respective occupant. Each switch will allow intermittent or auto down operation for ease of use. Auto down operation will be actuated by holding the window down switch for approximately 1 second. The driver control panel will contain a control switch for each cab door's window. All other door control panels will contain a single switch to operate the window within that door.

The window switches will be connected directly to the battery power. This allows the windows to be raised and lowered when the battery switch is in the off position. 0555485 Steps, 4-Door Full Tilt Cab, Imp/Vel

CAB STEPS
The forward cab and crew cab access steps will be a full size two (2) step design to provide largest possible stepping surfaces for safe ingress and egress. The bottom steps will be designed with a grip pattern punched into bright aluminum treadplate material to provide support, slip resistance, and drainage. The bottom steps will be a bolt-in design to minimize repair costs should they need to be replaced. The forward cab steps will be a minimum 31.00" wide, and the crew cab steps will be 24.25" wide with an 8.00" minimum depth. The inside cab steps will not exceed 18.00" in height and be limited to two (2) steps. 0770200 Handrail, Exterior, Hansen, Knurled,
Alum, LED Backlit, 4-Door Cab

CAB EXTERIOR HANDRAILS
A Hansen knurled aluminum handrail will be provided adjacent to each cab and crew cab door opening to assist during cab ingress and egress. Each handrail will be provided with blue LED lights. The lights will be activated when the parking light switch is activated and the parking brake is applied. The LED lights may be load managed.
0892637 Lights, Cab & Crw Cab Acs Stps,
P25, LED w/Bezel, 1Lt Per Step

STEP LIGHTS
There will be four (4) white P25 LED step lights provided. The lights will be installed at each cab and crew cab door, one (1) per step. The lights will be located in the driver side front doorstep, driver side crew cab doorstep, passenger side front doorstep and passenger side crew cab doorstep.

In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles (fc) covering an entire 15.00" x 15.00" square placed 10.00" below the light and a minimum of 1.5 fc covering an entire 30.00" x 30.00" square at the same 10.00" distance below the light.

The light(s) will have a chrome housing.

The lights will be activated when the adjacent door is opened. 0002140 Fenders, S/S on Cab

FENDER CROWNS
Stainless steel fender crowns will be installed at the cab wheel openings. 15947Bid #:
0630056 SP Window, Side of C/C, Fixed, 10.25"
H, Above EMS, Imp/Vel

CREW CAB WINDOWS
One (1) fixed window with tinted glass will be provided on each side of the cab, to the rear of the front cab door. The windows will be sized to enhance light penetration into the cab interior. The windows will measure approximately 21.00" wide x 10.25" high. 0566382 Not Required, Trim, Cab Side
Windows, Velocity

0509286 Not Required, Windows Rear of Crew
Cab, Imp/Vel
0558334 Not Required, Trim, Cab Rear
Windows, No Rear Windows

0786279 Window Tint, Crew Cab Door, Right
Side, Privacy Dark Gray

RIGHT SIDE ROLLUP CREW CAB DOOR WINDOW TINT
The rollup window in the right side crew cab door will be tinted privacy dark gray. 0786290 Window Tint, Crew Cab Door, Left
Side, Privacy Dark Gray

LEFT SIDE ROLLUP CREW CAB DOOR WINDOW TINT
The rollup window in the left side crew cab door will be tinted privacy dark gray. 0721071 Compt, Storage, 10.71 W x 30 H x 14
D, (1) Ea Side C/C, Sgl Pan, Imp/Vel

STORAGE COMPARTMENTS
Provided on each side of the cab, to the rear of the crew cab access doors, will be a storage compartment.

The compartments will be 10.71" wide x 30.00" high x 14.00" deep.

There will be two (2) single pan doors painted to match the cab exterior with a locking D-ring latch with #751 key, one (1) on each side of the cab. A pneumatic stay arm for each exterior door will be provided as a door stop.

The compartment interior will be painted to match the cab interior.

Compartment Light
There will be two (2) white LED strip lights provided, one (1) horizontally above each compartment door opening.
0123686 Drip Rail, Cab Roof,
Impel/Velocity/Velocity SLT

CAB ROOF DRIP RAIL
For enhanced protection from inclement weather, a drip rail will be furnished on the sides of the cab. The drip rail will be constructed of bright polished extruded aluminum, and be bonded to the sides of the cab. The drip rail will extend the full length of the cab roof. 0199285 Visor, Exterior, Vel/Imp

EXTERIOR VISOR
The exterior sun visor will be a painted composite to match the job color. The five (5) forward facing marker lights will be mounted to the visor.
0622531 Mounting Provisions, 3/16" Alum, Full
Engine Tunnel, Color, Vel/Imp

MOUNTING PLATE ON ENGINE TUNNEL
Equipment installation provisions will be installed on the engine tunnel.

A .188" smooth aluminum plate will be bolted to the top surface of the engine tunnel. The plate will be located to the left of the officer and on the rear of the tunnel. It will follow the contour of the engine tunnel and will run the entire length of the engine tunnel. The plate will be spaced off the engine tunnel .75" to allow for wire routing below the plate.

The mounting surface will be fire smoke gray, vinyl texture paint. 0657250 Tray, Slideout, Alum, Sides, MDT
Bracket, Recessed Dash, Officer

COMPUTER MOUNTING TRAY
There will be one (1) sliding aluminum tray located forward of the officer. The tray will be as wide as possible in the dash panel recess.

The tray will be painted to match the cab interior.
16947Bid #:
0748680 Cab Interior, Vinyl, Painted Walls,
Imp/Vel FR, CARE

CAB INTERIOR
With safety as the primary objective, the wrap-around style cab instrument panel will be designed with unobstructed visibility to instrumentation. The dash layout will provide the driver with a quick reference to gauges that allows more time to focus on the road.

The center console will be a high impact ABS polymer and will be easily removable.

The passenger side dashboard will be constructed of painted aluminum for durability and low maintenance. For enhanced versatility, the passenger side dash will include a flat working surface.

To provide optional (service friendly) control panels, switches and storage modules, a painted aluminum overhead console will also be provided.

To complete the cab front interior design, painted aluminum modesty panels will be provided under the dash on both sides of the cab. The driver side modesty panel will provide mounting for the battery switch and diagnostic connectors, while the passenger side modesty panel provides a glove box, and ground access to the main electrical distribution panel via quick quarter turn fasteners.

To provide a deluxe automotive interior, the engine tunnel will be covered by leather grain vinyl that is resistant to oil, grease, and mildew. For durability and ease of maintenance, the cab interior side walls will be painted aluminum. The rear wall will be painted aluminum.

The headliner will be installed in both forward and rear cab sections. The headliner panel will be a composition of an aluminum panel covered with a sound barrier and upholstery.

The cab structure will include designated raceways for electrical harness routing from the front of the cab to the rear upper portion of the cab. Raceways will be extruded in the forward door frame, floor, walls and overhead in the area where the walls meet the ceiling. The raceways located in the floor will be covered by aluminum extrusion, while the vertical and overhead raceways will be covered by painted aluminum covers. The raceways will improve harness integrity by providing a continuous harness path that eliminates wire chafing and abrasion associated with exposed wiring or routing through drilled metal holes. Harnesses will be laid in place.

CAB INTERIOR UPHOLSTERY
The cab interior upholstery will be 36 oz dark silver gray vinyl. All cab interior materials will meet FMVSS 302 (flammability of interior materials).
0667943 Cab Interior, Paint Color,
Impel/Velocity FR

CAB INTERIOR PAINT
The following metal surfaces will be painted black, vinyl textured paint:

Modesty panel in front of driver
Vertical surface of dash in front of the officer (not applicable for recessed dash) Glove box in front of the officer (if applicable)
Power distribution in front of the officer
Rear heater vent panels
The remaining cab interior metal surfaces will be painted fire smoke gray, vinyl texture paint. 0509532 Floor, Rubber Padded Cab & Crew
Cab, Imp/Vel, Dash CF

CAB FLOOR
The cab and crew cab floor areas will be covered with Polydamp™ acoustical floor mat consisting of a black pyramid rubber facing and closed cell foam decoupler.

The top surface of the material has a series of raised pyramid shapes evenly spaced, which offer a superior grip surface. Additionally, the material has a 0.25" thick closed cell foam (no water absorption) which offers a sound dampening material for reducing sound levels. 17947Bid #:
0894651 HVAC, Heavy-Duty, Velocity FR,
w/PACCAR, CARE

DEFROST/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
A ceiling mounted combination heater, defroster and air conditioning system will be installed in the cab above the engine tunnel area.

Cab Defroster
A 54,000 BTU heater-defroster unit with 690 SCFM of air flow will be provided inside the cab. The heater-defrost will be installed in the forward portion of the cab ceiling. Air outlets will be strategically located in the cab header extrusion per the following:

One (1) adjustable will be directed towards the left side cab window One (1) adjustable will be directed towards the right side cab window Six (6) fixed outlets will be directed at the windshield The defroster will be capable of clearing 98 percent of the windshield and side glass when tested under conditions where the cab has been cold soaked at 0 degrees Fahrenheit for 10 hours, and a 2 ounce per square inch layer of frost/ice has been able to build up on the exterior windshield.

The defroster system will meet or exceed SAE J382 requirements.

Cab/Crew Auxiliary Heater
There will be one (1) 31,000 BTU auxiliary heater with 560 SCFM of air flow provided in the left side rear facing seat riser with a dual scroll blower. An aluminum plenum incorporated into the cab structure used to transfer heat to the forward left side position.

Air Conditioning
A 13.10 cubic inch compressor will be installed on the engine.

A roof-mounted condenser with a 78,000 BTU output at 2,400 SCFM that meets and exceeds the performance specification will be installed on the cab roof. The condenser cover to be painted to match the cab roof.

The air conditioning system will be capable of cooling the average cab temperature from 100 degrees Fahrenheit to 75 degrees Fahrenheit at 50 percent relative humidity within 30 minutes.

The cooling performance test will be run only after the cab has been heat soaked at 100 degrees Fahrenheit for a minimum of 4 hours.

The evaporator unit will be installed in the rear portion of the cab ceiling over the engine tunnel.

The evaporator will include one (1) high performance heating core, one (1) high performance cooling core with (1) plenum directed to the front and one (1) plenum directed to the rear of the cab.

The evaporator unit will have a 52,000 BTU at 690 SCFM rating that meets and exceeds the performance specifications.

Adjustable air outlets will be strategically located on the forward plenum cover per the following:

Four (4) will be directed towards the seating position on the left side of the cab Four (4) will be directed towards the seating position on the right side of the cab Adjustable air outlets will be strategically located on the evaporator cover per the following:

Five (5) will be directed towards crew cab area
A high efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter will be included for the system. Access to the filter cover will be hinged with two (2) thumb latches.

The air conditioner refrigerant will be R-134A and will be installed by a certified technician.

Climate Control
An automotive style controller will be provided to control the heat and air conditioning system within the cab. The controller will have three (3) functional knobs for fan speed, temperature, and air flow distribution (front to rear) control.

The system will control the temperature of the cab and crew cab automatically by pushing the center of the fan speed control knob. Rotate the center temperature control knob to set the cab and crew cab temperature.

The AC system will be manually activated by pushing the center of the temperature control knob.

Pushing the center of the air flow distribution knob will engage the AC for max defrost, setting the fan speeds to 100 percent and directing all air flow to the overhead forward position.

Gravity Drain Tubes
Two (2) condensate drain tubes will be provided for the air conditioning evaporator. The drip pan will have two (2) drain tubes plumbed separately to allow for the condensate to exit the drip pan.

No pumps will be provided.

The drain tubes will terminate under the cab, on the inboard side of the front wheelwells. 0639675 Sun Visor, Smoked Lexan, AXT,
Imp/Vel, Saber FR/Enforcer

SUN VISORS
Two (2) smoked Lexan™ sun visors will be provided. The sun visors will be located above the windshield with one (1) mounted on each side of the cab.

There will be a black plastic thumb latch provided to help secure each sun visor in the stowed position.
0548173 Grab Handles, Driver and Passenger
Door Post, Imp/Vel

GRAB HANDLE
A black rubber covered grab handle will be mounted on the door post of the driver side and passenger side cab door to assist in entering the cab. The grab handle will be securely mounted to the post area between the door and windshield.
0583938 Lights, Engine Compt, Custom, Auto
Sw, Wln 3SC0CDCR, 3" LED, Trim

ENGINE COMPARTMENT LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Whelen, Model 3SC0CDCR, 12 volt DC, 3.00" white LED light(s) with Whelen, Model 3FLANGEC, chrome flange kit(s) installed under the cab to be used as engine compartment illumination.

These light(s) will be activated automatically when the cab is raised. 18947Bid #:
0122516 Fluid Check Access, Imp/Vel

ACCESS TO ENGINE DIPSTICKS
For access to the engine oil and transmission fluid dipsticks, there will be a door on the engine tunnel, inside the crew cab. The door will be on the rear wall of the engine tunnel, on the vertical surface. The door will be flush with the wall of the engine tunnel.

The engine oil dipstick will allow for checking only. The transmission dipstick will allow for both checking and filling. An additional port will be provided for filling the engine oil.

The door will have a rubber seal for thermal and acoustic insulation. One (1) flush lift and turn latch will be provided on the access door.
0583042 Side Roll and Frontal Impact
Protection

CAB SAFETY SYSTEM
The cab will be provided with a safety system designed to protect occupants in the event of a side roll or frontal impact, and will include the following:

A supplemental restraint system (SRS) sensor will be installed on a structural cab member behind the instrument panel. The SRS sensor will perform real time diagnostics of all critical subsystems and will record sensory inputs immediately before and during a side roll or frontal impact event.

A slave SRS sensor will be installed in the cab to provide capacity for eight (8) crew cab seating positions.

A fault-indicating light will be provided on the vehicle's instrument panel allowing the driver to monitor the operational status of the SRS system.

A driver side front air bag will be mounted in the steering wheel and will be designed to protect the head and upper torso of the occupant, when used in combination with the 3-point seat belt.

A passenger side knee bolster air bag will be mounted in the modesty panel below the dash panel and will be designed to protect the legs of the occupant, when used in combination with the 3-point seat belt.

Air curtains will be provided in the outboard bolster of outboard seat backs to provide a cushion between occupant and the cab wall.

Suspension seats will be provided with devices to retract them to the lowest travel position during a side roll or frontal impact event.

Seat belts will be provided with pre-tensioners to remove slack from the seat belt during a side roll or frontal impact event.

Frontal Impact Protection
The SRS system will provide protection during a frontal or oblique impact event. The system will activate when the vehicle decelerates at a predetermined G force known to cause injury to the occupants. The cab and chassis will have been subjected, via third party test facility, to a crash impact during frontal and oblique impact testing. Testing included all major chassis and cab components such as mounting straps for fuel and air tanks, suspension mounts, front suspension components, rear suspensions components, frame rail cross members, engine and transmission and their mounts, pump house and mounts, frame extensions and body mounts. The testing provided configuration specific information used to optimize the timing for firing the safety restraint system. The sensor will activate the pyrotechnic devices when the correct crash algorithm, wave form, is detected.

The SRS system will deploy the following components in the event of a frontal or oblique impact event:

Driver side front air bag
Passenger side knee bolster air bag
Air curtains mounted in the outboard bolster of outboard seat backs Suspension seats will be retracted to the lowest travel position Seat belts will be pre-tensioned to firmly hold the occupant in place Side Roll Protection
The SRS system will provide protection during a fast or slow 90 degree roll to the side, in which the vehicle comes to rest on its side. The system will analyze the vehicle's angle and rate of roll to determine the optimal activation of the advanced occupant restraints.

The SRS system will deploy the following components in the event of a side roll:

Air curtains mounted in the outboard bolster of outboard seat backs Suspension seats will be retracted to the lowest travel position Seat belts will be pre-tensioned to firmly hold the occupant in place 0622619 Seating Capacity, 4 Seats

SEATING CAPACITY
The seating capacity of the vehicle (including tiller cab and belted seat positions in the rescue body) will be four (4).
0697005 Seat, Driver, Pierce PS6, Premium,
Air Ride, High Back, Safety,

PRIMARY

DRIVER SEAT
A Pierce PS6® seat will be provided in the cab for the driver. The seat design will be a cam action type with air suspension. For increased convenience, the seat will include electric controls to adjust the rake (15 degrees), height (1.75" travel) and horizontal (7.00" travel) position. Electric controls will be located below the forward part of the seat cushion. To provide flexibility for multiple driver configurations, the seat will have a reclining back, adjustable from 20 degrees back to 45 degrees forward. Providing for maximum comfort, the seat back will be a high back style with manual lumbar adjustment lever, for lower back support, and will include minimum

7.50" deep side bolster pads for maximum support. The lumbar adjustment lever will be easily located at the lower outboard position of the seat cushion. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep dual density foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control).

The seat will include the following features incorporated into the side roll protection system:

Side air curtain will be mounted integral to the outboard bolster of the seat back. The air curtain will be covered by a decorative panel when in the stowed position.

A suspension seat safety system will be included. When activated in the event of a side roll, this system will pretension the seat belt and retract the seat to its lowest travel position.

The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt. The seat belt will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position. 19947Bid #:
0696996 Seat, Officer, Pierce PS6, Premium,
Air Ride, High Back, Safety,

PRIMARY

OFFICER SEAT
A Pierce PS6® seat will be provided in the cab for the officer. The seat will be a cam action type, with air suspension. For increased convenience, the seat will include a manual control to adjust the horizontal position (6.00" travel). The manual horizontal control will be a towel-bar style located below the forward part of the seat cushion. To provide flexibility for multiple passenger configurations, the seat will have a reclining back adjustable from 20 degrees back to 0 degrees forward. The seat back will be a high back style with manual lumbar adjustment lever, and will include minimum 7.50" deep side bolster pads for maximum support. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep dual density foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control). To ensure safe operation, the seat will be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle that will activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled.

The seat will include the following features incorporated into the side roll protection system:

Side air curtain will be mounted integral to the outboard bolster of the seat back. The air curtain will be covered by a decorative panel when in the stowed position.

A suspension seat safety system will be included. When activated this system will pretension the seat belt and retract the seat to its lowest travel position.

The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt. The seat belt will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position. 0002517 Not Required, Radio Compartment
0771832 Cabinet, Rear Facing, LS, 24 W x 28
H x 24 D, Ext Acc Only, Sp Mtg,
Imp/Vel

REAR FACING LEFT SIDE CABINET
A rear facing cabinet will be provided in the crew cab at the left side outboard position. The cabinet will be mounted off the edge of the seat riser so that it is even with the crew cab door frame.

The cabinet will be 24.00" wide x 28.00" high x 24.00" deep.

The cabinet will include no adjustable shelves or traysin the cabinet interior.

The cabinet will include no louvers.

The cabinet will provide access from outside the cab only with one (1) reverse hinged double pan door painted to match the cab exterior with a non-locking D-ring latch. The clear door opening will be 19.75" wide x 26.00" high. The door will be located on the side of the cab over the wheelwell and include a pneumatic stay arm as a door stop.

The exterior access will be provided with a brushed stainless steel scuffplate on the lower door frame.

The cabinet will be constructed of smooth aluminum, and painted to match the cab interior.

Cabinet Light
There will be one (1) white LED strip light installed on the right side of the exterior cabinet door opening. The lights will be controlled by an automatic door switch. 0102783 Not Required, Seat, Rr Facing C/C,
Center
0775121 Cabinet, Rear Facing, RS, 26.50 W x
28 H x 21.50 D, Ext Acc Only,
Imp/Vel

REAR FACING RIGHT SIDE CABINET
A rear facing cabinet will be provided in the crew cab at the right side outboard position.

The cabinet will be 26.50" wide x 28.00" high x 21.50" deep.

The cabinet will provide access from outside the cab only with one (1) reverse hinged double pan door painted to match the cab exterior with a non-locking D-ring latch. The clear door opening will be 16.00" wide x 26.25" high. The door will be located on the side of the cab over the wheelwell and include a pneumatic stay arm as a door stop.

The cabinet will include no adjustable shelves or traysin the cabinet interior.

The cabinet will include no louvers.

The exterior access will be provided with a brushed stainless steel scuffplate on the lower door frame.

The cabinet will be constructed of smooth aluminum, and painted to match the cab interior.

Cabinet Light
There will be one (1) white LED strip light installed on the left side of the exterior cabinet door opening. The lights will be controlled by an automatic door switch. 0628561 Seat, Fwd Fcng C/C, LS Otbrd, PS6,
9 Deg Hi-Back,Foldup,17"
Btm,Safety,SECONDARY

FORWARD FACING DRIVER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT
There will be one (1) forward facing, foldup seat provided at the driver side outboard position in the crew cab. The seat back will be a high back style. To provide improved ride comfort, and maximize accessibility to the crew cab, the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep foam cushions, and the seat back will be provided with 9 degree fixed recline angle. To ensure safe operation, the seat will be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle, that will activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled.

The seat will include the following features incorporated into the side roll protection system:

Side air curtain will be mounted integral to the outboard bolster of the seat back. The air curtain will be covered by a decorative panel when in the stowed position.

A seat safety system will be included. When activated, this system will pretension the seat belt around the occupant to firmly hold them in place in the event of a side roll.

The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt. The seat belt will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position. 20947Bid #:
0783729 Cabinet, Forward Facing, Center, 42
W x 36 H x 24 D, Web, Imp/Vel

FORWARD FACING CENTER CABINET
A forward facing cabinet will be provided in the crew cab at the center position.

The cabinet will be 42.00" wide x 36.00" high x 24.00" deep. The cabinet will be provided with no false floor. The interior door will be web netting. The netting will be made with 1.00" wide nylon material with 2.00" openings. The nylon webbing will be permanently fastened at the bottom side of the cabinet and have 1.00" side release fasteners on the opposite side to secure it. The clear door opening of the cabinet will be 39.50" wide x 33.00" high.

The cabinet will include one (1) infinitely adjustable shelf with a 0.75" up-turned lippainted to match the cab interior.

The cabinet will include no louvers.

The cabinet will be constructed of smooth aluminum and painted to match the cab interior.

Cabinet Light
There will be one (1) white LED strip light installed on the right side of the interior cabinet door opening and one (1) white LED strip light installed on the left side of the interior cabinet door opening. The lighting will be controlled by a rocker switch on the front of the cabinet. 0628563 Seat, Fwd Fcng C/C, RS Otbrd, PS6,
9 Deg Hi-Back,Foldup,17"
Btm,Safety,SECONDARY

FORWARD FACING PASSENGER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT
There will be one (1) forward facing, foldup seat provided at the passenger side outboard position in the crew cab. The seat back will be a high back style. To provide improved ride comfort, and maximize accessibility to the crew cab, the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep foam cushions, and the seat back will be provided with 9 degree fixed recline angle. To ensure safe operation, the seat will be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle, that will activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled.

The seat will include the following features incorporated into the side roll protection system:

Side air curtain will be mounted integral to the outboard bolster of the seat back. The air curtain will be covered by a decorative panel when in the stowed position.

A seat safety system will be included. When activated, this system will pretension the seat belt around the occupant to firmly hold them in place in the event of a side roll.

The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt. The seat belt will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position. 0766467 Upholstery, Seats In Cab, All Vinyl,
Seats Inc, CARE

SEAT UPHOLSTERY
All seat upholstery will be leather grain 36 oz dark silver gray vinyl resistant to oil, grease and mildew. The cab will have four (4) seating positions.
0511471 No SCBA Brackets Required In Cab
Seats, Imp/Vel, AXT 2010, Qtm
2010,Saber FR/Enf
0735335 Door, Access, Front, (1) Rear Facing
Seat Risers, No Heater

ACCESS DOOR
An access door will be provided in the front edge of the right side rear facing seat riser with a drop down door. The drop down door will be provided with a Southco C2 black powder coated raised trigger locking latch and painted black. There will be no louvers. 0603867 Seat Belt, ReadyReach

SEAT BELTS
All seating positions in the cab, crew cab and tiller cab (if applicable) will have red seat belts.

To provide quick, easy use for occupants wearing bunker gear, the female buckle and seat belt webbing length will meet or exceed the current edition of applicable NFPA and CAN/ULC - S515 standards.

The 3-point shoulder type seat belts will also include the ReadyReach D-loop assembly to the shoulder belt system. The ReadyReach feature adds an extender arm to the D-loop location placing the D-loop in a closer, easier to reach location.

Any flip up seats will include a 3-point shoulder type belts only. 0604867 Seat Belt Height Adjustment, 4 Seats,
Imp/Vel, Dash CF

SHOULDER HARNESS HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT
All seating positions furnished with 3-point shoulder type seat belts will include a height adjustment. This adjustment will optimize the belts effectiveness and comfort for the seated firefighter.

A total of four (4) seating positions will have the adjustable shoulder harness. 0817557 Helmet Storage, Provided by Fire
Department, NFPA 2024

HELMET STORAGE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA 1900, 2024 edition, section 11.1.8.4.1 requires a location for helmet storage be provided.

There is no helmet storage on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide a location for storage of helmets.
0647647 Lights, Dome, FRP Dual LED 4 Lts

CAB DOME LIGHTS
There will be four (4) dual LED dome lights with black bezels provided. Two (2) lights will be mounted above the inside shoulder of the driver and officer and two (2) lights will be installed and located, one (1) on each side of the crew cab.

The color of the LED's will be red and white.

The white LED's will be controlled by the door switches and the lens switch.

The color LED's will be controlled by the lens switch.

In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each white LED dome light will provide a minimum of

10.1 foot-candles (fc) covering an entire 20.00" x 20.00" square seating position when mounted

40.00" above the seat.
21947Bid #:
0896451 Enhanced Software for Cab and
Crew Cab Dome Lts

ENHANCED SOFTWARE FOR CAB AND CREW CAB DOME LIGHTS
The cab and crew cab dome lights will remain on for 10 seconds for improved visibility after the doors are closed.

The dome lights will dim after 10 seconds or immediately if the vehicle's transmission is put into gear.
0631776 Not Required, Overhead Map Lights

0816997 Portable Hand Light, Provided by Fire
Dept, NFPA 2024

PORTABLE HAND LIGHTS PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
The hand lights are not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount these hand lights.
0613339 SP Handlight, Koehler, BrightStar,
Lighthawk II, 07670, Orange Lt,12vdc
Direct Wire

HAND HELD SPOTLIGHT
There will be three (3) Koehler BrightStar™ LED GEN II, Model 07670, hand light(s) and 12V DC charger(s) mounted EACH CREW CAB EMAS COMPARTMENT, AND ON TOP OF THE FORWARD FACING EMS COMPARTMENT, EXACT LOCATION TO BE MOUNTED AT FINAL.

The color will be orange with a shoulder strap provided with each light.

The hand light(s) will be connected to the chassis battery system. 0568369 Cab Instruments, Ivory Gauges,
Chrome Bezels, Impel/Velocity 2010

CAB INSTRUMENTATION
The cab instrument panel will consist of gauges, an LCD display, telltale indicator lights, alarms, control switches, and a diagnostic panel. The function of instrument panel controls and switches will be identified by a label adjacent to each item. Actuation of the headlight switch will illuminate the labels in low light conditions. Telltale indicator lamps will not be illuminated unless necessary.

The cab instruments and controls will be conveniently located within the forward cab section directly forward of the driver. Gauge and switch panels will be designed to be removable for ease of service and low cost of ownership.

Gauges
The gauge panel will include the following ten (10) ivory gauges with chrome bezels to monitor vehicle performance:

Voltmeter gauge (Volts)
Low volts (11.8 VDC)
Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm
High volts (15 VDC)
Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm
Very low volts (11.3 VDC)
Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm
Very high volts (16 VDC)
Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm
Tachometer (RPM)
Speedometer (Primary (outside) MPH, Secondary (inside) Km/H) Fuel level gauge (Empty - Full in fractions)
Low fuel (1/8 full)
Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm
Very low fuel (1/32) fuel
Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm
Engine oil pressure gauge (PSI)
Low oil pressure to activate engine warning lights and alarms Red indicator on gauge assembly with alarm
Front air pressure gauge (PSI)
Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm
Red indicator on gauge assembly with alarm
Rear air pressure gauge (PSI)
Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm
Red indicator on gauge assembly with alarm
Transmission oil temperature gauge (Fahrenheit)
High transmission oil temperature activates warning lights and alarm Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm
Engine coolant temperature gauge (Fahrenheit)
High engine temperature activates an engine warning light and alarm Red indicator on gauge assembly with alarm
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Level Gauge (Empty - Full in fractions) Low fluid (1/8 full)
Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm
All gauges and gauge indicators will perform prove out at initial power-up to ensure proper performance.

Indicator Lamps
To promote safety, the following telltale indicator lamps will be integral to the gauge assembly and are located above and below the center gauges. The indicator lamps will be "dead-front" design that is only visible when active. The colored indicator lights will have descriptive text or symbols.

The following amber telltale lamps will be present:

Low coolant
Trac cntl (traction control) (where applicable)
Check engine
Check trans (check transmission)
Aux brake overheat (Auxiliary brake overheat)
Air rest (air restriction)
Caution (triangle symbol)
Water in fuel
22947Bid #:

DPF (engine diesel particulate filter regeneration)
Trailer ABS (where applicable)
Wait to start (where applicable)
HET (engine high exhaust temperature) (where applicable) ABS (antilock brake system)
MIL (engine emissions system malfunction indicator lamp) (where applicable) SRS (supplemental restraint system) fault (where applicable) DEF (low diesel exhaust fluid level)
The following red telltale lamps will be present:

Warning (stop sign symbol)
Seat belt
Parking brake
Stop engine
Rack down
The following green telltale lamps will be provided:

Left turn
Right turn
Battery on
The following blue telltale lamp will be provided:

High beam
Alarms
Audible steady tone warning alarm: A steady audible tone alarm will be provided whenever a warning message is present.

Audible pulsing tone caution alarm: A pulsing audible tone alarm (chime/chirp) will be provided whenever a caution message is present without a warning message being present.

Alarm silence: Any active audible alarm will be able to be silenced by holding the ignition switch at the top position for 3 to 5 seconds. For improved safety, silenced audible alarms will intermittently chirp every 30 seconds until the alarm condition no longer exists. The intermittent chirp will act as a reminder to the operator that a caution or warning condition still exists. Any new warning or caution condition will enable the steady or pulsing tones respectively.

Indicator Lamp and Alarm Prove-Out
Telltale indicators and alarms will perform prove-out at initial power-up to ensure proper performance.

Control Switches
For ease of use, the following controls will be provided immediately adjacent to the cab instrument panel within easy reach of the driver.

Emergency master switch: A molded plastic push button switch with integral indicator lamp will be provided. Pressing the switch will activate emergency response lights and siren control. A green lamp on the switch provides indication that the emergency master mode is active. Pressing the switch again disables the emergency master mode.

Headlight / Parking light switch: A three (3)-position maintained rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position will deactivate all parking lights and the headlights. The second switch position will activate the parking lights. The third switch position will activate the headlights.

Panel backlighting intensity control switch: A three (3)-position momentary rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position decreases the panel backlighting intensity to a minimum level as the switch is held. The second switch position is the default position that does not affect the backlighting intensity. The third switch position increases the panel backlighting intensity to a maximum level as the switch is held.

The following standard controls will be integral to the gauge assembly and are located below the right hand gauges. All switches have backlit labels for low light applications.

High idle engagement switch: A two (2)-position momentary rocker switch with integral indicator lamp will be provided. The first switch position is the default switch position.

The second switch position will activate and deactivate the high idle function when pressed and released. The "Ok To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp must be active for the high idle function to engage. A green indicator lamp integral to the high idle engagement switch will indicate when the high idle function is engaged. "Ok To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp: A green indicator light will be provided next to the high idle activation switch to indicate that the interlocks have been met to allow high idle engagement.

The following standard controls will be provided adjacent to the cab gauge assembly within easy reach of the driver. All switches will have backlit labels for low light applications.

Ignition switch: A three (3)-position maintained/momentary rocker switch will be provided.

The first switch position will deactivate vehicle ignition. The second switch position will activate vehicle ignition. The third momentary position will disable the Command Zone audible alarm if held for 3 to 5 seconds. A green indicator lamp will be activated with vehicle ignition.

Engine start switch: A two (2)-position momentary rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position is the default switch position. The second switch position will activate the vehicle's engine. The switch actuator is designed to prevent accidental activation. 4-way hazard switch: A two (2)-position maintained rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position will deactivate the 4-way hazard switch function. The second switch position will activate the 4-way hazard function. The switch actuator will be red and includes the international 4-way hazard symbol.

Heater, defroster, and air conditioning control panel.

Turn signal arm: A self-canceling turn signal with high beam headlight and windshield wiper/washer controls will be provided. The windshield wiper control will have high, low, and intermittent modes.

Parking brake control: An air actuated push/pull park brake control valve will be provided.

Chassis horn control: Activation of the chassis horn control will be provided through the center of the steering wheel.

Custom Switch Panels
The design of cab instrumentation will allow for emergency lighting and other switches to be placed within easy reach of the operator thus improving safety. There will be positions for up to four (4) switch panels in the overhead console on the driver's side, up to four (4) 23947Bid #:
switch panels in the engine tunnel console facing the driver, up to four (4) switch panels in the overhead console on the officer's side and up to two (2) switch panels in the engine tunnel console facing the officer. All switches will have backlit labels for low light applications.

Diagnostic Panel
A diagnostic panel will be accessible while standing on the ground and located inside the driver's side door left of the steering column. The diagnostic panel will allow diagnostic tools such as computers to connect to various vehicle systems for improved troubleshooting providing a lower cost of ownership. Diagnostic switches will allow ABS systems to provide blink codes should a problem exist.

The diagnostic panel will include the following:

Engine diagnostic port
Transmission diagnostic port
ABS diagnostic port
SRS diagnostic port (where applicable)
Command Zone USB diagnostic port
ABS diagnostic switch (blink codes flashed on ABS telltale indicator) Diesel particulate filter regeneration switch (where applicable) Diesel particulate filter regeneration inhibit switch (where applicable) Cab LCD Display
A digital four (4)-row by 20-character dot matrix display will be integral to the gauge panel.

The display will be capable of showing simple graphical images as well as text. The display will be split into three (3) sections. Each section will have a dedicated function.

The upper left section will display the outside ambient temperature.

The upper right section will display, along with other configuration specific information:

Odometer
Trip mileage
PTO hours
Fuel consumption
Engine hours
The bottom section will display INFO, CAUTION, and WARNING messages. Text messages will automatically activate to describe the cause of an audible caution or warning alarm.

The LCD will be capable of displaying multiple text messages should more than one caution or warning condition exist.
0509511 Air Restriction Indicator, Imp/Vel,
AXT, Dash CF, Enf MUX

AIR RESTRICTION INDICATOR
A high air restriction warning indicator light LCD message with amber warning indicator and audible alarm will be provided.
0032602 Speedometer, Class 1 w/LED, Officer
Overhead

OVERHEAD SPEEDOMETER
A Class I digital display speedometer will be provided on the officer side overhead position. 0673123 Light, Do Not Move Apparatus, Wln
3SR00FRR LED
"DO NOT MOVE APPARATUS" INDICATOR
A Whelen Model 3SR00FRR flashing red LED indicator light with a Whelen, Model 3FLANGEC chrome surface mount flange located in the driving compartment, will be illuminated automatically per the current NFPA requirements. The light will be labeled "Do Not Move Apparatus If Light Is On".

The same circuit that activates the Do Not Move Apparatus indicator will activate a pulsing alarm when the parking brake is released.
0509042 Messages, Open Dr/DNMT, Color
Dsply,

DO NOT MOVE TRUCK MESSAGES
Messages will be displayed on the Command Zone™, color display located within sight of the driver whenever the Do Not Move Truck light is active. The messages will designate the item or items not in the stowed for vehicle travel position (parking brake disengaged).

The following messages will be displayed (where applicable):

Do Not Move Truck
DS Cab Door Open (Driver Side Cab Door Open)
PS Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Cab Door Open)
DS Crew Cab Door Open (Driver Side Crew Cab Door Open)
PS Crew Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door Open) DS Body Door Open (Driver Side Body Door Open)
PS Body Door Open (Passenger's Side Body Door Open)
Rear Body Door Open
DS Ladder Rack Down (Driver Side Ladder Rack Down)
PS Ladder Rack Down (Passenger Side Ladder Rack Down)
Deck Gun Not Stowed
Lt Tower Not Stowed (Light Tower Not Stowed)
Fold Tank Not Stowed (Fold-A-Tank Not Stowed)
Aerial Not Stowed (Aerial Device Not Stowed)
Stabilizer Not Stowed
Steps Not Stowed
Handrail Not Stowed
Any other device that is opened, extended, or deployed that creates a hazard or is likely to cause major damage to the apparatus if the apparatus is moved will be displayed as a caution message after the parking brake is disengaged.
24947Bid #:
0590486 SP Switching, Cab, Membrane,
Impel/Velocity/Quantum, AXT MUX,
Lower Switch Panel

SWITCH PANELS
The emergency light switch panel will have a master switch for ease of use plus individual switches for selective control. Each switch panel will contain eight (8) membrane-type switches each rated for one million (1,000,000) cycles. Panels containing less than eight (8) switch assignments will include non-functioning black appliques. Documentation will be provided by the manufacturer indicating the rated cycle life of the switches. The switch panel(s) will be located in a lower switch panel location on the engine tunnel to allow for easy access.

The switches will be membrane-type and also act as an integral indicator light. For quick, visual indication the entire surface of the switch will be illuminated white whenever backlighting is activated and illuminated red whenever the switch is active. For ease of use, a 2-ply, scratch resistant laser engraved Gravoply label indicating the use of each switch will be placed in the center of the switch. The label will allow light to pass through the letters for ease of use in low light conditions.
0555915 Wiper Control, 2-Speed with
Intermittent, MUX, Impel/Velocity

WIPER CONTROL
For simple operation and easy reach, the windshield wiper control will be an integral part of the directional light lever located on the steering column. The wiper control will include high and low wiper speed settings, a one (1)-speed intermittent wiper control and windshield washer switch.

The control will have a "return to park" provision, which allows the wipers to return to the stored position when the wipers are not in use.
0820897 Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC, Batt Dir,
2nd NFPA1900

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be one (1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power The negative wire will be connected to ground
Wires will be protected to 15 amps at 12 volts DC
Power and ground will terminate ONTOP OF THE RS OFFICER DASH AND EMS

COMPARTMENT, JUST BELOW THE SIDE WINDOW
Termination will be with heat shrinkable butt splicing
Wires will be sized to 125 percent of the protection
Battery direct loads cannot be Load Managed
0820922 Wiring, Spare, 4.8 A 12V DC, USB
Term Blue Sea 1045, Batt Dir, 2nd
NFPA1900

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be one (1) dual USB fast charge socket mounts installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be protected to 4.8 amps at 12 volts DC.

The USB socket mount will be officer side dash.

Termination will be a Blue Sea Systems part number 1045 dual USB charger socket.

Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection.

Battery direct loads cannot be Load Managed
0821236 Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC, 6 Ckt
FB, Blue Sea 5025 Batt Dir 1st
NFPA1900

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be one (1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be protected to 20 amps at 12 volts DC.

Power and ground will terminate LS1 LOOSE W/ A 6' COIL, one loose with 6' coil under the engine tunnel plate, one in RS1, loose with a 6' coil, stage in upper forward corner, RS3, leave loose in the upper section with a 6' coil.

Termination will be to a Blue Sea System, Model 5025, 6 circuit with negative bus bar. The terminal block will include a cover with circuit labels.

Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection.

Battery direct loads cannot be Load Managed
0821580 Wiring, Spare, 7.5A 12V DC 1st
NFPA1900

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be one (1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery switched power.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be protected to 7.5 amps at 12 volts DC.

Power and ground will terminate driver side and officer side x 2 per switch layout, two crew cab ports in painted metal boxes, 3.00" from the crew cab floor, at one the forward lower edge of the front facing cabinet. Exact location will be determined at final.

Termination will be with 15 amp, power point plug with rubber cover.

Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection.

This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 25947Bid #:
0764088 Wiring, Spare, 47.5 A 12V DC, Cust
Install Radio, 40A Bat Dir, 7.5A Sw &
Grnd

CUSTOMER SUPPLIED RADIO WIRING
There will be one (1) 12 volt combination wiring leads of which each will include one (1) direct battery, one (1) master battery switched and one (1) negative for use with radio equipment.

Each lead will be 18.00" long and be provided behind officer seat. The leads will be clearly marked in a coil and terminate with butt splices.

A breaker rated for 40 amps will be provided for circuit protection of the direct battery lead with a minimum of 8 gauge wire.

A breaker rated for 7.5 amps will be provided for circuit protection of the master battery switched lead.

The wires will be colored coded as follows:
red for direct battery
yellow for master battery switched
black for ground
0556749 Programming, Membrane Switches,
Max % Light Intensity, Loc, MUX

DIMMER SWITCH
The dimming control switch will be standard, but the brightness of the backlighting switches located SWITCH PANELS 1,7,8 will have limited switch panel illumination that will max out at 70%%. All other switches will have standard illumination intensity of a 100%. 0566101 Recess, Dash Panel, Officer Side,
Vel/Imp

DASH PANEL RECESS
The dash panel across from the officer will be recessed to accommodate the mounting of miscellaneous items. The recess will be 7.25" down x 7.81" back and 20.88" wide. 0693193 SP Disable, E-M Switch, Vel/Imp

DISABLE E-M SWITCH
The E-M switch on the cab instrument panel will be disabled. The label for the switch will be blacked out.
0819994 Radio, Jensen, AM/FM/WB,
Bluetooth

STEREO RADIO
There will be one heavy duty AM/FM / Weatherband / Bluetooth stereo radio. The radio will be installed per switch panel layout. There will be 5.25" speakers installed one (1) pair of 5.25" speakers in the cab and one (1) pair of 5.25" speakers in the crew cab. The antenna will be a roof-mounted rubber antenna located in an open space, on the cab roof.

The following Jensen features will be included:
- 180 watts max power (45W x 4); 100 watts RMS (25W x 4) - Bluetooth® streaming audio (A2DP/AVRCP)
- Weatherband
- AM/FM tuner with 30 presets
- Audio settings (volume/bass/treble/balance/fade)
- Toggle switch between day and night display
- Daylight-readable, segmented LCD
- Two-wire power with non-volatile memory and clock support - Low battery alert
0679284 Switch, 12V (Inst Pnl), AM/FM Radio,
Off Switch, Auto On

SWITCH, MASTER, AM/FM RADIO
There will be a remote switch provided inside the cab to control the AM/FM radio. The switch will be installed OFFICER SIDE OVERHEAD, PER SWITCH PANEL LAYOUT. The radio will automatically turn on with when the battery switch is turned on. 0814201 Vehicle Information Center, 7" Color
Display, Touchscreen, MUX, CL714

INFORMATION CENTER
An information center employing a 7.00" diagonal touch screen color LCD display will be encased in an ABS plastic housing.

The information center will have the following specifications:

Operate in temperatures from -40 to 158 degrees Fahrenheit LCD optically bonded to hardened AR glass lens
Five weather resistant user interface switches
Grey with black accents
Sunlight Readable
Linux operating system
Minimum of 1000nits rated display
Display can be changed to an available foreign language A LCD display integral to the cab gauge panel will be included as outlined in the cab instrumentation area.

Programmed to read US Customary
General Screen Design
Where possible, background colors will be used to provide "At a Glance" vehicle information. If information provided on a screen is within acceptable limits, a green background will be used.

If a caution or warning situation arises the following will occur:

An amber background/text color will indicate a caution condition A red background/text color will indicate a warning condition The information center will utilize an "Alert Center" to display text messages for audible alarm tones. The text messages will be written to identify the item(s) causing the audible alarm to sound. If more than one (1) text message occurs, the messages will cycle every second until the problem(s) have been resolved. The background color for the "Alert Center" will change to indicate the severity of the "warning" message. If a warning and a caution condition occur simultaneously, the red background color will be shown for all alert center messages.

A label for each button will exist. The label will indicate the function for each active button for each screen. Buttons that are not utilized on specific screens will have a button label with no text 26947Bid #:
or symbol.

Home/Transit Screen
This screen will display the following:

Vehicle Mitigation (if equipped)
Water Level (if the water level system includes compatible communications to the information center)
Foam Level (if the foam level system includes compatible communications to the information center)
Seat Belt Monitoring Screen
Tire Pressure Monitoring (if equipped)
Digital Speedometer
Active Alarms
On Scene Screen
This screen will display the following and will be auto activated with pump engaged (if equipped):

Battery Voltage
Fuel
Oil Pressure
Coolant Temperature
RPM
Water Level (if equipped)
Foam Level (if equipped)
Foam Concentration (if equipped)
Water Flow Rate (if equipped)
Water Used (if equipped)
Active Alarms
Virtual Buttons
There will be four (4) virtual switch panel screens that match the overhead and lower lighting and HVAC switch panels.

Page Screen
The page screen will display the following and allow the user to progress into other screens for further functionality:

Diagnostics
Faults
Listed by order of occurrence
Allows to sort by system
Interlock
Throttle Interlocks
Pump Interlocks (if equipped)
Aerial Interlocks (if equipped)
PTO Interlocks (if equipped)
Load Manager
A list of items to be load managed will be provided. The list will provide a description of the load.

The lower the priority numbers the earlier the device will be shed should a low voltage condition occur.

The screen will indicate if a load has been shed (disabled) or not shed. "At a glance" color features are utilized on this screen.

Systems
Command Zone
Module type and ID number
Module Version
Input or output number
Circuit number connected to that input or output
Status of the input or output
Power and Constant Current module diagnostic information Foam (if equipped)
Pressure Controller (if equipped)
Generator Frequency (if equipped)
Live Data
General Truck Data
Maintenance
Engine oil and filter
Transmission oil and filter
Pump oil (if equipped)
Foam (if equipped)
Aerial (if equipped)
Setup
Clock Setup
Date & Time
12 or 24 hour format
Set time and date
Backlight
Daytime
Night time
Sensitivity
Unit Selection
Home Screen
Virtual Button Setup
On Scene Screen Setup
Configure Video Mode
Set Video Contrast
Set Video Color
Set Video Tint
Do Not Move
The screen will indicate the approximate location and type of item that is open or is not stowed for travel. The actual status of the following devices will be indicated Driver Side Cab Door
Passenger's Side Cab Door
Driver Side Crew Cab Door
27947Bid #:

Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door
Driver Side Body Doors
Passenger's Side Body Doors
Rear Body Door(s)
Ladder Rack (if applicable)
Deck Gun (if applicable)
Light Tower (if applicable)
Hatch Door (if applicable)
Stabilizers (if applicable)
Steps (if applicable)
Notifications
View Active Alarms
Shows a list of all active alarms including date and time of the occurrence is shown with each alarm
Silence Alarms - All alarms are silenced
Timer Screen
HVAC (if equipped)
Tire Information (if equipped)
Ascendant Set Up Confirmation (if equipped)
Button functions and button labels may change with each screen. 0816633 Collision Mitigation, HAAS Alert
(R2V), HA7

COLLISION MITIGATION
There will be a HAAS Alert®, Model HA7 Responder-to-Vehicle (R2V) collision avoidance system provided on the apparatus. The HA7 cellular transponder module will be installed behind the cab windshield, as high and near to the center as practical, to allow clear visibility to the sky. The module dimensions are 5.40" long x 2.70" wide x 1.30" high, and operating temperature range is -40 degree C to 85 degree C.

The transponder will be connected to the vehicle's emergency master circuit and battery direct power and ground.

While responding with emergency lights on, the HA7 transponder sends alert messages via cellular network to motorists in the vicinity of the responding truck that are equipped with the WAZE app.

While on scene with emergency lights on, the HA7 transponder sends road hazard alerts to motorists in the vicinity of the truck that are equipped with the WAZE app.

The HA7 Responder-to-Vehicle (R2V) collision avoidance system will include the transponder and a 5 year cellular plan subscription.

Activation of the HAAS Alert system requires a representative of the customer to accept the End User License Agreement (EULA) via an on-line portal.
0776356 Maintenance Reminder Message,
Cab Decon, CARE

Maintenance Reminder Message
The Command Zone™ touchscreen will include a 30 day "Cab Decon" pop-up reminder. This reminder will be part of the prognostics database. This reminder will need to be reset using a password as configured by the department.
0606248 Vehicle Data Recorder w/CZ Display
Seat Belt Monitor, Unique Alarm

VEHICLE DATA RECORDER
There will be a vehicle data recorder (VDR) capable of reading and storing vehicle information provided.

The information stored on the VDR can be downloaded through a USB port mounted in a convenient location determined by cab model. A USB cable can be used to connect the VDR to a laptop to retrieve required information. The program to download the information from the VDR will be available to download on-line.

The vehicle data recorder will be capable of recording the following data via hardwired and/or CAN inputs:

Vehicle Speed - MPH
Acceleration - MPH/sec
Deceleration - MPH/sec
Engine Speed - RPM
Engine Throttle Position - % of Full Throttle
ABS Event - On/Off
Seat Occupied Status - Yes/No by Position
Seat Belt Buckled Status - Yes/No by Position
Master Optical Warning Device Switch - On/Off
Internal clock syncs the time and date when a laptop is connected Seat Belt Monitoring System
A seat belt monitoring system (SBMS) will be provided on the Command Zone™ color display.

The SBMS will be capable of monitoring up to 10 seating positions indicating the status of each seat position per the following:

Seat Occupied & Buckled = Green LED indicator illuminated Seat Occupied & Unbuckled = Red LED indicator with audible alarm No Occupant & Buckled = Red LED indicator with audible alarm No Occupant & Unbuckled = No indicator and no alarm
The seat belt monitoring screen will become active on the Command Zone color display when:

The home screen is active:
and there is any occupant seated but not buckled or any belt buckled with an occupant. and there are no other Do Not Move Apparatus conditions present. As soon as all Do Not Move Apparatus conditions are cleared, the SBMS will be activated.

The SBMS will include an audible alarm that will warn that an unbuckled occupant condition exists and the parking brake is released, or the transmission is not in park. The alarm will have a unique sound that will be different than all other alarm sounds on the vehicle. A "Seat Belt Alarm" label will be provided above this buzzer.
28947Bid #:
0735006 Intercom, David Clark, 4-Pos, 2-
Radio, (D,O,RPTT), 2obC, U3805

INTERCOM SYSTEM
There will be a four (4) position David Clark, Model U3800, intercom system with single radio interface capability at the driver and officer positions and remote radio push to talk buttons located per the switch panel layout. Two (2) crew cab outboard seats will have intercom only capability.

The following components will be provided:

One (1) U3805 Radio Cord Junction Module
Two (2) U3815 Radio interface modules (Driver, Officer) Two (2) Remote Push To Talk Button Kits
One (1) U3800 Master station (1 Crew)
One (1) U3801 Remote headset intercom station (1 Crew)
One (1) C3820 Power cord
All necessary station cables and connectors
0637058 David Clark Universal Radio
Interfaces Included with Single/Dual
System

RADIO / INTERCOM INTERFACE INCLUDED
All radio interfaced stations will have universal radio interfaces installed. The interface wiring will be routed within the cab to behind officer seat .
0589947 Headset, David Clark, H3432 Over
The Head, Flex Mic, Push On Push
Off

OVER THE HEAD HEADSET
There will be four (4) over the head, headset(s) provided for driver, officer and two (2) crew.

Each David Clark, Model H3432, headset will feature:
5' Coiled cord
Noise cancelling electric microphone
Flexible microphone boom rotates 200 degrees for left or right dress Microphone on/off button
Comfort Gel Earseals
23 dB noise reduction
0819255 Hangers For Headsets, NFPA Each,
1900

HEADSET HANGERS
There will be four (4) headset hanger(s) installed driver's seat, officer's seat, driver's side outboard forward facing seat and passenger's side outboard forward facing seat. The hanger(s) will meet the current edition of applicable NFPA standards for equipment mounting. 0698805 Bracket, Johnny Ray, Heavy Duty
Swivel, 14 lb. Rating

BRACKET, JOHNNY RAY
A Johnny Ray, Model JR-207, radio swivel bracket rated for 14 lbs. will be provided and installed ship loose.
0687904 Antenna Mount, Custom Chassis,
Cable Routed to Behind Officer Seat

RADIO ANTENNA MOUNT
There will be three (3) standard 1.125", 18 thread antenna-mounting base(s) installed best available on the cab roof with high efficiency, low loss, coaxial cable(s) routed to behind the officer seat. A weatherproof cap will be installed on the mount. 0653519 Camera, Pierce, LS Mux, RS, LS, R,
Cameras

VEHICLE CAMERA SYSTEM
There will be a color vehicle camera system provided with the following:

One (1) camera located at the rear of the apparatus, pointing rearward, displayed automatically with the vehicle in reverse.

One (1) camera located on the right side of the apparatus, pointing rearward, displayed automatically with the right side turn signal.

One (1) camera located on the left side of the apparatus, pointing rearward, displayed automatically with the left side turn signal.

The camera images will be displayed on the left side vehicle information center display. Audio from the microphone on the rear camera will be emitted by an amplified speaker with volume control located behind the driver seat.

The following components will be included:

One (1) SV-CW134639CAI Rear Camera
Two (2) CS134404CI Side Cameras
All necessary cables
0814861 Camera, Switcher, Pierce, 4 channel,

AHD, CVBS

CAMERA SWITCHER
There will be one (1), HMU318 HD Image Processor multiplexer, 4 channel camera video switcher with remote control provided to allow Single, dual, triplex, quad, trefoil, Y split and PIP view display modes on the vehicle information center display provided. The switcher will have one (1) CVBS, Composite Video Blanking and Sync, standard Definition video output and one (1) AHD, Analog High Definition video output for High Definition cameras. 0511071 Guard, 4-Way, Rear Vision Camera

VEHICLE CAMERA GUARD
There will be one (1) aluminum treadplate guard(s) fastened over the vehicle camera(s) located just above the traffic advisor above B1 .
0896458 Pierce Command Zone, Advanced
Electronics & Control System, Vel
WiFi CZT

ELECTRICAL POWER CONTROL SYSTEM
The primary power distribution will be located forward of the officer's seating position and be easily accessible while standing on the ground for simplified maintenance and troubleshooting.

Additional electrical distribution centers will be provided throughout the vehicle to house the vehicle's electrical power, circuit protection, and control components. The electrical distribution 29947Bid #:
centers will be located strategically throughout the vehicle to minimize wire length. For ease of maintenance, all electrical distribution centers will be easily accessible. All distribution centers containing fuses, circuit breakers and/or relays will be easily accessible.

Distribution centers located throughout the vehicle will contain battery powered studs for supplying customer installed equipment thus providing a lower cost of ownership.

Circuit protection devices, which conform to SAE standards, will be utilized to protect electrical circuits. All circuit protection devices will be rated per NFPA requirements to prevent wire and component damage when subjected to extreme current overload. General protection circuit breakers will be Type-I automatic reset (continuously resetting). When required, automotive type fuses will be utilized to protect electronic equipment. Control relays and solenoid will have a direct current rating of 125 percent of the maximum current for which the circuit is protected per NFPA.

Solid-State Control System
A solid-state electronics based control system will be utilized to achieve advanced operation and control of the vehicle components. A fully computerized vehicle network will consist of electronic modules, electronic control modules to include black housings, a power indicator and status indicator located near their point of use to reduce harness lengths and improve reliability. The control system will comply with SAE J1939-11 recommended practices.

The control system will operate as a master-slave system whereas the main control module instructs all other system components. The system will contain patented Mission Critical software that maintains critical vehicle operations in the unlikely event of a main controller error. The system will utilize a Real Time Operating System (RTOS) fully compliant with OSEK/VDX™ specifications providing a lower cost of ownership.

For increased reliability and simplified use the control system modules will include the following attributes:

Green LED indicator light for module power
Red LED indicator light for network communication stability status Control system self test at activation and continually throughout vehicle operation No moving parts due to transistor logic
Software logic control for NFPA mandated safety interlocks and indicators Integrated electrical system load management without additional components Integrated electrical load sequencing system without additional components Customized control software to the vehicle's configuration Factory and field programmable to accommodate changes to the vehicle's operating parameters To assure long life and operation in a broad range of environmental conditions, the solid-state control system modules will meet the following specifications:

Module circuit board will meet SAE J771 specifications
Operating temperature from -40C to +70C
Storage temperature from -40C to +70C
Vibration to 50g
IP67 rated enclosure (Totally protected against dust and also protected against the effect of temporary immersion between 15 centimeters and one (1) meter) Operating voltage from eight (8) volts to 32 volts DC
The main controller will activate status indicators and audible alarms designed to provide warning of problems before they become critical.

Circuit Protection and Control Diagram
Copies of all job-specific, computer network input and output (I/O) connections will be provided with each chassis. The sheets will indicate the function of each module connection point, circuit protection information (where applicable), wire numbers, wire colors and load management information.

On-Board Electrical System Diagnostics
The on-board information center will include the following diagnostic information:

Text description of active warning or caution alarms
Simplified warning indicators
Amber caution indication with intermittent alarm
Red warning indication with steady tone alarm
Advanced diagnostic feature will be provided in this control system. From the Command Zone display or connected wireless device, these features allow the user to monitor the real-time status of every input or output on the vehicle. It also allows users logged in as an administrator to force on inputs or outputs to assist the troubleshooting process.

TCU Module with WiFi
An in cab module will provide WiFi wireless interface and data logging capability. The WiFi interface will comply with IEEE 802.11 b/g/n capabilities while communicating at 2.4 Gigahertz.

The module will communicate through a black WiFi antenna allowing a line of site communication range of up to 300 feet with a roof mounted antenna.

The module will transmit a password protected web page to a WiFi enabled device (i.e. most smart phones, tablets or laptops) allowing two levels of user interaction. The firefighter level will allow vehicle monitoring of the vehicle and firefighting systems on the apparatus. The technician level will allow diagnostic access to inputs and outputs installed on the Command Zone™, control and information system.

The TCU capability will record faults from the engine, transmission, ABS and Command Zone™, control and information systems as they occur. No other data will be recorded at the time the fault occurs. The data TCU will provide up to 2 Gigabytes of data storage.

The TCU will provide a means to download the TCU information and update software in the device.

Indicator Light and Alarm Prove-Out System
A system will be provided which automatically tests basic indicator lights and alarms located on the cab instrument panel.

Voltage Monitor System
A voltage monitoring system will be provided to indicate the status of the battery system connected to the vehicle's electrical load. The system will provide visual and audible warning when the system voltage is below or above optimum levels.

The alarm will activate if the system falls below 11.8 volts DC for more than two (2) minutes.

Dedicated Radio Equipment Connection Points
There will be three (3) studs provided in the primary power distribution center located in front of the officer for two-way radio equipment. The studs will consist of the following:
12-volt 40-amp battery switched power
12-volt 60-amp ignition switched power
30947Bid #:
12-volt 60-amp direct battery power
There will also be a 12-volt 100-amp ground stud located in or adjacent to the power distribution center.

EMI/RFI Protection
To prevent erroneous signals from crosstalk contamination and interference, the electrical system will meet, at a minimum, SAE J551/2, thus reducing undesired electromagnetic and radio frequency emissions. An advanced electrical system will be used to ensure radiated and conducted electromagnetic interference (EMI) or radio frequency interference (RFI) emissions are suppressed at their source.

The apparatus will have the ability to operate in the electromagnetic environment typically found in fire ground operations to ensure clean operations. The electrical system will meet, without exceptions, electromagnetic susceptibility conforming to SAE J1113/25 Region 1, Class C EMR for 10KHz-1GHz to 100 Volts/Meter. The vehicle OEM, upon request, will provide EMC testing reports from testing conducted on an entire apparatus and will certify that the vehicle meets SAE J551/2 and SAE J1113/25 Region 1, Class C EMR for 10KHz-1GHz to 100 Volts/Meter requirements. Component and partial (incomplete) vehicle testing is not adequate as overall vehicle design can impact test results and thus is not acceptable by itself.

EMI/RFI susceptibility will be controlled by applying appropriate circuit designs and shielding. The electrical system will be designed for full compatibility with low-level control signals and high- powered two-way radio communication systems. Harness and cable routing will be given careful attention to minimize the potential for conducting and radiated EMI/RFI susceptibility. 0896456 Prognostics, Electrical System

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM PROGNOSTICS
There will be a software based vehicle tool provided to predict remaining life of the vehicles critical fluid and events.

The system will send automatic indications to the Command Zone™ information center and/or wireless enabled devices to proactively alert of upcoming service intervals.

Prognostics will include the following:

Engine oil and filter
Transmission oil and filter
0730603 Electrical System, Velocity ESP,
Cummins, Paccar

ELECTRICAL
All 12-volt electrical equipment installed by the apparatus manufacturer will conform to modern automotive practices. All wiring will be high temperature crosslink type. Wiring will be run, in loom or conduit, where exposed and have grommets where wire passes through sheet metal.

Automatic reset circuit breakers will be provided which conform to SAE Standards. Wiring will be color, function and number coded. Function and number codes will be continuously imprinted on all wiring harness conductors at 2.00" intervals. Exterior exposed wire connectors will be positive locking, and environmentally sealed to withstand elements such as temperature extremes, moisture and automotive fluids.

Electrical wiring and equipment will be installed utilizing the following guidelines:

All holes made in the roof will be caulked with silicon. Large fender washers, liberally caulked, will be used when fastening equipment to the underside of the cab roof.

Any electrical component that is installed in an exposed area will be mounted in a manner that will not allow moisture to accumulate in it. Exposed area will be defined as any location outside of the cab or body.

Electrical components designed to be removed for maintenance will not be fastened with nuts and bolts. Metal screws will be used in mounting these devices. Also a coil of wire will be provided behind the appliance to allow them to be pulled away from mounting area for inspection and service work.

Corrosion preventative compound will be applied to all terminal plugs located outside of the cab or body. All non-waterproof connections will require this compound in the plug to prevent corrosion and for easy separation (of the plug).

All lights that have their sockets in a weather exposed area will have corrosion preventative compound added to the socket terminal area.

All electrical terminals in exposed areas will have silicon applied completely over the metal portion of the terminal.

All lights and reflectors, required to comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard #108, will be furnished. Rear identification lights will be recessed mounted for protection. Lights and wiring mounted in the rear bulkheads will be protected from damage by installing a false bulkhead inside the rear compartments.

An operational test will be conducted to ensure that any equipment that is permanently attached to the electrical system is properly connected and in working order.

The results of the tests will be recorded and provided to the purchaser at time of delivery. 0079211 Batteries, (6) Stryten/Exide Grp 31,
950 CCA each, Threaded Stud

BATTERY SYSTEM
There will be six (6) 12 volt Stryten/Exide®, Model 31S950X3W, batteries that include the following features will be provided:
950 CCA, cold cranking amps
190 amp reserve capacity
High cycle
Group 31
Rating of 5700 CCA at 0 degrees Fahrenheit
1140 minutes of reserve capacity
Threaded stainless steel studs
Each battery case will be a black polypropylene material with a vertically ribbed container for increased vibration resistance. The cover will be manifold vented with a central venting location to allow a 45 degree tilt capacity.

The inside of each battery will consist of a "maintenance free" grid construction with poly wrapped separators and a flooded epoxy bottom anchoring for maximum vibration resistance. 31947Bid #:
0008621 Battery System, Single Start, All
Custom Chassis

BATTERY SYSTEM
There will be a single starting system with an ignition switch and starter button provided and located on the cab instrument panel.

MASTER BATTERY SWITCH
There will be a master battery switch provided within the cab within easy reach of the driver to activate the battery system.

An indicator light will be provided on the instrument panel to notify the driver of the status of the battery system.
0123174 Battery Compartment, Imp/Vel

BATTERY COMPARTMENTS
The batteries will be stored in well-ventilated compartments that are located under the cab and bolted directly to the chassis frame. The battery compartments will be constructed of 3/16" steel plate and be designed to accommodate a maximum of three (3) group 31 batteries in each compartment. The compartments will include formed fit heavy-duty roto-molded polyethylene battery tray inserts with drains on each side of the frame rails. The batteries will be mounted inside of the roto-molded trays.

JUMPER STUDS
One (1) set of battery jumper studs with plastic color-coded covers will be installed on the battery box on the driver's side. This will allow enough room for easy jumper cable access. 0812586 Charger, Sngl Sys, Kussmaul, Chief
091-266-12-60, 60 Amp

BATTERY CHARGER
There will be a Kussmaul™, Chief Series Smart Charger 6012, product code 091-266-12-60, 60 amp battery charger with build-in touch screen display provided.

The battery charger will be wired to the AC shoreline inlet through a junction box located near the battery charger.
0814935 Location, Cab, Charger, EMS Compt,
Vertical Wall, LS
Battery charger will be located in the cab, on the vertical wall of the left side EMS compartment. 0811943 Panel, Remote Control, Kussmaul,
Chief 091-266-RCP

REMOTE CONTROL PANEL - BATTERY CHARGER
There will be a Kussmaul™, Chief Series Smart Charger remote control panel, product code 091- 266-RCP included.
0814942 Location, Cab, Ind/Remote, Driver's
Seat with Bracket
The battery charger indicator will be located near the driver's seat riser with special bracketry. 0542439 Shoreline, 20A 120V, Straight Blade,
NEMA 5-20, Red Cover

SHORELINE
There will be a 20 amp 120 volt AC straight blade shoreline inlet provided to operate the dedicated 120 volt AC circuits on the apparatus without the use of the generator.

The shoreline inlet will include a red flip up cover.

The shoreline(s) will be connected to battery charger.

There will be a mating connector body supplied with the loose equipment.

There will be a label installed near the inlet(s) that state the following:

Line Voltage
Current Ratting (amps)
Phase
Frequency
0026800 Shoreline Location The shoreline receptacle will be located on the driver side of cab, to the front of cab door. 0077215 Cover, Protective Stainless,
Louvered, Over Battery Charger

BATTERY CHARGER COVER
A cover with louvers will be fabricated of stainless steel and installed over the battery charger for protection.
0647729 Alternator, 320 amp, Delco Remy
40SI

ALTERNATOR
A Delco Remy®, Model 40SI, alternator will be provided. It will have a rated output current of 320 amps, as measured by SAE method J56. The alternator will feature an integral regulator and rectifier system that has been tested and qualified to an ambient temperature of 257 degrees Fahrenheit (125 degrees Celsius). The alternator will be connected to the power and ground distribution system with heavy-duty cables sized to carry the full rated alternator output. 32947Bid #:
0092582 Load Manager/Sequencer, MUX

ELECTRONIC LOAD MANAGER
An electronic load management (ELM) system will be provided that monitors the vehicles 12-volt electrical system, automatically reducing the electrical load in the event of a low voltage condition, and automatically restoring the shed electrical loads when a low voltage condition expires. This ensures the integrity of the electrical system.

For improved reliability and ease of use, the load manager system will be an integral part of the vehicle's solid state control system requiring no additional components to perform load management tasks. Load management systems which require additional components will not be allowed.

The system will include the following features:

System voltage monitoring.

A shed load will remain inactive for a minimum of five minutes to prevent the load from cycling on and off.

Sixteen available electronic load shedding levels.

Priority levels can be set for individual outputs.

High Idle to activate before any electric loads are shed and deactivate with the service brake.

If enabled:
"Load Man Hi-Idle On" will display on the information center.

Hi-Idle will not activate until 30 seconds after engine start up.

Individual switch "on" indicator to flash when the particular load has been shed.

The information center indicates system voltage.

The information center, where applicable, includes a "Load Manager" screen indicating the following:

Load managed items list, with priority levels and item condition.

Individual load managed item condition:

ON = not shed
SHED = shed

SEQUENCER
A sequencer will be provided that automatically activates and deactivates vehicle loads in a preset sequence thereby protecting the alternator from power surges. This sequencer operation will allow a gradual increase or decrease in alternator output, rather than loading or dumping the entire 12 volt load to prolong the life of the alternator.

For improved reliability and ease of use, the load sequencing system will be an integral part of the vehicle's solid state control system requiring no additional components to perform load sequencing tasks. Load sequencing systems which require additional components will not be allowed.

Emergency light sequencing will operate in conjunction with the emergency master light switch.

When the emergency master switch is activated, the emergency lights will be activated one by one at half-second intervals. Sequenced emergency light switch indicators will flash while waiting for activation.

When the emergency master switch is deactivated, the sequencer will deactivate the warning light loads in the reverse order.

Sequencing of the following items will also occur, in conjunction with the ignition switch, at half- second intervals:

Cab Heater and Air Conditioning
Crew Cab Heater (if applicable)
Crew Cab Air Conditioning (if applicable)
Exhaust Fans (if applicable)
Third Evaporator (if applicable)
0783153 Headlights, Rect LED, JW Spkr Evo
2, AXT/DCF/Enf/Imp/Sab/Vel

HEADLIGHTS
There will be four (4) JW Speaker®, Model 8800, 4" x 6" rectangular LED lights mounted in the front quad style, chrome housing on each side of the cab grille:
the outside light on each side will contain a part number 055***1 low beam module the inside light on each side will contain a part number 055***1 high beam module the headlights to include chrome bezels
The low beam lights will be activated when the headlight switch is on.

The high beam and low beam lights will be activated when the headlight switch and the high beam switch is activated.
0648425 Light, Directional, Wln 600 Cmb, Cab
Crn, Imp/Vel/AXT/Qtm/DCF

DIRECTIONAL LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Whelen 600® series, LED combination directional/marker lights provided.

The lights will be located on the outside cab corners, next to the headlights.

The color of the lenses will be clear.
0620054 Light, Directional/Marker,
Intermediate, Weldon 9186-8580-29
LED 2lts

INTERMEDIATE LIGHT
There will be two (2) Weldon, Model 9186-8580-29, amber LED turn signal marker lights furnished, one (1) each side, in the rear fender panel. The light will double as a turn signal and marker light.
0648074 Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Front,
P25 LED 7 Lts

CAB CLEARANCE/MARKER/ID LIGHTS
There will be seven (7) amber LED lights provided to indicate the presence and overall width of the vehicle in the following locations:

Three (3) amber LED identification lights will be installed in the center of the cab above the windshield.

Two (2) amber LED clearance lights will be installed, one (1) on each outboard side of the cab above the windshield.

Two (2) amber LED marker lights will be installed, one (1) on each side above the cab doors. 33947Bid #:
0563675 Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Rear,
Truck-Lite 33050R LED 7Lts

REAR CLEARANCE/MARKER/ID LIGHTING
There will be three (3) Truck-Lite®, Model 33050R, LED lights used as identification lights recessed and located at the rear of the apparatus per the following:

As close as practical to the vertical centerline
Centers spaced not less than 6.00" or more than 12.00" apart Red in color
All at the same height
There will be two (2) Truck-Lite, Model 33050R, LED lights recessed at the rear of the apparatus used as clearance lights located at the rear of the apparatus per the following:

To indicate the overall width of the vehicle
One (1) each side of the vertical centerline
As near the top as practical
Red in color
To be visible from the rear
All at the same height
There will be two (2) Truck-Lite, Model 33050R, LED lights recessed on the side of the apparatus as marker lights as close to the rear as practical per the following:

To indicate the overall length of the vehicle
One (1) each side of the vertical centerline
As near the top as practical
Red in color
To be visible from the side
All at the same height
There will be two (2) red reflectors located on the rear of the truck facing to the rear. One (1) each side, as far to the outside as practical, at a minimum of 15.00", but no more than 60.00", above the ground.

There will be two (2) red reflectors located on the side of the truck facing to the side. One (1) each side, as far to the rear as practical, at a minimum of 15.00", but no more than 60.00", above the ground.

Per FMVSS 108 and CMVSS 108 requirements.
0804514 Lights, Tail, Wln M62BTT* Red
Stop/Tail & M62T* Amber Dir Arw For
Hsg

REAR FMVSS LIGHTING
The rear stop/tail and directional lighting included in the rear tail light housing will include the following:

Two (2) Whelen®, Model M62BTT, 4.30" high x 6.70" wide x 1.40" deep brake/tail lights with red LEDs
Two (2) Whelen, Model M62T, 4.30" high x 6.70" wide x 1.40" deep directional lights with amber LEDs. The directional lights will be set to Steady On (Arrow) flash pattern.

The lens color(s) to be clear.
0806466 Lights, Backup, Wln M62BU, LED,
For Tail Lt Housing
There will be two (2) Whelen Model M62BU, LED backup lights provided in the tail light housing. 0889577 Bracket, License Plate & Light, P25
LED, Stainless Brkt

LICENSE PLATE BRACKET
One (1) license plate bracket constructed of stainless steel will be provided at the rear of the apparatus.

One (1) white LED light with chrome housing will be provided to illuminate the license plate. A stainless steel light shield will be provided over the light that will direct illumination downward, preventing white light to the rear.
0556842 Bezels, Wln, (2) M6 Chrome Pierce,
For mtg (4) Wln M6 lights

LIGHTING BEZEL
There will be two (2) Whelen, Model M6FCV4P, four (4) place chromed ABS housings with Pierce logos provided for the rear M6 series stop/tail, directional, back up, scene lights or warning lights. 0589905 Alarm, Back-up Warning, PRECO
1040

BACK-UP ALARM
A PRECO, Model 1040, solid-state electronic audible back-up alarm that actuates when the truck is shifted into reverse will be provided. The device will sound at 60 pulses per minute and automatically adjust its volume to maintain a minimum ten (10) dBA above surrounding environmental noise levels.
0648630 Lights, Perimeter Cab, TecNiq E10-
WS00-1 LED 4Dr, Angled Brkt

CAB PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS
There will be four (4) TecNiq Model E10-WS00-1, 6.44" long x 1.38" high x 1.00" deep 12 volt DC weatherproof LED lights with a fabricated aluminum 45 degree brackets provided under the cab and crew cab access areas:

One (1) for the driver's access.

One (1) for the passenger's side front cab access door.

One (1) for the passenger's side crew cab access door.

One (1) for the driver's side crew cab access door.

These lights will be activated automatically when the battery switch is on and the adjacent doors are opened or by the same means as the body perimeter lights. 0617901 Lights, Perimeter Pump House,
TecNiq T10-LC00-1 15" LED 2lts

PUMP HOUSE PERIMETER LIGHTS
There will be two (2) TecNiq, Model T10-LC00-1, 15.00" white 12 volt DC LED weatherproof strip lights provided under the pump panel running boards, one (1) each side.

The lights will be controlled by the same means as the body perimeter lights. 34947Bid #:
0626579 Lights, Perimeter Body, TecNiq T10-
LC00-1 15" LED 2lts, Rear Step

BODY PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS
There will be two (2) TecNiq, Model T10-LC00-1, 15.00" 12 volt DC LED strip lights provided at the rear step area of the body, one (1) each side shining to the rear.

The perimeter scene lights will be activated when a switch within reach of the driver is activated and the parking brake is applied.
0896454 Enhanced Software for Perimeter Lts

ENHANCED SOFTWARE FOR PERIMETER LIGHTS
All perimeter lights will be deactivated when the parking brake is released unless alternate control is selected.

The cab and crew cab perimeter lights will remain on for ten (10) seconds for improved visibility after the doors closed.
0556360 Lights, Step, P25 LED 4lts, Pump Pnl
Sw

STEP LIGHTS
Four (4) white LED step lights will be provided. One (1) step light will be provided on each side, on the front compartment face and two (2) step lights at the rear to illuminate the tailboard.

These step lights will be actuated with the pump panel light switch.

All other steps on the apparatus will be illuminated per the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.
0618256 Light, Visor, FRC, 12V SPA851-A28-
*, LED MAX-S 1st
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be one (1) Fire Research Spectra MAX-S, Model SPA851-A28-*, 12 volt DC LED combination spot/flood light(s) provided on the front visor, centered.

The housing(s) painted parts of this light assembly to be black with a black bezel.

The light(s) will be steady burning with the selected switch features.

The light(s) will be controlled by the following:
a switch at the driver's side switch panel and a switch at the passenger's side switch panel a switch at the pump operator's panel
no additional switch location
no additional switch location
These light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0807372 Lights, FRC, SPA260-Q20, 1st

12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be one (1) Fire Research Model SPA260-Q20, Spectra Max 20,000 lumens 12 volt DC LED surface mount scene light(s) with black housings located on the cab, LS upper crew cab behind the door, as high as possible.

The lights will be controlled by a switch at the driver's side switch panel, by a switch at the left side pump panel and by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0807374 Lights, FRC, SPA260-Q20, 2nd

12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be one (1) Fire Research Model SPA260-Q20, Spectra Max 20,000 lumens 12 volt DC LED surface mount scene light(s) with black housings located on the cab, RS upper crew cab behind the door, as high as possible.

The lights will be controlled by a switch at the driver's side switch panel, by a switch at the left side pump panel and by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0532358 Not Required, Deck Lights, Other
Hose Bed & Rear Lighting

0768474 Lights, Hose Bed, Below Alum Cvr,
Amdor AY-LB-12HW040, 40" LED
4lts

LIGHTS BELOW HOSE BED COVER
There will be four (4) Amdor Model AY-LB-12HW040, 700 lumens, 40.00" white LED lights provided to illuminate the hose bed area.

Two (2) LED light strips will be installed on the driver's side hose bed cover 30.00" from the front and rear of the hose bed, as close to the hinge as practical.

Two (2) LED light strips will be installed on the passenger's side hose bed cover 30.00" from the front and rear of the hose bed, as close to the hinge as practical.

The lights will be activated when the battery switch is on, and when the hosebed cover is raised. 0645864 Lights, Rear Scene, FRC, SPA900-
Q70

REAR SCENE LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Fire Research, Model SPA900-Q70, LED scene lights with 15 degree optics from vertical, installed at the rear of the apparatus, upper rear bulkhead, as high as possible, one per side.

The lights will be controlled by a switch at the driver's side switch panel, by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel, by a switch at the driver's side pump panel and by a cup switch at the driver's side rear bulkhead.
35947Bid #:
0762420 SP Lights, Walk Surf, Amdor AY-LB-
12HW0** LED, and P25 LED

WALKING SURFACE LIGHTS
There will be an Amdor®, Model AY-LB-12HW0**, white 12 volt DC LED light strip provided to illuminate the cargo area.

The light will be activated when the body step lights are on.

There will be Model P25 LED lights to illuminate the top of the hose bed cover.

The lights will be activated when the body step lights are on. 0060115 Pumper, Medium, Aluminum, 2nd
Gen
0554271 Body Skirt Height, 20"

0028245 Tank, Water, 750 Gallon, Poly, Med

WATER TANK
Booster tank will have a capacity of 750 gallons and be constructed of polypropylene plastic by United Plastic Fabricating, Incorporated.

Tank joints and seams will be nitrogen welded inside and out.

Tank will be baffled in accordance with the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.

Baffles will have vent openings at both the top and bottom to permit movement of air and water between compartments.

Longitudinal partitions will be constructed of .38" polypropylene plastic and will extend from the bottom of the tank through the top cover to allow for positive welding.

Transverse partitions will extend from 4.00" off the bottom of the tank to the underside of the top cover.

All partitions will interlock and will be welded to the tank bottom and sides.

Tank top will be constructed of .50" polypropylene. It will be recessed .38" and will be welded to the tank sides and the longitudinal partitions.

Tank top will be sufficiently supported to keep it rigid during fast filling conditions.

Construction will include 2.00" polypropylene dowels spaced no more than 30.00" apart and welded to the transverse partitions. Two (2) of the dowels will be drilled and tapped (.50" diameter, 13.00" deep) to accommodate lifting eyes.

A sump that will be sized dependent on the tank to pump plumbing will be provided at the bottom of the water tank.

Sump will include a drain plug and the tank outlet.

Tank will be installed in a fabricated cradle assembly constructed of structural steel.

Sufficient crossmembers will be provided to properly support bottom of tank. Crossmembers will be constructed of steel bar channel or rectangular tubing.

Tank will "float" in cradle to avoid torsional stress caused by chassis frame flexing. Rubber cushions, .50" thick x 3.00" wide, will be placed on all horizontal surfaces that the tank rests on.

Stops or other provision will be provided to prevent an empty tank from bouncing excessively while moving vehicle.

Mounting system will be approved by the tank manufacturer. 0003405 Overflow, 4.00" Water Tank, Poly

Fill tower will be constructed of .50" polypropylene and will be a minimum of 8.00" wide x 14.00" long.

Fill tower will be furnished with a .25" thick polypropylene screen and a hinged cover.

An overflow pipe, constructed of 4.00" schedule 40 polypropylene, will be installed approximately halfway down the fill tower and extend through the water tank and exit to the rear of the rear axle. 0028104 Foam Cell Required
0084432 Modified Poly Tank, Ext'd Over Rear
Compt
The water tank will be extended to the rear of the truck, over the rear compartment. 0553729 Not Required, Restraint, Water Tank,
Heavy Duty
0003429 Not Required, Direct Tank Fill

0003424 Not Required, Dump Valve

0048710 Not Required, Jet Assist

0030007 Not Required, Dump Valve Chute

0514778 Not Required, Switch, Tank Dump
Master
36947Bid #:
0126633 Hose Bed, Aluminum, Pumper

HOSE BED
The hose bed will be fabricated of .125"-5052 aluminum with a nominal 38,000 psi tensile strength.

Upper and rear edges of side panels will have a double break for rigidity.

The upper inside area of the beavertails will be covered with brushed stainless steel to prevent damage to painted surface when hose is removed.

Flooring of the hose bed will be removable aluminum grating with the top surface corrugated to aid in hose aeration. The grating slats will be a minimum of 0.50" x 4.50" with spacing between slats for hose ventilation.
0723549 Painted Hose Bed The hose bed interior walls will be painted to match the lower body color. 0003481 Hose Bed Capacity, Special

Hose bed will accommodate Left to Right- Bed # 1- 250' of 1.75" DJ Hose SINGLE STACKED Bed # 2- 800' of 2.50" DJ hose Bed # 3- 800' of 4.00" DJ LDH Bed # 4- 1.75" Hose packs laid flat. 0003488 Divider, Hose Bed, Unpainted

HOSE BED DIVIDER
Two (2) hosebed dividers will be furnished for separating hose.

Each divider will be constructed of a .125" brushed aluminum sheet fitted and fastened into a slotted, 1.50" diameter radiused extrusion along the top, bottom, and rear edge.

Divider will be fully adjustable by sliding in tracks, located at the front and rear of the hose bed.

Divider will be held in place by tightening bolts, at each end.

Acorn nuts will be installed on all bolts in the hose bed which have exposed threads. 0821844 Cover, Hose Bed, Alum Treadplate,
Bolted T-Bar, Electric Actuated

HOSE BED COVER ELECTRIC ACTUATOR
A two (2) section hose bed cover, constructed of .125" bright aluminum treadplate will be furnished. The cover will be hinged with full length stainless steel piano hinge. The sides will be slanted down with the center of the cover supported by a modular stationary bridgework support.

The covers will not over lap.

The cover will be reinforced so that it can support the weight of a man walking on the cover.

A pneumatic gas spring assist will be installed at the front of the covers to help support and stabilize the cover throughout its range of motion.

If access to water tank fill tower is blocked by the hose bed cover, then a hinged door will be provided in it so that tank may be filled without raising cover doors.

Chrome grab handles and two (2) (one (1) each side) electric linear actuator with brake cylinders will be provided to assist in opening and closing the cover. A rubber-covered momentary toggle switch will be provided for each actuator that controls the opening and closing of the covers. Each switch will be located at the rear body of the body at the left side. Additional locks on top of the cover are not required to secure the cover in the nested position.

A cross divider will be provided directly behind the actuators, at the front of the hose bed, to support the actuators and provide a clean appearance.

A handrail will be provided at the rear, in the center of the support, to assist in climbing up the back of the truck.

The hose bed cover will be connected to the Do Not Move Truck indicator. The light will be activated if the cover is not in the stowed position and the parking brake is released. 0807411 Hose Restraint, Hose Bed, Vinyl,
Rear, Separate From Top, Seat Belt
At the rear of the hose bed, a black vinyl flap will be provided with seat belt buckles at the top.

The seat belt buckles will be provided with no tether release. fixed style seat belt buckle will be provided at the bottom of the cover. The bottom of the flap will be not weighted.

If a strap is provided, the color of the strap will be N/A. 0010133 Cross-Divider, Hose Bed

A cross-divider will be provided just behind the fill tower. The divider will be bolted to the side sheet.
0581892 Divider, .25", Unpainted, Permanent There will be one (1) additional hose bed dividers furnished.

Each divider will be constructed of a .25" brushed aluminum sheet.

Partition will be permanently installed and located centered above the inner edge of the ladder storage box.

Acorn nuts will be installed on all bolts in the hose bed which have exposed threads.

Flat surfaces will be sanded for uniform appearance or constructed of brushed aluminum. 0058033 Shelf, Hinged, In Hose Bed, Between
Side Sheet

SHELF, HINGED IN HOSE BED
There will be one (1) hinged shelves, constructed of aluminum grating, provided for hose or equipment storage inside the hose bed located in between the permanent HB divider and the RS side sheet. Locate 8.00" clear from the hose bed grating on the right side. The shelf will be attached to the hose bed side sheet. 37947Bid #:
0695401 Running Boards, 14.75" Deep, Rear
45 Degree Corner

RUNNING BOARDS
Running boards will be fabricated of .125" bright aluminum treadplate.

Each running board will be supported by a welded 2.00" square tubing and channel assembly, which will be bolted to the pump compartment substructure.

Running boards will be 14.75" deep and spaced .50" away from the pump panel. The rear outside corner of the running board will be finished with a 45 degree corner where it lines up with the body.

A splash guard will be provided above the running board treadplate. 0689497 Tailboard, 24" & 8" Deep, T-Shaped,
Angled Corners

TAILBOARD
The tailboard will also be constructed of .125" bright aluminum treadplate and spaced .50" from the body, as well as supported by a structural steel assembly.

The tailboard area will be 24.00" deep in the center area and 8.00" deep to the rear of the side compartments. The tailboard will be T-shaped. The outboard sides of the tailboard will be angled at 45 degrees beginning at the point where the body meets the tailboard at the outboard edge angling rearward to the rear edge of the tailboard.

The exterior side will be flanged down and in for increased rigidity of tailboard structure. 0690037 Wall, Rear, Smooth Aluminum/Body
Material

REAR WALL, SMOOTH ALUMINUM/BODY MATERIAL
The rear facing surfaces of the center rear wall will be smooth aluminum.

The bulkheads, the surface to the rear of the side body compartments, will be smooth and the same material as the body.

Any inboard facing surfaces below the height of the hosebed will be aluminum diamondplate. 0889214 Tow Eyes, w/Tow Bar, 2G Pumper

REAR TOW EYES
Two (2) tow eyes, which are an integral part of the body mounting substructure, will be installed below the rear of the truck.

The tow eyes will be of adequate strength to allow the truck to be pulled from the eyes.

REAR TOW BAR
One (1) tow bar will be installed under the tailboard.

The tow bar assembly will be designed and positioned to allow up to a 30-degree upward angled pull of 17,000 lb, or a 20,000 lb straight horizontal pull in line with the centerline of the vehicle.

The tow bar design will have been tested and evaluated using finite element analysis techniques. 0590920 Hose Restraint, Running Board,
Aluminum Treadplate Cover

RUNNING BOARD HOSE RESTRAINT
A hinged, bright aluminum treadplate cover will be provided over each hose tray. The cover will have a D-ring latch in the center. The latch will secure the cover in the closed position and a no stay arm device will hold the cover in the open position.

There will be Two (2) hose trays located one (1) in each side running board. 0695615 Tray, Hose, Running Board, Free
Floating, Tapared Both Corners, 20'
of 5"

HOSE TRAY
Two (2) hose trays will be made free floating one (1) in each side running board.

The tray(s) will be flanged and drop in from the top. The ends will be tapered at the front and rear towards the center. No fasteners will be used to secure the tray(s).

Capacity of the tray will be 20.00' of 5.00" soft suction hose.

Rubber matting will be installed on the floor of the tray to provide proper ventilation. Drain holes will be provided.
38947Bid #:
0895820 Construction, Compt, Alum, 2G
Pumper

COMPARTMENTATION
Body and compartments will be fabricated of 0.125", 5052-H32 aluminum.

Side compartments will be an integral assembly with the rear fenders.

Circular fender liners will be provided for prevention of rust pockets and ease of maintenance.

Side compartment flooring will be of the sweep out design with the floor higher than the compartment door lip.

The side compartment door opening will be framed by flanging the edges in 1.75" and bending out again 0.75" to form an angle.

Drip protection will be provided above the doors by means of bright aluminum extrusion, formed bright aluminum treadplate or polished stainless steel.

The top of the compartment will be covered with bright aluminum treadplate rolled over the edges on the front, rear and outward side. These covers will have the corners welded.

Side compartment covers will be separate from the compartment tops.

Front facing compartment walls will be covered with bright aluminum treadplate.

All screws and bolts which protrude into a compartment will have acorn nuts on the ends to prevent injury.

UNDERBODY SUPPORT SYSTEM
Due to the severe loading requirements of this pumper a method of body and compartment support suitable for the intended load will be provided.

The backbone of the support system will be the chassis frame rails which is the strongest component of the chassis and is designed for sustaining maximum loads.

Forward to the rear axle, the support system will include "L"-shaped support members bolted to the chassis frame rails. These welded support members will include vertical formed channels, horizontal structural channels, and support gussets. These parts extend from the chassis frame outward underneath the body.

Rearward to the rear axle, the body support system will include two rearward facing "L"-shaped support members bolted to the chassis frame rails. These support members will be connected to the two body supporting crossmembers forming a boxed foundation for the rear body support system.

Steel upper platform decks will be mounted on the top of these support members to create a floating substructure which will result in a 500 lb equipment support rating per lower compartment.

All structural components of this system will be made from high strength 50K steel plate material or structural steel componentry. The steel frames as well as the steel vertical angles will be treated with an epoxy E-coat to provide resistance to corrosion and chemicals as standard.

The floating substructure will be separated from the horizontal members with neoprene elastomer isolators. These isolators will reduce the natural flex stress of the chassis from being transmitted to the body.

Isolators will have a broad load range, proven viability in vehicular applications, be of a fail-safe design and allow for all necessary movement in three (3) transitional and rotational modes.

The neoprene isolators will be installed in a pattern which assimilates a three (3)-point mounting pattern to reduce the natural flex of the chassis being transmitted to the body.

A design with body compartments hanging on the chassis in an unsupported fashion will not be acceptable.

AGGRESSIVE WALKING SURFACE
All exterior surfaces designated as stepping, standing, and walking areas will comply with the required average slip resistance of the current NFPA standards.

LOUVERS
Louvers will be stamped into compartment walls to provide the proper airflow inside the body compartments and to prevent water from dripping into the compartment. Where these louvers are provided, they will be formed into the metal and not added to the compartment as a separate plate.

TESTING OF BODY DESIGN
Body structural analysis will be fully tested. Proven engineering and test techniques such as finite element analysis, strain gauging, and model analysis will be performed with special attention given to fatigue, life and structural integrity of the body and substructure.

Body will be tested while loaded to its greatest in-service weight.

The criteria used during the testing procedure will include:

Raising opposite corners of the vehicle tires 9.00" to simulate the twisting a truck may experience when driving over a curb.

Making a 90 degree turn, while driving at 20 mph to simulate aggressive driving conditions.

Driving the vehicle at 35 mph on a washboard road.

Driving the vehicle at 55 mph on a smooth road.

Accelerating the vehicle fully, until reaching the approximate speed of 45 mph on rough pavement.

Evidence of actual testing techniques will be made available upon request. 39947Bid #:
0063610 LS 152" Lap, Full Height Front &
Rear, FDLER

LEFT SIDE COMPARTMENTATION
The left side compartmentation will consist of three lap door compartments.

A full height, vertically hinged, single door compartment ahead of the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 34.50" wide x 66.63" high x 25.88" deep in the lower 25.00" of the compartment and 12.00" deep in the remaining upper portion. The clear door opening will be a minimum of 28.63" wide x 61.88" high.

A horizontally hinged, single lift-up door compartment over the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 66.50" wide x 32.88" high x 12.00" deep. The clear door opening will be a minimum of 59.25" wide x 27.00" high.

A full height, vertically hinged, double door compartment behind the rear wheels will be provided.The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 47.75" wide x 67.63" high x

25.88" deep in the lower 26.00" of the compartment and 12.00" deep in the remaining upper portion. The clear door opening will be a minimum of 43.50" wide x 62.88" high.

The interior height of the compartments will be measured from the compartment floor to the ceiling. The depth of the compartments will be measured from the back wall to the inside of the door frame.

Closing of the doors will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will easily be accomplished with one hand.

The vertically hinged doors will be furnished with a positive door holder.

The lift-up door will be furnished with two gas-charged cylinders to assist in the opening of the door and to maintain the door in an open position. There will be a field adjustable, three-position bracket mounted on the vertical side door opening that will allow the door to be held open at 87°, 90°, or 93°.
0063624 RS 152" Lap, Full Height Front &
Rear, FDLER

RIGHT SIDE COMPARTMENTATION
The right side compartmentation will consist of three lap door compartments.

A full height, vertically hinged, double door compartment behind the rear wheels will be provided.The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 47.75" wide x 67.63" high x

25.88" deep in the lower 26.00" of the compartment and 12.00" deep in the remaining upper portion. The clear door opening will be a minimum of 43.50" wide x 62.88" high.

The interior height of the compartments will be measured from the compartment floor to the ceiling. The depth of the compartments will be measured from the back wall to the inside of the door frame.

Closing of the doors will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will easily be accomplished with one hand.

The vertically hinged doors will be furnished with a positive door holder.

SIDE COMPARTMENT DOORS
All hinged compartment doors will be lap style with double panel construction and will be a minimum of 1.50" thick. The doors will be made out of the same material as the body. To provide additional door strength a "C" section reinforcement will be installed between the outer and interior panels.

Doors will be provided with a closed cell rubber gasket around the surface that laps onto the body. A second heavy-duty automotive rubber molding with a hollow core will be installed on the door framing that seals onto the interior panel, to ensure a weather resisting compartment.

All compartment doors will have polished stainless steel continuous hinge with a pin diameter of .25" that is bolted or screwed on with stainless steel fasteners. (Hinges which are welded on will not be acceptable.)
All door locking mechanisms will be fully enclosed within the door panels to prevent fouling of the lock in the event equipment inside shifts into the lock area.

Doors will be latched with recessed, polished stainless steel "D" ring handles and FMVSS approved door locking mechanisms.

To prevent corrosion caused by dissimilar metals, compartment door handles will not be attached to outer door panel with screws. A rubber gasket will be provided between the "D" ring handle and the door.
0083700 Compt, Rear, Rollup, 37.75" FF,

25.88" D

REAR COMPARTMENTATION
A roll-up door compartment above the rear tailboard will be provided.

The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 40.00" wide x 40.63" high x 25.88" deep. The spool of the rollup door at the top of the compartment takes up some usable space. The depth of the compartment will be calculated with the compartment door closed.

A louvered, removable access panel will be furnished on the back wall of the compartment.

The rear compartment will be open into the rear side compartments.

The clear door opening of this compartment will be a minimum of 33.25" wide x 30.88" high.

Closing of the door will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will easily be accomplished with one hand.
40947Bid #:
0692746 Door, Gortite, Rollup, Rear
Compartment

ROLLUP REAR COMPARTMENT DOOR
There will be a rear rollup door. The door will be double faced aluminum construction, an anodized satin finish and manufactured by Gortite®.

Lath sections will be an interlocking rib design and will be individually replaceable without complete disassembly of door.

Between each slat at the pivoting joint will be a PVC inner seal to prevent metal to metal contact and prevent dirt or moisture from entering the compartments. Seals will allow door to operate in extreme temperatures ranging from 180 to -40 degrees Fahrenheit. Side, top and bottom seals will be provided to resist ingress of dirt and weather and be made of Santoprene.

All hinges, barrel clips and end pieces will be nylon 66. All nylon components will withstand temperatures from 300 to -40 degrees Fahrenheit.

A polished stainless steel lift bar to be provided for each roll-up door. Lift bar will be located at the bottom of door and have latches on the outer extrusion of the doors frame. A ledge will be supplied over lift bar for additional area to aid in closing the door.

Door will be constructed from an aluminum box section. The exterior surface of each slat will be flat. The interior surface will be concave to provide strength and prevent loose equipment from jamming the door from inside.

To conserve space in the compartments, the spring roller assembly will not exceed 3.00" in diameter.

The header for the rollup door assembly will not exceed 4.00".

A heavy-duty magnetic switch will be used for control of open compartment door warning lights. 0808925 Body Modification, 4" Reduced Depth
Rear Compt, Air Ride

BODY MODIFICATION FROM STANDARD
The following body modifications will be required for the installation of a single axle air ride suspension:
- Rear compartment will be 4.00" shorter in depth.
- Special water tank mounting required if applicable.
0625184 Guard, Drip Pan, S/S, Rollup Door,
Pumper

DOOR GUARD
There will be one (1) compartment door that will include a guard/drip pan designed to protect the rollup door from damage when in the retracted position and contain any water spray. The guard will be fabricated from stainless steel and installed rear compartment. 0003919 Reverse Hinge Compartment Door REVERSE HINGED DOOR The one (1) compartment door, located LS3, will have the hinge at the rear of the door. 0616670 Lights, Compt, Pierce LED, Dual
Light Strips, Each Side of Door,
Pumper/Tanker

COMPARTMENT LIGHTING
There will be seven (7) compartment(s) with two (2) white 12 volt DC LED compartment light strips. The dual light strips will be centered vertically along each side of the door framing. There will be two (2) light strips per compartment. The dual light strips will be in all body compartment (s).

Any remaining compartments without light strips will have a 6.00" diameter Truck-Lite, Model:
79384 light. Each light will have a number 1076 one filament, two wire bulb.

Opening the compartment door will automatically turn the compartment lighting on. 0562348 Fasteners, Mechanical, Strip Lighting
In Compartments

COMPARTMENT LIGHTING
Metal clamps will be used to retain the strip lighting in all body compartments. 0687146 Shelf Tracks, Painted

MOUNTING TRACKS
There will be five (5) sets of tracks for mounting shelf(s) in LS1, upper portion of LS3, RS1, RS3 and B1. These tracks will be installed vertically to support the adjustable shelf(s). The tracks will be painted to match the compartment interior.
0600350 Shelves, Adj, 500 lb Capacity, Full
Width/Depth, Predefined Locations

ADJUSTABLE SHELVES
There will be 12 shelves with a capacity of 500 lb provided.

The shelf construction will consist of .188" aluminum painted spatter gray with 2.00" sides.

Each shelf will be infinitely adjustable by means of a threaded fastener, which slides in a track.

The shelves will be held in place by .12" thick stamped plated brackets and bolts.

The location(s) will be in LS1 at the depth transition point to the left of the partition, in RS1 at the transition point, in RS3 at the transition point, in RS1 in the lower third, in RS3 in the lower third, in RS1 in the upper third, in RS1 in the upper third, in LS3 in the upper third, in LS3 in the upper third, in LS1 in the upper third to the left of the partition, in LS3 at the depth transition point and in B1 in the upper third.
41947Bid #:
0725642 Cabinet, Drawer Assembly, CTECH,
Three Drawers, Up To 36" Wide

DRAWER ASSEMBLY
A slide-out drawer assembly will be installed LS3 Lower.

The clear dimensions of the first drawer starting at the top will be 3.00" with a face plate that is

4.00" high x 21.00" deep. The clear dimensions of the second drawer will be 7.75" with a face plate that is 8.00" high x 21.00" deep. The clear dimensions of the third drawer will be 7.75" with a face plate that is 8.00" high x 21.00" deep. Each drawer will be the same width and not exceed

36.00".

The drawers will have a capacity of 250 pounds.

The drawers will be mounted in a cabinet housing constructed of light gray powder coated aluminum with anodized aluminum frames. The housing will be 24.00" deep, and completely enclose the drawer.

A full-length aluminum extruded rail will be provided at the top edge of each drawer. This rail will act as the latching mechanism as well as the handle for each drawer.

There will be a total of one (1) provided.
0726441 Partition, Trans Rear Compt PARTITION, TRANSVERSE REAR COMPARTMENT Two (2) partitions will be bolted in place to separate the left and right side rear compartments from the rear tailboard compartment. The partition will be body material painted spatter gray. 0726457 Partition, Vertical Compt, Predefined
Locations

VERTICAL COMPARTMENT PARTITION
One (1) partition will be provided.

The partition construction will consist of body material painted spatter gray. Each partition will be the full vertical height of the compartment.

The location(s) will be in LS1, 32.00" from the forward door frame. 0659383 Matting, Turtle Tile w/Ramp,
Compartment Floors

MATTING, COMPARTMENT FLOOR
Turtle Tile compartment matting will be provided in six (6) compartments on the compartment floor. The locations are, LS1, LS2, B1, RS1, RS2, RS3.

The Turtle Tile will be black and the leading edge of the matting will include the beveled edge.

The beveled edge will be black .
0028026 Matting, Turtle Tile, Compartment
Shelving Only

MATTING, COMPARTMENT SHELVING
Turtle Tile compartment matting will be provided in 12 shelves. The locations are, each shelf.

The color of the Turtle Tile will be black.
0062238 Pegboard, Side Wall Mounted, 3/16"
Alum

PEGBOARD
There will be 3/16" thick aluminum pegboard installed on the one (1) side wall(s) of compartments LS1 on the right side wall, match 35130 . The pegboard will be mounted using two (2) horizontal tracks. Retainers will be used to mount the pegboard to the tracks. The holes will be .281" diameter, punched 1.00" on center. The pegboard will be spatter gray painted. The pegboard will be mounted vertically within the compartment(s).
0755527 Pegboard, Back Wall Mounted, 3/16"
Alum, Standard Depth Upper

PEGBOARD
There will be 3/16" thick aluminum pegboard spatter gray painted will be installed on the back wall of one (1) compartments. It will be mounted using two (2) horizontal tracks. Retainers will be used to mount the pegboard to the tracks. The pegboard(s) installed will be on the upper standard depth section of the compartment. The holes will be .281" diameter, punched 1.00" on center. Pegboard will be provided in the following compartments: RS2. 0027090 Tracks, Equipment Mounting,
Horizontal

MOUNTING TRACKS
There will be two (2) sets of tracks for mounting equipment. These tracks will be installed horizontally on the back wall of the compartment(s).

The compartment(s) with mounting tracks will be LS2, RS3 on back wall spaced out to store customer supplied ULLH SCBA brackets.
0004016 Rub Rail, Aluminum Extruded, Side
of Body

RUB RAIL
Bottom edge of the side compartments will be trimmed with a bright aluminum extruded rub rail.

Trim will be 2.12" high with 1.38" flanges turned outward for rigidity.

The rub rails will not be an integral part of the body construction, which allows replacement in the event of damage.
0784811 Fender Crowns, Rear, Stainless,
w/Removable Liner

BODY FENDER CROWNS
Polished stainless steel fender crowns will be provided around the rear wheel openings with a dielectric barrier will be provided between the fender crown and the fender sheet metal to prevent corrosion.

The fender crowns will be held in place with stainless steel screws that thread directly into a composite nut and not directly into the parent body sheet metal to eliminate dissimilar metals contact and greatly reduce the chance for corrosion. Rubber welting will be provided between the body and crown.

BODY FENDER LINER
A painted black 101 fender liner will be provided. The liners will be removable to aid in the maintenance of rear suspension components.
42947Bid #:
0816944 Hose, Hard Suction, Provided by Fire
Department, NFPA 2024

HARD SUCTION HOSE
Hose is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide suction or supply hose.

There will be Two (2) lengths of 10' long x 6.00" diameter hose provided and equipped with rocker lug couplings provided on the ends.
0612955 Trough, HSH, (1), Compartment Top
Mount

HOSE TROUGH
A quantity of two (2) hard suction hose trough(s) will be compartment top mounted on a bracket, located one (1) on the left side and one (1) on the right side.

Trough(s) will be constructed of aluminum painted job color.

The hose(s) will be held in place by chrome plated, quarter turn, spring loaded clamps. 0621021 Handrails, Side Pump Panels, Per
Print, Hansen Knurled Alum Tubing,
LED Backlit

HANDRAILS
The handrails will be Hansen LED backlit knurled aluminum. The handrails will be lit with a blue LED light. The handrails will be activated by the same means as the cab handrail light controls.

Chrome plated end stanchions will support the handrail. Plastic gaskets will be used between end stanchions and any painted surfaces.

Drain holes will be provided in the bottom of all vertically mounted handrails.

Handrails will be provided to meet current edition of applicable NFPA standards. The handrails will be installed as noted on the sales drawing.
0625975 Handrails, Beavertail, Hansen
Tubing, Knurled Aluminum, LED
Backlit

HANDRAILS
One (1) Hansen LED lit knurled aluminum vertical handrail will be located on each rear beavertail.

The handrail will be lit with a blue LED light. The hand rail will be activated by the same means as the cab handrail light controls.
0763247 Handrail, Rear, Below Hose Bed,
Hansen, Knurled Aluminum LED
Backlit
One (1) horizontal handrail will be provided below the hose bed at the rear of the apparatus.

The handrail will be Hansen LED backlit knurled aluminum. The handrail will be lit with a blue LED light. The handrail will be activated by the same means as the cab handrail light controls. 0609286 Handrail, Extra - 15-20" Long,
Hansen Tubing, Knurled Aluminum
LED Backlit

ADDITIONAL HANDRAIL
Two (2) handrails, will be mounted On the front of the hose bed covers to match 35130.

The handrails will be Hansen LED backlit knurled aluminum. The handrails will be lit with a blue LED light. The handrails will be activated by the same means as the cab handrail light controls.

Chrome plated end stanchions will support the handrail. Plastic gaskets will be used between end stanchions and any painted surfaces.

Drain holes will be provided in the bottom of all vertically mounted handrails. 0622393 Compt, Air Pack Fender Panel

AIR PACK STORAGE
A total of one (1) air pack compartment(s) will be provided and located RS forward of the rear wheels. The air pack compartment(s) will be tapered to match the profile of the space available in the fender. The compartment(s) will be approximately 15.50" wide at the top and 5.00" wide at the bottom for the wheel cutout. The compartment(s) will be 15.50" tall at the body side compartment and 6.00" tall at the wheel cutout. The compartment(s) will be 26.00" deep and have a drain hole.

Inside the compartment, black Dura-Surf friction reducing material will be provided.

A painted stainless steel hinged door with a Southco raised trigger C2 black lever latch will be provided to contain the air pack. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal.
0732151 SP Compt, Air Bottle, Fender Panel, (3)
"D" Size Bottles, (1) Std Size Air
Bottle

AIR BOTTLE STORAGE
A quantity of one (1) air bottle compartment designed to hold (3) "D" size air bottles, 5.00" in diameter, and (1) air bottle, 7.25" in diameter, x 26.00" deep will be provided on the right side rearward of the rear wheels. A painted stainless steel door with a Southco raised trigger C2 black lever latch will be provided to contain the air bottle. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal.

Inside the compartment, black Dura-Surf friction reducing material will be provided.

AIR BOTTLE COMPARTMENT STRAP
A strap will be provided in the air bottle compartment(s) to help contain the air bottles when the vehicle is parked on an incline. The strap will wrap around the neck and attach to the wall of the compartment.
0657522 Compt, Air Bottle, Triple, Fender
Panel
AIR BOTTLE STORAGE (Triple)
A quantity of one (1) air bottle compartment designed to hold (3) air bottles up to 7.25" in diameter x 26.00" deep will be provided on the left side forward of the rear wheels. A painted stainless steel door with a Southco raised trigger C2 black lever latch will be provided to contain the air bottle. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal.

Inside the compartment, black Dura-Surf friction reducing material will be provided.

EXTENSION LADDER
There will be a 24' two-section aluminum Duo-Safety Series 900-A extension ladder provided. 0004230 Ladder, 14' Duo-Safety 775A Roof ROOF LADDER
There will be a 14' aluminum Duo-Safety Series 775-A roof ladder provided. 0787027 Ladders Btwn Tank & S.Sht, RS,
Extended Rear, Enclosed, RPH,
Special Mounting

LADDER STORAGE
The ladders will be stored between the water tank and the right side compartments.

The ladders will extend into the pump compartment just to the rear of the water pump discharges.

The ladder storage area will be enclosed as practical by means of sheet metal to protect the ladders from road dirt. The ladders that extend into the pump house will also be enclosed. A black rubber boot will be provided to enclosed the ladders in the gap between the pump house and the body.

Each ladder will be stored vertically in a separate stainless steel storage trough. Each stainless steel trough will be lined with Dura-Surf nylon slides.

If the apparatus does not have a flush rear wall, an aluminum enclosure will be provided at the rear of the body to properly contain the ladders. This enclosure will extend to the rear of the side body compartments.

The ladders will be stored FLY INBOARD.

The enclosure will also include a vertically hinged aluminum treadplate door with a D-handle latch to access the ladders.
0733387 Ladder, 10' Duo-Safety Folding 585A

FOLDING LADDER
One (1) 10.00' aluminum, Series 585-A, Duo-Safety folding ladder will be installed. 0733796 Trough, Folding Ladder, Ladder
Storage Btwn Tank & S.Sht

FOLDING LADDER STORAGE
There will be storage designated right side for folding ladders stored between the side sheet in a stainless steel trough in the ladder storage compartment. 0725371 Compt w/Door, Backboard, Over
Pump

BACKBOARD STORAGE
A transverse area over the pump and forward of the crosslays will hold two (2) storage troughs.

A blister will be supplied at each side to enclose the backboards due to their length.

The backboards will be accessible from either side of the vehicle through the aluminum treadplate door(s) with a pair of flush lift and turn latches. The door(s) will be hinged along the forward edge.

The size of the backboard(s) to be stored will be 72.00" long x 18.00" wide x 2.00" high. 0750927 SP Pike Pole, Provided by Dealer or Fire
Department

PIKE POLE, PROVIDED BY DEALER OR FIRE DEPARTMENT
One (1) pike pole will be provided by the dealer or the fire department. The make and model will be FHU 8' drywall.
0567897 Pike Pole, 8' Fire Hooks Unlimited,
New York Roof Hook, Steel, Pry End,
RH-8
8' PIKE POLE
There will be one (1) Fire Hooks Unlimited, New York Hook , 8' long roof hook with steel shaft and chisel (pry) end provided pike pole tube in long tool storage. 0552649 Pike Pole, 6' Fire Hooks Unlimited,
New York Roof Hook, Steel, Pry End,
RH-6
6 FT PIKE POLE
There will be one (1) Fire Hooks Unlimited NY roof hook RH-6, 6 foot pike pole(s) with steel handles and pry end provided pike pole tube in long tool storage. 0537952 SP Compt, (2) NY Roof Hook, (1) Dry
Wall Hook, Below Tee, Stainless
Steel Door, LS

PIKE POLE, DRY WALL HOOK
A compartment will be provided, recessed below the water tank tee in the rear of body, on the left side.

The compartment will be equipped with to hold two (2) New York Roof Hooks and one (1) dry wall hook.

The brand and size of the dry wall hook will be FHU 8' drywall (CTF), 8' NY roof hook and 6' NY roof hook.

A stainless steel door with latch will be provided to access the items in this compartment. 0004361 Tubes, Alum, Pike Pole Storage

PIKE POLE STORAGE
Aluminum tubing will be used for the storage of three (3) pike poles and will be located in the left side long tool storage compartment. If the head of a pike pole can come in contact with a painted surface, a stainless steel scuffplate will be provided. 44947Bid #:
0785102 Steps, Folding, Front of Body, Cargo
Bed Access, w/LED, Trident

FOLDING STEPS FRONT OF BODY
Folding steps will be provided full height on the left side and right side body compartments to provide access to the cargo bed. Steps will be spaced evenly on the sales drawing. Actual quantity may vary due to pump panel interferences but will meet the NFPA required maximum stepping height.

The Trident steps will be bright finished, non-skid with a black tread coating on the stepping surface.

The step will incorporate an LED light to illuminate the stepping surface.

The steps can be used as a hand hold with two openings wide enough for a gloved hand. 0592994 Steps, Folding, Rear of Body, w/LED,
Trident

REAR FOLDING STEPS
Bright finished, non-skid folding steps with a black tread coating on the stepping surface will be provided at the rear. Each step will incorporate an LED light to illuminate the stepping surface.

The steps can be used as a hand hold with two openings wide enough for a gloved hand. 0650260 I Zone Bracket, Pair, Wildland Style

I-ZONE BRACKETS - WILDLAND STYLE
A pair of I-Zone brackets will be provided and mounted at the rear of the apparatus, On each rear bulkhead, place no higher than 69.00" from ground. The brackets will be designed with adequate reinforcement to eliminate flexing of the body (oil canning) and not interfere with rear facing lights while carrying hose.

The design of these I-Zone brackets will have a 45 degree receiver and a removable extension piece that fits into the brackets for carrying hose.
0820361 Pump, Auxiliary, Waterous, CPK-2,
Hyd PTO Drive, 300 GPM, 2024
NFPA 1900

AUXILIARY PUMP
A hydraulic driven 3.00" suction, 2.00" discharge Waterous CPK-2 centrifugal pump will be provided for pump and roll operations. The pump will have a gear type hydraulic motor. The pump will have a high tensile gray iron case. Bronze double hubbed impeller mechanically and hydraulically balanced will be installed on a heat treated and ground stainless steel shaft. Impeller shaft will be supported by oil lubricated ball bearings. Pump gear case will have silent running helical gears fully supported by ball bearings.

A variable displacement piston type hydraulic pump supplying the hydraulic motor on the water pump will be supplied. The displacement of the hydraulic pump will be controlled by a fixed orifice type, load sensing, hydraulic circuit. The hydraulic system will have a properly sized reservoir, cooler, filter and accessory components. The components will be mounted in the vehicle body to facilitate routine maintenance operations. The hydraulic drive design will be certified by manufacturer of the primary hydraulic components as suitable for the intended use and duty.

All components of the water pump and drive system will be readily available on the domestic hydraulic market (USA).

An auxiliary main pump drain will be supplied.

PUMP PERFORMANCE
The pump will be rated by the pump manufacturer on bench testing to the deliver the following performance at 1000 engine rpm. These numbers will be reduced when installed on the apparatus due to plumbing restrictions and/or the location of this water pump. - 300 gpm @ 150psi
- 300 gpm @ 165psi
- 210 gpm @ 200psi
- 150 gpm @ 250psi
This pump will also meet NFPA 1900 section 13.2.2 for pump and roll performance/requirements.

It will deliver at least 20 gpm @ 80 psi while moving at 2 mph or less. 0626923 Installation Location, Aux Pump,
Inside Pump house Area

AUXILIARY PUMP INSTALLATION
The auxiliary pump will be installed and located within the main pump module. 0788341 Not Required, Fuel Supply,
(Hydraulic Drive Pump)

0626844 Not Required, Exhaust Routing, Aux
Pump
0787477 Discharge Connections, Aux Pump,
Standard, w/Foam System

AUXILIARY PUMP DISCHARGE CONNECTIONS
A discharge manifold will be supplied as required to allow plumbing of the required discharges.

This pump will supply water to all foam capable discharge outlets Check valve(s) will be provided to prevent backflows between the main pump and the auxiliary pump.
45947Bid #:
0626917 Tank to Pump Line, Hyd Aux Pump,

2.50", Separate Tank to Pump Line

AUXILIARY PUMP -TANK TO PUMP CONNECTION
An independent 2.50" tank to pump piping with a 2.50" valve will be provided for the auxiliary pump. It will not be part of the main pump's tank to pump line nor draw water through the main pump.

The design will include a method for anti-swirl protection and prevent pump cavitation.

The tank to pump line will run from the pump into the front face of the water tank. A rubber coupling will be included in this line to prevent damage from vibration or chassis flexing. A check valve will be provided in the tank to pump supply line to prevent the possibility of "back filling" the water tank.

This tank to pump connection will have an electric valve that will open when the Pierce hydraulic pressure controller(s) "ON" switch is activated. The valve will close when the "OFF" switch is activated. The electric tank to pump valve will not be gateable. 0787464 Primer, Aux Pump, Trident, Air Prime,
Air Operated

AUXILIARY PUMP PRIME, TRIDENT PRIMING PUMP
The priming pump will be a Trident Emergency Products compressed air powered, high efficiency, multistage venturi based AirPrime System, conforming to standards outlined in the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.

All wetted metallic parts of the priming system are to be of brass and stainless steel construction.

One (1) priming control will open the priming valve and start the pump primer. 0788354 Controls, Hydraulic Aux Pump,
Pierce, Dual

AUXILIARY PUMP GAUGES AND CONTROLS
There will be PTO switch(s) and indicator light(s) provided in the cab near the driver's position and on left pump operator's panel for engaging the water pump PTO.

To control the pump pressure and activate the water pump, a Pierce electronic water pressure controller(s) will be provided in the cab near the driver's postion and on left pump operator's panel.

The electronic water pressure controller(s) will mounted on an integrated panel and contain a digital pressure gauge along with pump and system status indicators and a pump pressure adjustment knob.
0626933 Line, Recirculating, Aux Pump,
499gpm and less, 0.375", Automatic

AUXILIARY PUMP AUTOMATIC RECIRCULATING LINE
The auxiliary pump will be furnished with a 0.375" automatic pump recirculating line with a check valve. The line will be routed from the discharge side of the auxiliary pump to the water tank.

This line will be designed to circulate water continuously from the auxiliary pump back to the tank to help maintain the water pump temperature at a safe level.

The recirculating line will be plumbed into the water tank dome. It will include a check valve to facilitate priming and prevent water backflow. The check valve will be installed as close as possible to the water tank dome.
0777558 ENGINEERING REVIEW REQUIRED
- Auxiliary Pump

46947Bid #:
0007590 Pump House, Side Control, 52",
Control Zone

PUMP COMPARTMENT
The pump compartment will be separate from the hose body and compartments so that each may flex independently of the other. It will be a fabricated assembly made of the same material as the rear body using tubing, angles and channels which supports both the fire pump and the side running boards.

The pump compartment will be mounted on the chassis frame rails with rubber biscuits in a four point pattern to allow for chassis frame twist.

Pump compartment, pump, plumbing and gauge panels will be removable from the chassis in a single assembly.

PUMP MOUNTING
Pump will be mounted to a substructure which will be mounted to the chassis frame rail using rubber isolators. The mounting will allow chassis frame rails to flex independently without damage to the fire pump.

LEFT SIDE PUMP CONTROL PANELS
All pump controls and gauges will be located at the left side of the apparatus and properly identified.

Layout of the pump control panel will be ergonomically efficient and systematically organized.

The pump operator's control panel will be removable in two (2) main sections for ease of maintenance:

The upper section will contain sub panels for the mounting of the pump pressure control device, engine monitoring gauges, electrical switches, and foam controls (if applicable). Sub panels will be removable from the face of the pump panel for ease of maintenance. Below the sub panels will be located all valve controls and line pressure gauges.

The lower section of the panel will contain all inlets, outlets, and drains.

All push/pull valve controls will have 1/4 turn locking control rods with polished chrome plated zinc tee handles. Guides for the push/pull control rods will be chrome plated zinc castings securely mounted to the pump panel. Push/pull valve controls will be capable of locking in any position.

The control rods will pull straight out of the panel and will be equipped with universal joints to eliminate binding.

IDENTIFICATION TAGS
The identification tag for each valve control will be recessed in the face of the tee handle.

All discharge outlets will have color coded identification tags, with each discharge having its own unique color. Color coding will include the labeling of the outlet and the drain for each corresponding discharge.

All line pressure gauges will be mounted directly above the corresponding discharge control tee handles and recessed within the same chrome plated casting as the rod guide for quick identification. The gauge and rod guide casting will be removable from the face of the pump panel for ease of maintenance. The casting will be color coded to correspond with the discharge identification tag.

All remaining identification tags will be mounted on the pump panel in chrome plated bezels.

The pump panel on the right side will be removable with lift and turn type fasteners.

Trim rings will be installed around all inlets and outlets. 0037731 Pump House Structure, Raised,
Included with Ladder Storage

0004425 Pump, Waterous, CSU, 1500 GPM,
Single Stage
PUMP
Pump will be a Waterous CSU, 1500 gpm single (1) stage midship mounted centrifugal type.

Pump will be the class "A" type.

Pump will deliver the percentage of rated discharge at pressures indicated below:
- 100% of rated capacity at 150 psi net pump pressure.
- 70% of rated capacity at 200 psi net pump pressure.
- 50% of rated capacity at 250 psi net pump pressure.

Pump body will be close-grained gray iron, bronze fitted, and horizontally split in two (2) sections for easy removal of the entire impeller shaft assembly (including wear rings).

Pump will be designed for complete servicing from the bottom of the truck, without disturbing the pump setting or apparatus piping.

Pump case halves will be bolted together on a single horizontal face to minimize chance of leakage and facilitate ease of reassembly. No end flanges will be used.

Discharge manifold of the pump will be cast as an integral part of the pump body assembly and will provide a minimum of three (3) 3.50" openings for flexibility in providing various discharge outlets for maximum efficiency.

The three (3) 3.50" openings will be located as follows: one (1) outlet to the right of the pump, one (1) outlet to the left of the pump, and one (1) outlet directly on top of the discharge manifold.

Impeller shaft will be stainless steel, accurately ground to size. It will be supported at each end by sealed, anti-friction ball bearings for rigid precise support. Impeller will have flame plated hubs assuring maximum pump life and efficiency despite any presence of abrasive matter in the water supply.

Bearings will be protected from water and sediment by suitable stuffing boxes, flinger rings, and oil seals. No special or sleeve type bearings will be used. 0004482 Seal, Mechanical, Waterous

Pump will be equipped with a self-adjusting, maintenance-free, mechanical shaft seal.

The mechanical seal will consist of a flat, highly polished, spring fed carbon ring that rotates with the impeller shaft. The carbon ring will press against a highly polished stainless steel stationary ring that is sealed within the pump body.

In addition, a throttling ring will be pressed into the steel chamber cover, providing a very small clearance around the rotating shaft in the event of a mechanical seal failure. The pump performance will not deteriorate, nor will the pump lose prime, while drafting if the seal fails during pump operation.

Wear rings will be bronze and easily replaceable to restore original pump efficiency and eliminate the need to replace the entire pump casing due to wear. 47947Bid #:
0816447 Trans, Pump, Waterous C22 Series PUMP TRANSMISSION The pump transmission will be made of a three (3) piece, aluminum, horizontally split casing.

Power transfer to pump will be through a high strength Morse HY-VO silent drive chain. By the use of a chain rather than gears, 50% of the sprocket will be accepting or transmitting torque, compared to two (2) or three (3) teeth doing all the work.

Drive shafts will be 2.35" diameter hardened and ground alloy steel and supported by ball bearings. The case will be designed to eliminate the need for water cooling. 0635600 Pumping Mode, Stationary Only

PUMPING MODE
An interlock system will be provided to ensure that the pump drive system components are properly engaged so that the apparatus can be safely operated. The interlock system will be designed to allow stationary pumping only.
0605126 Pump Shift, Air Mnl Override, Split
Shaft, Interlocked, Waterous

AIR PUMP SHIFT
Pump shift engagement will be made by a two (2) position sliding collar, actuated pneumatically (by air pressure), with a three (3) position air control switch located in the cab. A manual back-up shift control will also be located on the left side pump panel.

Two (2) indicator lights will be provided adjacent to the pump shift inside the cab. One (1) green light will indicate the pump shift has been completed and be labeled "pump engaged". The second green light will indicate when the pump has been engaged, and that the chassis transmission is in pump gear. This indicator light will be labeled "OK to pump".

The pump shift will be interlocked to prevent the pump from being shifted out of gear when the chassis transmission is in gear to meet NFPA requirements.

The pump shift control in the cab will be illuminated to meet NFPA requirements. 0003148 Transmission Lock-up, EVS TRANSMISSION LOCK-UP
The direct gear transmission lock-up for the fire pump operation will engage automatically when the pump shift control in the cab is activated.
0004547 Auxiliary Cooling System

AUXILIARY COOLING SYSTEM
A supplementary heat exchange cooling system will be provided to allow the use of water from the discharge side of the pump for cooling the engine water. The heat exchanger will be a separate unit. It will be installed in the pump or engine compartment with the control located on the pump operator's control panel. The exchanger will be plumbed to the master drain valve. 0014486 Not Required, Transfer Valve, Single
Stage Pump
0746508 Valve(s), Relief Intake, Trident Air
Max, Control Location

INTAKE RELIEF VALVE
One (1) Trident Air Max intake relief valve(s) will be installed on the suction side of the pump preset at 125 psig.

The relief valve will have a working range of 50 PSI to 350 PSI.

The outlet will terminate below the frame rails with a 2.50" National Standard hose thread adapter and will have a "do not cap" warning tag.

One (1) adjustable air regulator and pressure indicating gauge will be located on a common bezel behind the right side pump panel with a stainless steel access door to control the intake valve(s). 48947Bid #:
0721609 Controller, Pressure, Pierce LCD,
Custom Chassis

PIERCE PRESSURE CONTROLLER
A Pierce electronic pressure controller will be provided.

A pressure transducer will be installed in the discharge side of the water pump. The transducer continuously monitors pump pressure sending a signal to the electronic pressure controller.

The pressure controller can be used in two (2) modes of operation, RPM mode and pressure modes. The controller will be programmed to turn on/default to No Mode/Default Press Setting mode.

In the RPM mode, the controller can be activated after vehicle parking brake has been set. When in this mode, the controller will maintain the set engine speed, regardless of engine load (within engine operation capabilities).

In the pressure mode, the controller can be activated after vehicle parking brake has been set.

When in this mode, the controller will automatically maintain the discharge pressure set by the operator (within the discharge capabilities of the pump and water supply) regardless of flow.

A 2.00" diameter throttle control knob with no mechanical stops, a serrated grip, and a red idle push button in the center will be a integrated/part of the pressure controller. The throttle control knob will be programmed for Clockwise rotation to increase engine speed.

Individual LED indicators for ok to pump, throttle ready, pressure mode and rpm mode will be located on the pressure controller for easy viewing.

A pump cavitation protection feature will also provided which will return the engine to idle should the pump cavitate. Cavitation is sensed by the combination of pump pressure below 30 psi and engine speed above 2000 rpm for more than five (5) seconds.

Other safety features include recognition of low water and no water conditions with an automatic programmed response and a push button to return the engine to idle.

The pressure controller LCD screen will be 4.20" in size with a minimum brightness of 750 nits.

The LCD screen and LED intensity will be automatically adjust for day and nighttime operation.

The LCD screen intensity can also be manually adjusted if needed.

The following information will be provided/displayed on the LCD screen - Engine RPM
Check engine and stop engine warning indicators
Engine oil pressure
Engine coolant temperature
Water pump transmission temperature
Fuel Level
Water tank level
Battery voltage
Operating mode (RPM or pressure)
Pressure or RPM setting
On screen messaging show diagnostic and warning messages as they occur. It will show apparatus information, stored data, and program options when selected by the operator. It will monitor inputs outputs and support audible and visual warning alarms for the following conditions -
High battery voltage
Low battery voltage/engine off
Low battery voltage/engine running
High water pump temperature
Low fuel
Low engine oil pressure
High engine coolant temperature
Water tank out of water (visual alarm only)
No engine response (visual alarm only)
The pressure controller will store the accumulated operating hours for the pump and engine.

These items are to be displayed within the pressure controller menu.

The pressure controller will include a USB port on the back of the controller for easy software upgrades if needed.
0072153 Primer, Trident, Air Prime, Air
Operated

PRIMING PUMP
The priming pump will be a Trident Emergency Products compressed air powered, high efficiency, multistage venturi based AirPrime System, conforming to standards outlined in the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.

All wetted metallic parts of the priming system are to be of brass and stainless steel construction.

One (1) priming control will open the priming valve and start the pump primer. 0044552 Line, 0.50" Recirculating w/Check
Valve

RECIRCULATING LINE WITH CHECK VALVE
A 0.50" diameter recirculating line, from the pump to the water tank, will be furnished with a control installed at the pump operator's control panel. A check valve will be provided in this line to prevent the back flow of water from the tank to the pump if the valve is left in the open position. 0780364 Manuals, Pump, (2) Total, Electronic
Copies

PUMP MANUALS
There will be a total of two (2) pump manuals provided by the pump manufacturer and furnished with the apparatus. The manuals will be provided by the pump manufacturer in the form of two (2) electronic copies. Each manual will cover pump operation, maintenance, and parts. 49947Bid #:
0602512 Plumbing, Stainless Steel and Hose,
Single Stage Pump, Control Zone

PLUMBING, STAINLESS STEEL AND HOSE
All inlet and outlet lines will be plumbed with either stainless steel pipe, flexible polypropylene tubing or synthetic rubber hose reinforced with hi-tensile polyester braid. All hose's will be equipped with brass or stainless steel couplings. All stainless steel hard plumbing will be a minimum of a schedule 10 wall thickness.

Where vibration or chassis flexing may damage or loosen piping or where a coupling is required for servicing, the piping will be equipped with victaulic or rubber couplings.

Plumbing manifold bodies will be ductile cast iron or stainless steel.

All piping lines are to be drained through a master drain valve or will be equipped with individual drain valves. All drain lines will be extended with a hose to drain below the chassis frame.

All water carrying gauge lines will be of flexible polypropylene tubing.

All piping, hose and fittings will have a minimum of a 500 PSI hydrodynamic pressure rating. 0795135 Plumbing, Stainless Steel, w/Foam
System

FOAM SYSTEM PLUMBING
All piping that is in contact with the foam concentrate or foam/water solution will be stainless steel. The fittings will be stainless steel or brass. Cast iron pump manifolds will be allowed. 0004645 Inlets, 6.00" - 1250 GPM or Larger
Pump

MAIN PUMP INLETS
A 6.00" pump manifold inlet will be provided on each side of the vehicle. The suction inlets will include removable die cast zinc screens that are designed to provide cathodic protection for the pump, thus reducing corrosion in the pump.
0014650 Pump Suction Tube(s), Short, All

SHORT SUCTION TUBE(S)
The suction tube(s) on the water pump will have short suction tube(s) installed to allow for installation of adapters, elbows or intake valves without excessive overhang. 0004646 Cap, Main Pump Inlet, Long Handle,

NST, VLH

MAIN PUMP INLET CAP
The main pump inlets will have National Standard Threads with a long handle chrome cap.

The cap will be the Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.
0084610 Valves, Akron 8000 series- All

VALVES
All ball valves will be Akron® Brass. The Akron valves will be the 8000 series heavy-duty style with a stainless steel ball and a simple two-seat design. No lubrication or regular maintenance is required on the valve.

Valves will have a ten (10) year warranty.
0016158 Valve, Inlet(s) Recessed, Side Cntrl,
"Control Zone"
The location of the valve for the two (2) inlets will be recessed behind the pump panel. 0004700 Control, Inlet, at Valve

INLET CONTROL
The side auxiliary inlet(s) will incorporate a quarter-turn ball valve with the control located at the inlet valve. The valve operating mechanism will indicate the position of the valve. 0004660 Inlet (1), Left Side, 2.50"

LEFT SIDE INLET
There will be one (1) auxiliary inlet with a 2.50" valve at the left side pump panel, terminating with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread adapter.

The auxiliary inlet will be provided with a strainer, chrome swivel and plug. 0004680 Inlet, Right Side, 2.50"

RIGHT SIDE INLET
There will be one (1) auxiliary inlet with a 2.50" valve at the right side pump panel, terminating with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread adapter.

The auxiliary inlet will be provided with a strainer, chrome swivel and plug. 0034720 Anode, Zinc, Pair, Pump Inlets

ANODE, INLET
A pair of sacrificial zinc anodes will be provided in the water pump inlets to protect the pump from corrosion.
0092569 No Rear Inlet (Large Dia) Requested

0064116 No Rear Inlet Actuation Required

0092696 Not Required, Cap, Rear Inlet

0009648 No Rear Intake Relief Valve Required
on Rear Inlet
50947Bid #:
0092568 No Rear Auxiliary Inlet Requested

0723049 Valve, .75" Bleeder, Aux. Side Inlet,
"T" Swing Handle

INLET BLEEDER VALVE
A 0.75" bleeder valve will be provided for each side gated inlet.

The valves will be located behind the panel with a "T" swing style handle control extended to the outside of the panel.

The handles will be chrome plated and provide a visual indication of valve position. The swing handle will provide an ergonomic position for operating the valve without twisting the wrist and provides excellent leverage.

The water discharged by the bleeders will be routed below the chassis frame rails. 0014751 Tank to Pump, (1) 3.00" Valve, 3.00"
Plumbing, Reverse Linkage

TANK TO PUMP
The booster tank will be connected to the intake side of the pump with heavy duty piping and a quarter turn 3.00" full flow line valve with the control remotely located at the operator's panel. The tank to pump line will run straight (no elbows) from the pump into the front face of the water tank and down into the tank sump. A rubber coupling will be included in this line to prevent damage from vibration or chassis flexing.

The control on the pump panel will be "in" when the valve is open and "out" when the valve is closed.

A check valve will be provided in the tank to pump supply line to prevent the possibility of "back filling" the water tank.
0004905 Outlet, Tank Fill, 1.50"

TANK REFILL
A 1.50" combination tank refill and pump re-circulation line will be provided, using a quarter-turn full flow ball valve controlled from the pump operator's panel. 0652656 Control, Outlets, Electric, Akron
Electric Valve Controller

DISCHARGE OUTLET CONTROLS
The discharge outlets will incorporate a quarter-turn ball valve with the control located at the pump operator's panel. The valve operating mechanism will indicate the position of the valve or an indicator will be provided to show when the valve is closed.

There will be One (1) discharge outlet that have Akron electric valve controllers provided. These outlets will be located deluge outlet. The controller unit will be of true position feedback design, requiring no clutches in the motor or current limiting. The controller will be completely sealed with two (2) button open and close valve position capability and a full color LCD display with backlight. 0004940 Outlet, Left Side, 2.50"

LEFT SIDE DISCHARGE OUTLETS
There will be Two (2) discharge outlets with a 2.50" valve on the left side of the apparatus, terminating with a 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread adapter. 0005091 Elbow, Left Side Outlets, 45 Degree,

2.50" FNST x 2.50" MNST, VLH

LEFT SIDE OUTLET ELBOWS
The 2.50" discharge outlets located on the left side pump panel will be furnished with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread x 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 45 degree elbow.

The elbow will be Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.
0092570 Not Required, Outlets, Left Side
Additional
0035094 Not Required, Elbow, Left Side
Outlets, Additional
0004945 Outlet, Right Side, 2.50"

RIGHT SIDE DISCHARGE OUTLETS
There will be One (1) discharge outlet with a 2.50" valve on the right side of the apparatus, terminating with a 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread adapter. 0025091 Elbow, Right Side Outlets, 45
Degree, 2.50" FNST x 2.50" MNST,
VLH

RIGHT SIDE OUTLET ELBOWS
The 2.50" discharge outlets located on the right side pump panel will be furnished with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread x 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 45 degree elbow.

The elbow will be Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.
0011668 Outlet, Right Side, 3" w/3" Plumbing,
Handwheel Control, (added)
There will be One (1) discharge outlet with a 3.00" valve on the right side of the apparatus, terminating with a 3.00" (M) National Standard hose thread adapter.

The outlet will be controlled by a handwheel control located at the pump operator's panel. An indicator will be provided to show the position of the valve. 51947Bid #:
0732577 SP Elbow, Right Side Outlets, 30 Deg, 3"
FNST x 4.5" MNST, Hard Coat Alum,
Addtl

ADDITIONAL RIGHT SIDE OUTLET ELBOWS
The 3.00" discharge outlets, located on the right side pump panel, will be furnished with a 3.00" (F) National Standard hose thread x 4.50" (M) National Standard hose thread, hard coated aluminum, 30 degree elbow. A cap with chain will be provided. 0029137 Not Required, Outlet, Large Diameter

0007308 Not Required, Elbow, Large Diameter
Outlet
0649939 Outlet, Front, 1.50" w/2" Plumbing

FRONT DISCHARGE OUTLET
There will be one (1) 1.50" discharge outlet piped to the front of the apparatus and located on the top of the right side of the front bumper.

Plumbing will consist of 2.00" piping and flexible hose with a 2.00" ball valve with control at the pump operator's panel. A fabricated weldment made of stainless steel pipe will be used in the plumbing where appropriate. The piping will terminate with a 1.50" NST with 90 degree stainless steel swivel.

There will be T swing handle drains provided at all low points of the piping. 0649318 Reverse Linkage, Front Outlet

REVERSE LINKAGE ON FRONT OUTLET(S)
The valve control for the front outlet(s) on the pump panel will be "in" when the valve is open and "out" when the valve is closed. The reverse linkage will be provided for one (1) front outlet(s) located R/S upper front bumper.
0647702 Additional Valve, Front Outlet, 2"

FRONT OUTLET ADDITIONAL VALVE
A second 2.00" full flow ball valve will be provided at the front bumper extension. The valve will have an integral chrome swing style handle.
0004995 Outlet, Rear, 2.50"

REAR DISCHARGE OUTLET
There will be Two (2) discharge outlets piped to the rear of the hose bed, left side, installed so proper clearance is provided for spanner wrenches or adapters. Plumbing will consist of 2.50" piping along with a 2.50" full flow ball valve with the control from the pump operator's panel. 0045091 Elbow, Rear Outlets, 45 Degree,

2.50" FNST x 2.50" MNST, VLH

REAR OUTLET ELBOWS
The 2.50" discharge outlets located at the rear of the apparatus will be furnished with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread x 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 45 degree elbow.

The elbow will be Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.
0092574 Not Required, Outlet, Rear,
Additional
0085695 Not Required, Elbow, Rear Outlets,
Large, Additional
0092573 Not Required, Outlet, Hose
Bed/Running Board Tray

0752097 Caps/Plugs for 1.00" to 3.00"
Discharges/Inlets, Chain

DISCHARGE CAPS/ INLET PLUGS
Chrome plated, rocker lug, caps with chain will be furnished for all discharge outlets 1.00" thru

3.00" in size, besides the pre-connected hose outlets.

Chrome plated, rocker lug, plugs with chain will be furnished for all auxiliary inlets 1.00" thru 3.00" in size.

The caps and plugs will incorporate a thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.
0723042 Valve, 0.75" Bleeder, Discharges, "T"
Swing Handle

OUTLET BLEEDER VALVE
A 0.75" bleeder valve will be provided for each outlet 1.50" or larger. Automatic drain valves are acceptable with some outlets if deemed appropriate with the application.

The valves will be located behind the panel with a T swing style handle control extended to the outside of the side pump panel.

The handles will be chrome plated and provide a visual indication of valve position.

The T swing handle will provide an ergonomic position for operating the valve without twisting the wrist and provides excellent leverage.

Bleeders will be located at the bottom of the pump panel. They will be properly labeled identifying the discharge they are plumbed in to.

The water discharged by the bleeders will be routed below the chassis frame rails. 52947Bid #:
0820311 Outlet, 3.00" Deluge w/TFT Extend-a-
Gun XG18

DELUGE RISER
A 3.00" deluge riser will be installed above the pump in such a manner that a monitor can be mounted and used effectively. Piping will be rigidly braced and installed securely so no movement develops when the line is charged. The riser will be gated and controlled at the pump operator's panel.

Any 3.00 inch or larger discharge valve will be a slow-operating valve in accordance with NFPA

13.7.5.3. TELESCOPIC PIPING
The deluge riser piping will include an 18.00" Task Force Model XG18 Extend-A-Gun extension.

This extension will be telescopic to allow the deluge gun to be raised 18.00" increasing the range of operation.

A position sensor will be provided on the telescopic piping that will activate the "do not move vehicle" light inside the cab when the monitor is in the raised position. 0770359 No Monitor Requested,
Customer/Dealer Furnished and
Installed

MONITOR
A customer/dealer supplied and installed make and model TFT Crossfire XFT-NJ monitor will be properly installed on the deluge riser.
0029304 No Nozzle Req'd

0046857 Deluge Mount, For TFT Crossfire
Monitor, TFT Manual Extend-A-Gun
Only
The deluge riser Extend-a-Gun will have provisions for direct mounting a Task Force Tips CrossFire monitor.
0723726 Speedlay Module Not Required

0722432 Hose Restraint Not Required, No
Speedlay Module
0723395 Speedlays, Not Required

0723394 Speedlays, Not Required

0029210 Crosslays Sngl Sheet, (2+) 1.50",
Spl. Cap/Arrangement
CROSSLAY HOSE BEDS, 1.50"
Two (2) crosslays with 1.50" outlets will be provided. Each bed to be capable of carrying standard capacity for hose but wider opening and will be plumbed with 2.00" i.d. pipe and gated with a 2.00" quarter turn ball valve.

Outlets to be equipped with a 1.50" National Standard hose thread 90 degree swivel located in the hose bed so that hose may be removed from either side of apparatus.

The crosslay controls will be at the pump operator's panel.

The center crosslay dividers will be fabricated of .25" aluminum and will provide adjustment from side to side. The divider will be unpainted with a brushed finish.

Vertical scuffplates, constructed of stainless steel, will be provided at the front and rear ends of the bed on each side of vehicle.

Crosslay bed flooring will consist of removable perforated brushed aluminum. 0029196 Not Required, 2.50" Crosslay

0763535 SP Hose Restraint, Crosslay, Vinyl,
Shock Cord, Each, Dual Bungee Pull-
Tabs

CROSSLAY HOSE RESTRAINT
To secure the hose within the crosslay beds during travel vinyl end skirts, with footman loops and a shock cords, will be provided on the end of each transverse crosslay hose bed. Each flap will be secured with shock cords on the bottom corners. The permanent mounted footman's loops will be fastened to the crosslay cover. The color of the vinyl skirts will be black.

A quantity of two (2) crosslay bed(s) will require these end skirts. 0029260 Not Required, Speedlays

0750536 Hose Restr, Spdly, Not Required, No
Spdly
0615255 Cover, Crosslay, 3/16" Alum
Treadplate, Front Hinge

CROSSLAY COVER
A hinged .19" aluminum treadplate cover will be installed over the crosslay hose beds. It will include a latch at each end of the cover to hold it securely in place, a chrome grab handle at each end for opening and closing the cover and a foam rubber gasket where the cover comes into contact to a painted surface.

The cover will be provided with rubber latch hold open device.

The hinge will be to the front of the hose beds.
53947Bid #:
0019853 Crosslays, 8.00" Lower Than
Standard - Control Zone w/9.00"
Raised PH
CROSSLAY 8.00" LOWER THAN STANDARD
The crosslays will be lowered 8.00" from standard.
0009257 Cutout, Handhold, Crosslay Divider

CUTOUT, HANDHOLD, CROSSLAY DIVIDER
There will be a radiused corner hand hold cut-out each side of the one (1) crosslay divider(s). 0015216 Reel, Booster, Aluminum - Over
Pump, Right Side

BOOSTER HOSE REEL
A Hannay electric rewind booster hose reel will be installed over the pump in a recessed open compartment on the right side of the apparatus. The reel will be fabricated of aluminum and have highly polished end discs.

A polished stainless steel roller and guide assembly will be mounted on the reel side of the apparatus.

Discharge control will be provided at the pump operator's panel. Plumbing to the reel will consist of 1.50" Aeroquip hose and a 1.50" valve.
0896538 SP Switch, (2) Reel Rewind - Special
Location, Rocker Switch

Reel motor will be protected from overload with a sized automatic reset circuit breaker.

Two (2) Electric rewind controls will be momentary rocker switches installed on One on DS pump panel to match 35130 and one on PS cargo side sheet under the reel opening to the rear. 0045300 Hose, Booster - 200' of 1.00"/800 PSI Booster hose, 1.00" diameter and 200 feet, with chrome plated Barway, or equal couplings will be provided.

Working pressure of the booster hose will be a minimum of 800 psi. 0005244 Capacity, Hose Reel 200' of 1" Capacity of the hose reel will be 200 feet of 1.00" booster hose. 0007428 Nozzle for Booster Reel Not Req'd

0021954 Cutout for Reel Access, One, w/ S/S
Trim

HOSEREEL ACCESS
A cutout will be provided in the side sheet next to the booster hose reel. This cutout will allow access to the hose and provide a window to view the reel. Stainless steel trim will be mounted horizontally and vertically around the cutout.
0046560 Manual, Override, Hose Reel A manual rewind will be provided for the booster hose reel. 0014047 Linkage, Reverse, Hose Reel

The control on the pump panel will be "in" when the valve is open and "out" when the valve is closed. This style control will be provided on one (1) hose reel(s). 0622237 Roller Assembly, Additional There will be one (1) additional polished stainless steel roller and guide assembly mounted D/S top pump house full width.
54947Bid #:
0624939 Foam Sys, Husky 3, Single Agent,
Multi Select Feature
HUSKY 3 FOAM PROPORTIONER
A Pierce Husky® 3 foam proportioning system will be provided. The Husky 3 is an on demand, automatic proportioning, single point, direct injection system suitable for all types of Class A and B foam concentrates, including the high viscosity (6000 cps), alcohol resistant Class B foams.

Operation will be based on direct measurement of water flow, and remain consistent within the specified flows and pressures. The system will automatically proportion foam solution at rates from .1 percent to 3 percent regardless of variations in water pressure and flow, up to the maximum rated capacity of the foam concentrate pump.

The design of the system will allow operation from draft, hydrant, or relay operation.

System Capacity
The system will have the ability to deliver the following minimum foam solution flow rates at accuracies that meet or exceed NFPA requirements at a pump rating of 150 psi. 100 gpm @ 3 percent
300 gpm @ 1 percent
600 gpm @ 0.5 percent
Class A foam setting in .1 percent increments from .1 percent to 1 percent. Typical settings of 1 percent, .5 percent and .3 percent (maximum capacity will be limited to the plumbing and water pump capacity).

Control System
The system will be equipped with a digital electronic control display located on the pump operators panel. Push button controls will be integrated into the panel to turn the system on/off, control the foam percentage, and to set the operation modes.

The percent of injection will have a preset. This preset can be changed at the fire department as desired. The percent of injection will be able to be easily changed at the scene to adjust to changing demands.

Three (3) .50 tall LEDs will display the foam percentage in numeric characters. Three (3) indicator LEDs will also be included, one (1) green, one (1) red, and one (1) yellow. The LEDs will indicate various system operation or error states.

The indications will be:

Solid Green - System On
Solid Red - Valve Position Error
Solid Yellow - Priming System
Flashing Green - Injecting Foam
Flashing Red - Low Tank Level
Flashing Yellow - Refilling Tank
The control display will house a microprocessor, which receives input from the systems water flow meter while also monitoring the position of the foam concentrate pump. The microprocessor will compare the values of the water flow versus the position/rate of the foam pump, to ensure the proportion rate is accurate. One (1) check valve will be installed in the plumbing to prevent foam from contaminating the water pump.

Hydraulic Drive System
The foam concentrate pump will be powered by an electric over hydraulic drive system. The hydraulic system and motor will be integrated into one (1) unit.

Foam Concentrate Pump
The foam concentrate pump will be of positive displacement, self-priming; linear actuated design, driven by the hydraulic system. The pump will be constructed of brass body; chrome plated stainless steel shaft, with a stainless steel piston. In order to increase longevity of the pump, no aluminum will be present in its construction.

A relief system will be provided which is designed to protect the drive system components and prevent over pressuring the foam concentrate pump
The foam concentrate pump will have minimum capacity for 3 gpm with all types of foam concentrates with a viscosity at or below 6000 cps including protein, fluoroprotein, AFFF, FFFP, or AR-AFFF. The system will deliver only the amount of foam concentrate flow required, without recirculating foam back to the storage tank. Recirculating foam concentrate back to the storage tank can cause agitation and premature foaming of the concentrate, which can result in system failure. The foam concentrate pump will be self-priming and have the ability to draw foam concentrate from external supplies such as drums or pails.

External Foam Concentrate Connection
An external foam pick-up will be provided to enable use of a foam agent that is not stored on the vehicle. The external foam pick-up will be designed to allow continued operation after the on- board foam tank is empty, or the use of foam different than the foam in the foam tank.

Panel Mounted External Pick-Up Connection / Valve
A bronze three (3)-way valve will be provided. The unit will be mounted to the pump panel. The valve unit will function as the foam system tank to pump valve and external suction valve. The external foam pick-up will be one (1) 0.75" male connection GHT (garden hose thread) with a cap.

Pick-Up Hose
A 0.75" flexible hose with an end for insertion into foam containers will be provided. The hose will be supplied with a 0.75" female swivel GHT (garden hose thread) swivel connector. The hose will be shipped loose.

Discharges
The foam system will be plumbed to the right side of front bumper, hose reel in right side of dunnage area, left rear outlet, front crosslay and rear crosslay.

System Electrical Load
The maximum current draw of the electric motor and system will be no more than 55 amperes at 12 VDC.
0012126 Not Required, CAF Compressor

55947Bid #:
0592527 Refill, Foam Tank, Integral, Husky 3

SINGLE FOAM TANK REFILL
The foam system's proportioning pump will be used to fill the foam tank. This will allow use of the auxiliary foam pick-up to pump the foam from pails or a drum on the ground into the foam tank. A foam shut-off switch will be installed in the fill dome of the tank to shut the system down when the tank is full. The fill operation will be controlled by a mode in the foam system controller. While the proportioner pump is filling the tank, the controller will display a flashing yellow LED to indicate that the tank is filling. When the tank is full, as determined by the float switch in the tank dome, the pump will stop and the controller will shut the yellow LED off. If it attempted to use tank fill and the refill valve and suction valve are in the wrong position(s), then a red LED will illuminate to indicate the improper valve position(s). When the valves are positioned properly, then filling will commence.
0031896 Demonstration, Foam System, Dealer
Provided
0005446 Foam Cell, 20 Gallon, Not Reduce
Water

FOAM TANK
The foam tank will be an integral portion of the polypropylene water tank. The cell will have a capacity of 20 gallons of foam with the intended use of Class A foam. The foam cell will not reduce the capacity of the water tank. The foam cell will have a screen in the fill dome and a breather in the lid.
0891420 Drain, 1.00", Foam Tank #1, Husky 3
Foam System, "T" Swing Handle

FOAM TANK DRAIN
The foam tank drain will be a 0.75" "T" swing handle drain valve with 1.00" fittings located inside the pump/plumbing compartment.
0091079 Not Required, Foam Tank #2

0091112 Not Required, Foam Tank #2 Drain

0738072 Approval Dwg, Pump Panel(s), Not
Required
0032479 Pump Panel Configuration, Control
Zone

PUMP PANEL CONFIGURATION
The pump panel configuration will be arranged and installed in an organized manner that will provide user-friendly operation.
0629252 Material, Pump Panels, Side Control
Black Vinyl

PUMP AND GAUGE PANEL
The pump and gauge panels will be constructed of aluminum with a black vinyl finish. A polished aluminum trim molding will be provided around each panel. 0721772 Panel, Pump Access - Right Side,
Front, Side Control

PUMP ACCESS
Right Side Panel
The right side pump panel will be removable.

Panel Fastener
The right side removable panel will be secured using a black lift and turn latch .

The left side pump panels will be attached with screws.

The right side lower panel (drain bank) will be secured using screws.

Front Pump House Access
The front of the pump house structure will have provisions for access to the pump. 0583824 Light, Pump Compt, Wln 3SC0CDCR
LED White

PUMP COMPARTMENT LIGHT
There will be one (1) Whelen®, Model 3SC0CDCR, 3.00" white 12 volt DC LED light(s) with Whelen, Model 3FLANGEC, flange(s) installed in the pump compartment. 0586382 Gauges, Engine, Included With
Pressure Controller

Engine monitoring graduated LED indicators will be incorporated with the pressure controller.

Also provided at the pump panel will be the following:
- Master Pump Drain Control
0005601 Throttle, Engine, Incl'd w/Press
Controller
0739224 Indicator Light @ Pump Panel,
Throttle Ready, Incl w/Pressure
Gov/Throttle,Green

THROTTLE READY GREEN INDICATOR LIGHT
There will be a green indicator light integrated with the pressure governor and/or engine throttle installed on the pump operators panel that is activated when the pump is in throttle ready mode. 0549333 Indicators, Engine, Included with
Pressure Controller
56947Bid #:
0745568 Indicator Light, Pump Panel, Ok To
Pump, Green

OK TO PUMP INDICATOR LIGHT
There will be a green indicator light installed on the pump operators panel that is activated when the pump is in Ok To Pump mode.
0005690 Gauges, 6.00" Master, Class 1, 30"-0
-600psi

VACUUM AND PRESSURE GAUGES
The pump vacuum and pressure gauges will be liquid filled and manufactured by Class 1 Incorporated ©.

The gauges will be a minimum of 6.00" in diameter and will have white faces with black lettering, with a pressure range of 30.00"-0-600#.

The pump pressure and vacuum gauges will be installed adjacent to each other at the pump operator's control panel.

Test port connections will be provided at the pump operator's panel. One will be connected to the intake side of the pump, and the other to the discharge manifold of the pump. They will have 0.25 in. standard pipe thread connections and polished stainless steel plugs. They will be marked with a label.
0005714 Gauge, 2.50" Pressure, Class 1, 0-
400psi

They will be 2.50" in diameter and have white faces with black lettering.

Gauges will have a pressure range of 0-400#.

The individual pressure gauge will be installed as close to the outlet control as practical. 0739749 Gauge, Water Level, Pierce, In
pressure Controller, w/Mini Slave, Lt
Driver

WATER LEVEL GAUGE
An electric water level gauge will be incorporated in the pressure controller that registers water level by means of nine (9) LEDs. They will be at 1/8 level increments with a tank empty LED. The LEDs will be a bright type that is readable in sunlight, and have a full 180-degree of clear viewing.

To further alert the pump operator, the gauge will have a warning flash when the tank volume is less than 25 percent. The gauge will have down chasing LEDs when the tank is almost empty.

The level measurement will be ascertained by sensing the head pressure of the fluid in the tank or cell.

MINI SLAVE UNIT
An electric water level gauge will be provided in the cab that registers water level by means of five (5) LEDs. They will be at 1/4 level increments with a tank empty LED. The LEDs will be a bright type that are readable in sunlight and have a full 180-degree of clear viewing.

The water level gauge in the cab will be activated when the pump is in gear. 0084763 Gauge, Ernst Sight Water Level,
w/Red Ball, IATS

WATER LEVEL GAUGE, ADDITIONAL
An additional water level gauge will be provided. An Ernst sight tube water level indicator with a floating red ball will be mounted on the gauge panel with an unrestricted view for the operator. 0604028 Water Level Gauge, FRC, MaxVision
WLA280-A00 Programmable Remote
Display

ADDITIONAL WATER LEVEL GAUGE
There will be two (2) additional Fire Research MaxVision model WLA280-A00 water tank remote indicators provided and installed each side of the upper crew cab, just below the scene lights.

The indicators will show the volume of water in the tank on Ninety six (96) easy to see super bright Tri-color LEDs. The indicator case will be waterproof, manufactured of Polycarbonate material with an integrated lens.

The remote indicator will indicate the level as a single color in Red for 25% or less, Amber color for up to 50% volume, Blue color for up to 75% volume and Green color for up to 100% volume.

When the level reaches 25%, the red LEDs will begin flashing. When the level is empty, the red LEDs will scroll in a down-chasing motion and then flash three times.

The flash rate will be determined by the main water tank sensor.

It will have the program capability to adjust the brightness level for day time and night time viewing. The LEDs can also be programmed for different colors.

This module will be activated when the pump is in gear. 0604354 Gauge, Foam Level, FRC, Tank
Vision Pro, WLA 360-A00, Class "A"

CLASS "A" FOAM LEVEL GAUGE
A Fire Research TankVision Pro model WLA360-A00 cell/tank level indicator kit will be installed on the pump operators panel. The kit will include an electronic indicator module, a pressure sensor, a 10' sensor cable and a tank vent. The indicator will show the volume of Class "A" foam concentrate in the cell/tank on nine (9) easy to see super bright RGB LEDs. A wide view lens over the LEDs will provide for a viewing angle of 180 degrees. The indicator case will be waterproof, manufactured of Polycarbonate/Nylon material and have a distinctive green label.

The program features will be accessed from the front of the indicator module. The program will support self-diagnostics capabilities, self-calibration, six (6) programmable colored light patterns to display cell/tank volume, adjustable brightness control levels and a data link to connect remote indicators. Low foam level warnings will include flashing LEDs at 1/4 cell/tank and down chasing LEDs when the cell/tank is almost empty.

The indicator will receive an input signal from an electronic pressure sensor. The sensor will be mounted from the outside of the foam cell/tank near the bottom. No probe will be placed on the interior of the cell/tank. Wiring will be weather resistant and have automotive type plug-in connectors.
57947Bid #:
0665336 Light Shield/Step 8", 4-FRC Firefly
LED115-Q01, P25 LED Step Lt

STEP/LIGHT SHIELD
There will be an aluminum treadplate stepping surface no less than 8.00" deep and properly reinforced to support a man's weight, installed over the pump operators panel.

There will be four (4) Fire Research Firefly, part number LED115-Q01, 12 volt DC LED lights installed under the step to illuminate the controls, switches, essential instructions, gauges, and instruments necessary for the operation of the apparatus. These lights will be activated by the pump panel light switch. Additional lights will be included every 18.00" depending on the size of the pump house.

One (1) pump panel light will come on when the pump is in ok to pump mode.

There will be a light activated above the pump panel light switch when the parking brake is set.

This is to afford the operator some illumination when first approaching the control panel.

There will be one (1) white LED step light provided above this step. In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each step light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles (fc) covering an entire

15.00" x 15.00" square placed 10.00" below the light and a minimum of 1.5 fc covering an entire

30.00" x 30.00" square at the same 10.00" distance below the light. The step light will be activated by the pump panel light switch.
0665286 Light Shield/Step 8", PS, 3-FRC
Firefly LED115-Q01, P25 LED Stp Lt

ADDITIONAL STEP/LIGHT SHIELD
There will be an additional aluminum treadplate stepping surface no less than 8.00" deep and properly reinforced to support a man's weight, installed over the passenger's side pump panel.

There will be three (3) Fire Research Firefly, part number LED115-Q01, 12 volt DC white LED lights installed under the step to illuminate the controls, switches, essential instructions, gauges, and instruments necessary for the operation of the apparatus. These lights will be activated by a switch on the pump panel.

There will be one (1) white LED, step light provided above the step. In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each step light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles (fc) covering an entire 15" x 15" square placed ten (10) inches below the light and a minimum of 1.5 fc covering an entire 30" x 30" square at the same ten (10) inch distance below the light. The step light will be activated by the pump panel light switch.
0508020 Air Horn, (1) Hadley, 6" Round,
eTone, In Bumper

AIR HORN SYSTEM
One (1) Hadley round air horn with 6.00" bell will be recessed in the front bumper. The air horn system will be piped to the air brake system wet tank utilizing 0.38" tubing. A pressure protection valve will be installed to prevent the loss of air in the brake system. 0606839 Location, Air Horn, Bumper, Left
Side, Outside Frame, Inboard (Pos
#6)
Air Horn Location
The air horn will be located on the left side of the bumper, just outside of the frame rail. 0757092 Control, Air Horn, Multi Select

Air Horn Control
The air horn(s) will be activated by the following:
0743360 Control, Air Horn, Ft Sw, LS, Location
Fet
Left side foot switch will bemount at pickup.
0743678 Control, Air Horn, Ft Sw, RS,
Location Fet
Right side foot switch will bemount at pickup.
0819024 Siren, Wln 295HFS2 Remote, Single
Amp, Other Speaker, Non-NFPA
2024

ELECTRONIC SIREN
A Whelen 295HFS2, electronic remote siren with noise canceling microphone will be provided.

This siren to be active when the battery switch is on and that emergency master switch is on.

NFPA 1900, 2024 edition, Section 10.8.1.1 requires the siren manufacturer to certify the siren as meeting the requirements of SAE J1849, Emergency Vehicle Sirens.

Per the fire department specification, the siren and siren speaker come from separate manufacturers and a certification is therefore not valid. The apparatus will be non compliant to NFPA 1900 standards at time of contract execution.
0060875 Location, Electronic Siren, Remote
Head Only, Recessed In Console

Siren head will be located in the console located per layout. 0076156 Control, Elec Siren, Head Only The electronic siren will be controlled on the siren head only. No horn button or foot switches will be provided.
0601330 Speaker, (1) Federal, ES100C
w/ESFMT-EF Recess Mnt & S/S
Grille

SPEAKER
There will be one (1) Federal Signal DynaMax®, Model ES100, 100 watt speaker provided. The speaker will use a Federal Signal, Model ESFMT-EF, recess mount with stainless steel grille. The speaker will be connected to the siren amplifier.
0601551 Location, Speaker, Frt Bumper,
Recessed, Right Side, Outside
Frame,Outbrd(Pos 1)
The speaker will be recessed in the right side of the front bumper, towards the outside. 58947Bid #:
0895310 Siren, Federal Q2B

AUXILIARY MECHANICAL SIREN
There will be a Federal Signal Model Q2B mechanical siren furnished and installed in the front of the apparatus.

The Q2B will be chrome finish.

The siren will have a 2-gauge cable connected to a power solenoid that is connected by a 2- gauge cable ran battery direct to the primary chassis batteries and will be labeled Q2B+ at the battery. The power solenoid will only be enabled when the emergency master switch is on.

The siren will have a 2-gauge ground wire connected to the chassis battery stud. The cable will be labeled Q2B- at the battery.
0020914 Siren, Mechanical, Recessed In
Bumper, Special Recessing Depth

The mechanical siren will be recessed in the front bumper on the left side. The siren will be supported by the bumper framework. Only the end of the sirens front grille will protrude from the front bumper.
0748305 Control, Mech Siren, Multi Select

MECHANICAL SIREN CONTROL
The mechanical siren will be activated by the following:
0748281 Control Mech Siren, Ft Sw RS

Right side foot switch.
0748282 Control Mech Siren, Ft Sw LS

Left side foot switch.
0897453 Sw, Siren Brake, Mom
Rocker/Membrane, Red Outline, RS
Overhead Sw Pnl, Mux
A momentary switch will be included in the right side overhead switch panel to activate the siren brake.

There will be a red outline decal around the switch.
0897454 Sw, Siren Brake, Mom
Rocker/Membrane, Red Outline, LS
Overhead Sw Pnl, Mux
A momentary switch will be included in the left side overhead switch panel to activate the siren brake.

There will be a red outline decal around the switch.
0746353 Not Required, Warning Lights
Intensity
0604784 Lightbar, Wln, Freedom IV-Q, 81",
RRRRWRsrROptRsrRWRRRR

FRONT ZONE UPPER WARNING LIGHTS
There will be one (1) 81.00" Whelen® Freedom IV™ lightbar mounted on the cab roof.

The lightbar will include the following:

One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side end position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side front corner position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side first front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side second front position.

One (1) white flashing LED module in the driver's side third front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side fourth front position.

One (1) red steady burning LED module in the driver's side fifth front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side sixth front position.

One (1) 795 LED traffic light controller set to national standard high priority in the center positions.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side sixth front position.

One (1) red steady burning LED module in the passenger's side fifth front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side fourth front position.

One (1) white flashing LED module in the passenger's side third front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side second front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side first front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side front corner position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side end position.

There will be clear lenses included on the lightbar.

The following switches may be a installed in the cab on the switch panel to control the lightbar:
a switch to control the flashing LED modules.
the traffic light controller by a cab switch with emergency master control. a driver's side momentary cab switch and a passenger's side momentary cab switch with no emergency master control to activate the traffic light controller.

The white flashing LED modules and the traffic light controller will be disabled when the parking brake is applied.

The eight (8) red flashing LED modules in the front positions may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.
59947Bid #:
0898734 Light, Front Zone, Wln M6** M6**
M6** M6** Q Bzl

CAB FACE WARNING LIGHTS
There will be four (4) Whelen®, Model M6**, 4.31" high x 6.75" wide x 1.37" deep flashing LED warning lights installed on the cab face, above the headlights in a housing that matches the headlights per the following:

The left side outside warning light to include red LEDs.

The left side inside warning light to include red LEDs.

The right side inside warning light to include red LEDs.

The right side outside warning light to include red LEDs.

The warning light lens color(s) to be clear.

The housing to be polished and the trim shall be chrome.

The lights will be controlled per the following:

A switch in the cab, on the switch panel will control the lights.

White LEDs will be deactivated when the parking brake is applied.

Amber LEDs will be deactivated when the parking brake is released.

Amber, blue, green or red LEDs in the inside positions may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.
0554452 Light, Front, Wln M6*C LED, Clear
Lens 1st

FRONT WARNING LIGHT
There will be two (2) Whelen, Model M6*, LED flashing light(s) with chrome trim provided at each end of the angled portion of the front bumper.

The color of the light(s) will be red.

The color of the lens will be clear.

The light(s) will be activated with the front warning switch.

These light may be load managed if colored or disabled if white when the parking brake is applied.

Any white light will be disabled and any amber light activated when the parking brake is applied. 0653937 Flasher, Headlight Alternating HEADLIGHT FLASHER The high beam headlights will flash alternately between the left and right side.

There will be a switch installed in the cab on the switch panel to control the high beam flash. This switch will be live when the battery switch and the emergency master switches are on.

The flashing will automatically cancel when the hi-beam headlight switch is activated or when the parking brake is set.
0729102 SP Lights, Side Zone Lower, Wln M6**,
M6**, M6**, 6Lts, PB Int, Non-NFPA

SIDE ZONE LOWER LIGHTING
There will be six (6) Whelen®, Model M6**, 4.31" high x 6.75" long x 1.37" deep flashing LED warning lights with chrome trim installed per the following:

Two (2) lights located, one (1) each side on the bumper extension. The driver's side, side front light to include red warning LEDs and the passenger's side, side front light to include red warning LEDs.

Two (2) lights located, one (1) each side of cab rearward of crew cab doors. The driver's side, side middle light to include red warning LEDs and the passenger's side, side middle light to include red warning LEDs. These lights will be de-activated, if on, when the park brake is set.

Two (2) lights located, one (1) each side, centered above rear wheels. The driver's side, side rear light to include red warning LEDs and the passenger's side, side rear light to include red warning LEDs. These lights will be de-activated, if on, when the park brake is set.

The warning light lens color(s) to be clear.

The middle and rearward warning lights will be de-activated, if on, when the park brake is set.

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. 0896616 Lights, Door Interior Flash, 4 Dr Cab,
Weldon 8401-0000-20 Strip Light

INTERIOR CAB DOOR WARNING LIGHTS
There will be four (4) Weldon, Model 8401-0000-20, 16" long x 3/4" High x 5/8" deep amber 12 volt DC LED flashing strip lights provided.

One (1) light on the left side cab door.

One (1) light on the right side cab door.

One (1) light on the right side crew cab door.

One (1) light on the left side crew cab door.

Each light will be located over the door window..

Each light will be activated when the battery switch is on, respective door is opened and the park brake is on.

Each light will be installed so the flash pattern directs traffic away from the doors. 0815847 Connectors, Door Interior Flash, All
Cabs, Weatherproof

ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS FOR WARNING LIGHTS
The lights shall be installed with a weatherproof insulated crimped connectors in order to provide ease of connection/disconnection of the circuit applied to. 0750408 Lights, Side, Wln PS*01FCR LED 1st SIDE WARNING LIGHTS There will be four (4) Whelen® Model PS*01FCR, 1.68" high x 11.11" wide x 0.52" deep flashing LED warning light(s) with black trim and clear lenses provided on the side of the apparatus, centered in the rub rail under LS1, LS3, RS1, RS3.

The light(s) to include amber flashing LEDs.

These lights will be controlled by the side zone lower switch in the cab.

White LEDs will be deactivated when the parking brake is applied.

Amber, blue, green and red LEDs may be load manages when the parking brake is applied. 60947Bid #:
0564655 Lights, Rear Zn Lwr, Wln M6*C LED,
Clear Lens, For Tail Lt Housing

REAR ZONE LOWER LIGHTING
There will be two (2) Whelen®, Model M6*C, LED flashing warning lights located at the rear of the apparatus.

The driver's side rear light to be red
The passenger's side rear light to be red
Both lights will include a lens that is clear.

There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. 0686562 Light, Rear Zone Up, Wln MCFLED2*
LED

REAR UPPER ZONE WARNING LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Whelen, Model MCFLED2* LED warning beacons provided at the rear of the truck, one (1) each side.

The color of the lights will be:

The rear upper light(s) on the driver's side to be red.

The rear upper light(s) on the passenger's side to be red.

All lenses will be clear.

There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the beacons. 0006551 Not Required, Lights, Rear Upper
Zone Blocking
0006615 Mounting, Rear Warn Lights, On Top
of Compartment
The rear warning lights will be mounted on top of the compartmentation with all wiring totally enclosed. The rear deck lights will be mounted on the beavertails as high as possible. 0791493 Light, Traffic Directing, Wln TAM65
36" Long LED

TRAFFIC DIRECTING LIGHT
There will be one (1) Whelen® Model TAM65, 36.00" long x 2.87" high x 2.25" deep, amber LED traffic directing light installed at the rear of the apparatus.

The Whelen Model TACTL5 control head will be included with this installation.

The control head will be energized when the battery switch is on.

The auxiliary flash not activated.
0586458 Location, TDL, Surface Mounted with
Painted Box
This traffic directing light will be surface mounted with a smooth aluminum box, painted to match the surface that it is being mounted on, at the rear of the apparatus as high as practical. 0530280 Location, Traf Dir Lt Controller,
Overhead Switch Panel DS Center

The traffic directing light control head will be located in the driver side overhead switch panel in the center panel position.
0519934 Not Required, Brand, Hydraulic Tool
System
0649753 Not Required, PTO Driven Hydraulic
Tool System
0007150 Bag of Nuts and Bolts

LOOSE EQUIPMENT
The following equipment will be furnished with the completed unit:

One (1) bag of chrome, stainless steel, or cadmium plated screws, nuts, bolts and washers, as used in the construction of the unit.
61947Bid #:
0816508 NFPA Required Loose Equipment,
Pumper, NFPA 2024, Provided by
Fire Department

NFPA LOOSE EQUIPMENT
NFPA Required Loose Equipment Provided by Fire Department The following loose equipment as outlined in NFPA 1900, 2024 edition, table 8.1 will be provided by the fire department:

One (1) traffic vest for each seating position, each vest to comply with ANSI/ISEA 207, Standard for High Visibility Public Safety Vests, and have a five-point breakaway feature that includes two (2) at the shoulders, two (2) at the sides, and one (1) at the front.

Five (5) fluorescent orange traffic cones not less than 28.00" (711 mm) in height, each equipped with a 6.00" (152 mm) retro-reflective white band no more than 4.00" (152 mm) from the top of the cone, and an additional 4.00" (102 mm) retro-reflective white band 2.00" (51 mm) below the

6.00" (152 mm) band.

Five (5) illuminated warning devices such as highway flares, unless the five (5) fluorescent orange traffic cones have illuminating capabilities.

NFPA Loose Equipment That Shall be Considered:

The following loose equipment as outlined in NFPA 1900, 2024 edition, appendix table A.8.4 (a) should be considered:
800 ft (60 m) of 2.50" (65 mm) or larger fire hose.
400 ft (120 m) of 1.50" (38 mm), 1.75" (45 mm), or 2.00" (52 mm) fire hose.

One (1) handline nozzle, 200 gpm (750 L/min) minimum.

Two (2) handline nozzles, 95 gpm (360 L/min) minimum.

One (1) smooth bore or combination nozzle with shutoff and with 2.50" (65 mm) inlet that flows a minimum of 250 gpm (950 L/min).

Four (4) SCBA apparatus
Four (4) SCBA spare cylinders
One (1) first aid kit.

Four (4) combination spanner wrenches.

Two (2) hydrant wrenches.

One (1) double female 2.50" (65 mm) adapter with national hose (NH) threads.

One (1) double male 2.50" (65 mm) adapter with national hose (NH) threads.

One (1) rubber mallet, for use on suction hose connections.

Two (2) salvage covers each a minimum size of 12 ft × 18 ft (3.7 m × 5.5 m).

One (1) automatic external defibrillator (AED).
0820489 Not Required, Soft Suction Hose, Fire
Department Omits, NFPA 2024

SOFT SUCTION HOSE
There will be no soft suction hose provided.
0027023 No Strainer Required
0816939 Extinguisher, Dry Chemical, NFPA
2024, Provided by Fire Department

DRY CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
The extinguisher is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the extinguisher.
0816937 Extinguisher, 2.5 Gal. Pressurized
Water, NFPA 2024, Provided by Fire
Department

WATER EXTINGUISHER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
The extinguisher is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the extinguisher.
0816998 Axe, Flathead, Provided by Fire
Department

FLATHEAD AXE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
The axe is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the axe.
0817000 Axe, Pickhead, Provided by Fire
Department

PICKHEAD AXE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
The axe is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the axe.
62947Bid #:
0741569 Paint Process / Environmental
Requirements, Appleton

PAINT PROCESS
The exterior custom cab and body painting procedure will consist of a seven (7) step finishing process as follows:

Manual Surface Preparation
- All exposed metal surfaces on the custom cab and body will be thoroughly cleaned and prepared for painting. Imperfections on the exterior surfaces will be removed and sanded to a smooth finish. Exterior seams will be sealed before painting. Exterior surfaces that will not be painted include; chrome plating, polished stainless steel, anodized aluminum and bright aluminum treadplate.

Chemical Cleaning and Pretreatment
- All surfaces will be chemically cleaned to remove dirt, oil, grease, and metal oxides to ensure the subsequent coatings bond well. The aluminum surfaces will be properly cleaned and treated using a high pressure, high temperature 4 step Acid Etch process. The steel and stainless surfaces will be properly cleaned and treated using a high temperature 3 step process specifically designed for steel or stainless. The chemical treatment converts the metal surface to a passive condition to help prevent corrosion.

Surfacer Primer
- The Surfacer Primer will be applied to a chemically treated metal surface to provide a strong corrosion protective basecoat. A minimum thickness of 2 mils of Surfacer Primer is applied to surfaces that require a Critical aesthetic finish. The Surfacer Primer is a two- component high solids urethane that has excellent sanding properties and an extra smooth finish when sanded.

Finish Sanding
- The Surfacer Primer will be sanded with a fine grit abrasive to achieve an ultra- smooth finish. This sanding process is critical to produce the smooth mirror like finish in the topcoat.

Sealer Primer
- The Sealer Primer is applied prior to the Basecoat in all areas that have not been previously primed with the Surfacer Primer. The Sealer Primer is a two-component high solids urethane that goes on smooth and provides excellent gloss hold out when topcoated.

Basecoat Paint
- Two coats of a high performance, two component high solids polyurethane basecoat will be applied. The Basecoat will be applied to a thickness that will achieve the proper color match. The Basecoat will be used in conjunction with a urethane clear coat to provide protection from the environment.

Clear Coat
- Two (2) coats of Clear Coat will be applied over the Basecoat color. The Clear Coat is a two-component high solids urethane that provides superior gloss and durability to the exterior surfaces. Lap style and roll-up doors will be Clear Coated to match the body. Paint warranty for the roll-up doors will be provided by the roll-up door manufacturer.

After the cab and body are painted, the color will be verified to make sure that it matches the color standard. Electronic color measuring equipment will be used to compare the color sample to the color standard entered into the computer. Color specifications will be used to determine the color match. A Delta E reading will be used to determine a good color match within each family color.

All removable items such as brackets, compartment doors, door hinges, and trim will be removed and painted separately if required, to ensure paint behind all mounted items. Body assemblies that cannot be finish painted after assembly will be finish painted before assembly.

The paint finish quality levels for critical areas of the apparatus (cab front and sides, body sides and doors, and boom lettering panels) are to meet or exceed Cadillac/General Motors GMW15777 global paint requirements. Orange peel levels are to meet or exceed the #6 A.C.T.standard in critical areas. The manufacture's written paint standards will be available upon request.

Environmental Impact
Contractor will meet or exceed all current state regulations concerning paint operations. Pollution control will include measures to protect the atmosphere, water and soil. Controls will include the following conditions:

Topcoats and primers will be chrome and lead free.

Metal treatment chemicals will be chrome free. The wastewater generated in the metal treatment process will be treated on-site to remove any other heavy metals.

Particulate emission collection from sanding operations will have a 99.99 percent efficiency factor.

Particulate emissions from painting operations will be collected by a dry filter or water wash process. If the dry filter is used, it will have an efficiency rating of 98 percent. Water wash systems will be 99.97 percent efficient
Water from water wash booths will be reused. Solids will be removed on a continual basis to keep the water clean.

Paint wastes are disposed of in an environmentally safe manner.

Empty metal paint containers will be recycled to recover the metal.

Solvents used in clean-up operations will be recycled on-site or sent off-site for distillation and returned for reuse.

Additionally, the finished apparatus will not be manufactured with or contain products that have ozone depleting substances. Contractor will, upon demand, present evidence that the manufacturing facility meets the above conditions and that it is in compliance with his state EPA rules and regulations.
0709846 Paint, Two-Tone Color,
Velocity/Impel

CAB TWO-TONE PAINT
The cab will be painted two-tone, with the upper section painted Gray # 479 Just the cab roof and the upper side sheets of the body above the catwalk, also include the hard suction troughs on both sides and the lower section painted RED262. There will be a special two-tone cab paint break at the roof line provided.

There will be no cab shield provided.
0709833 Paint, Two-Tone Color, Body

TWO-TONE BODY PAINT
The body will be painted two-tone with the upper section painted metallic to match the upper section of the cab and the lower section painted to match the lower section of the cab. The body paint break will be at the seam between the body and hatch compartment or catwalk on each side.
63947Bid #:
0646897 Paint Chassis Frame Assy, E-Coat,
Standard

PAINT CHASSIS FRAME ASSEMBLY
The chassis frame assembly will be finished with a single system black top coat before the installation of the cab and body, and before installation of the engine and transmission assembly, air brake lines, electrical wire harnesses, etc.

Components treated with epoxy E-coat protection prior to paint:

Two (2) C-channel frame rails
Components that are included with the chassis frame assembly that will be painted not e-coated are:

Cross members
Axles
Suspensions
Steering gear
Battery boxes
Bumper extension weldment
Frame extensions
Body mounting angles
Rear Body support substructure (front and rear)
Pump house substructure
Steel fuel tank
Castings
Individual piece parts used in chassis and body assembly The E-coat process will meet the technical properties shown. 0693798 Paint, Front Wheels PAINT, FRONT WHEELS
All wheel surfaces, inside and outside, will be provided with powder coat paint #101 black. 0693793 Paint, Rear Wheels, Single Axle PAINT, REAR WHEELS All wheel surfaces, inside and outside, will be provided with powder coat paint #101 black. 0733739 Paint, Axle Hubs

AXLE HUB PAINT
All axle hubs will be painted black #101.
0638530 SP Paint, Drip Rail, Above Exterior
Access EMS, Match Exterior Cab
Color

PAINTED RAIN DRIP
The exterior access rain drip will be painted to match the cab paint color. 0581434 Transit Coating, Carwell, Corrosion
Protection, Including Underside

TRANSIT COATING
All non-painted metal surfaces on the exterior of the vehicle will be sprayed with a corrosion protective coating provided by Carwell. The coating can be removed with soap and water.

The coating is made of a linseed oil base and is biodegradable.

The underside non-painted metal surfaces will also be coated with a corrosion protective coating. 0007230 Compartment, Painted, Spatter Gray

COMPARTMENT INTERIOR PAINT
The interior of all compartments will be painted with a gray spatter finish for ease of cleaning and to make it easier to touch up scratches and nicks.
0612909 SP Reflective Band, 2" Vinyl- 6"
Reflective, w/1.0" Gap

VINYL & REFLECTIVE STRIPES
Two (2) stripes will be provided across the front of the vehicle and along the sides of the body.

The band will consist of a 2.00" Dark Charcoal Metallic vinyl stripe at the top, with a 1" gap, then a 6.00" Black reflective stripe on the bottom.
0510041 Reflective across Cab Face, Imp/Vel

The reflective band provided on the cab face will be below the headlights on the fiberglass. 0725397 SP Stripe, Chevron, Rear, Diamond
Grade, Non-NFPA Coverage, Rear
Wall, Pumper

CHEVRON STRIPING, REAR
There will be chevron striping located on the rear-facing vertical surface of the apparatus.

The color will be red and Fluorescent Yellow-Green 983-23 diamond grade.

NFPA 1901 15.9.3.2 requires that 50% of the rear surface will be covered with chevron striping.

This fire apparatus does not meet the minimum coverage specified and is not compliant to NFPA 1901 standards in this regard.

NFPA 1901 15.9.3.2.1 requires each stripe in the chevron to be a single color alternating between red and either yellow, fluorescent yellow, or fluorescent yellow green. Use of the red and yellow color is endorsed by the International Association of Fire Chiefs. The fire apparatus purchaser will realize that by requesting an exception to this aspect of NFPA 1901, this fire apparatus will not contribute to the national standardization initiative. Per the purchaser's specification, this apparatus will not be compliant to NFPA 1901 standards in this regard. 0544966 Stripe, Chevron, Diamond Grade,
Rear Compartment, Rollup, Pumpers

CHEVRON STRIPING ON REAR ROLLUP COMPARTMENT
There will be alternating chevron striping located on the rear rollup door.

The colors will be red and fluorescent yellow green diamond grade.

Each stripe will be 6.00" in width.
64947Bid #:
0065687 Stripe, Reflective, Cab Doors Interior

CAB DOOR REFLECTIVE STRIPE
A 6.00" x 16.00" black reflective stripe will be provided across the interior of each cab door. The stripe will be located approximately 1.00" up from the bottom, on the door panel.

This stripe will meet the NFPA 1901 requirement.
0679788 Stripe, Vinyl, Cab Sides, IPO Chrome
Molding

CAB STRIPE
There will be a vinyl stripe provided on both sides of the cab in place of the chrome molding. 0033179 Lettering Specifications, Reflective

0684075 Lettering, Vinyl, 3.00", (21-40)

LETTERING
Twenty-one (21) to forty (40) non-reflective vinyl lettering, 3.00" high, with outline and shade will be provided.
0684004 Lettering, Vinyl, 12.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be non-reflective vinyl lettering, 12.00" high, with outline and shade provided. There will be one (1) letter provided.
0684022 Lettering, Vinyl, 8.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be non-reflective vinyl lettering, 8.00" high, with outline and shade provided. There will be eight (8) letters provided.
0684031 Lettering, Vinyl, 6.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be non-reflective vinyl lettering, 6.00" high, with outline and shade provided. There will be five (5) letters provided.
0684036 Lettering, Vinyl, 5.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be non-reflective vinyl lettering, 5.00" high, with outline and shade provided. There will be six (6) letters provided.
0685978 Lettering, Reflective, 18.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be reflective lettering, 18.00" high, with no outline or shade provided. There will be five (5) letters provided.
0037227 Lettering, Reflective, Reverse Cut
Into Reflective Band

REFLECTIVE LETTERING
18 letters, 4.00" high will be cut into the reflective stripe to allow the painted surface to form the letter. The letters will be Located on the D1 & P1 lap doors in the SCL/S.. 0655896 Sign Kit, Painted, Holder and Insert,
Each

SIGN KIT FOR LETTERING/NUMERALS
four (4) painted stainless steel plate(s) and holder(s) will be provided for department lettering.

They will be mounted 10"H and 12"W in size.
0510655 SP Maltese Cross, Vinyl, 16", Pair MALTESE CROSS INSTALLATION There will be one (1) pair of vinyl maltese crosses provided and installed cab doors, match 31043. They will be 16.00" x 16.00".
0772003 Manual, Fire Apparatus Parts, USB
Flash Drive, Custom

FIRE APPARATUS PARTS MANUAL
There will be one (1) custom parts manual(s) in USB flash drive format for the complete fire apparatus provided.

The manual(s) will contain the following:

Job number
Part numbers with full descriptions
Table of contents
Parts section sorted in functional groups reflecting a major system, component, or assembly Parts section sorted in alphabetical order
Instructions on how to locate parts
Each manual will be specifically written for the chassis and body model being purchased. It will not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies.

Service Parts Internet Site
The service parts information included in these manuals are also available on the Pierce website.

The website offers additional functions and features not contained in this manual, such as digital photographs and line drawings of select items. The website also features electronic search tools to assist in locating parts quickly.
65947Bid #:
0772037 Manual, Chassis Service, USB Flash
Drive, Custom

CHASSIS SERVICE MANUALS
There will be one (1) chassis service manuals on USB flash drives containing parts and service information on major components provided with the completed unit.

The manual will contain the following sections:

Job number
Table of contents
Troubleshooting
Front Axle/Suspension
Brakes
Engine
Tires
Wheels
Cab
Electrical, DC
Air Systems
Plumbing
Appendix
The manual will be specifically written for the chassis model being purchased. It will not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies. 0773381 Manual, Chassis Operation, (1) USB
Flash Drive, Custom

CHASSIS OPERATION MANUAL
The chassis operation manual will be provided on one (1) USB flash drive. 0030008 Warranty, Basic, 1 Year, Apparatus,
WA0008
ONE (1) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
A Pierce basic apparatus limited warranty certificate, WA0008, is included with this proposal. 0611136 Warranty, Chassis, 3 Year,
Velocity/Impel, WA0284

THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
The Pierce custom chassis limited warranty certificate, WA0284, is included with this proposal. 0735523 Warranty, Engine, Paccar MX13, 5
Year

ENGINE WARRANTY
A Paccar five (5) yearlimited engine warranty will be provided. A limited warranty certificate, XX, is included with this proposal.
0684953 Warranty, Steering Gear, Sheppard
M110, 3 Year WA0201

STEERING GEAR WARRANTY
A Sheppard three (3) year limited steering gear warranty will be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate will be submitted with the bid package.
0595767 Warranty, Frame, 50 Year,
Velocity/Impel, WA0038

FIFTY (50) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce custom chassis frame and crossmembers limited warranty certificate, WA0038, is included with this proposal.
0595698 Warranty, Axle, 3 Year, TAK-4,
WA0050
FRONT AXLE THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY The Pierce TAK-4 suspension limited warranty certificate, WA0050, is included with this proposal. 0610485 Warranty, Axle, Eaton/Dana, 5
Year/100,000 Mile, Parts and Labor

REAR AXLE WARRANTY
A Eaton five (5)-year/100,000 mile parts and labor warranty will be provided. 0652758 Warranty, ABS Brake System, 3
Year, Meritor Wabco, WA0232

ABS BRAKE SYSTEM THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP

WARRANTY
A Meritor Wabco™ ABS brake system limited warranty certificate, WA0232, is included with this proposal.
0019914 Warranty, Structure, 10 Year, Custom
Cab, WA0012
TEN (10) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce custom cab limited warranty certificate, WA0012, is included with this proposal. 0744240 Warranty, Paint, 10 Year, Cab, Pro-
Rate, WA0055
TEN (10) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION
A Pierce cab limited pro-rated paint warranty certificate, WA0055, is included with this proposal. 0524627 Warranty, Electronics, 5 Year, MUX,
WA0014
FIVE (5) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
The Pierce Command Zone electronics limited warranty certificate, WA0014, is included with this proposal.
0695416 Warranty, Pierce Camera System,
WA0188

CAMERA SYSTEM WARRANTY
A Pierce fifty four (54) monthwarranty will be provided for the camera system. 66947Bid #:
0647720 Warranty, Pierce LED Strip Lights,
WA0203

COMPARTMENT LIGHT WARRANTY
The Pierce 12 volt DC LED strip lights limited warranty certificate, WA0203, is included with this proposal.
0046369 Warranty, 5-year EVS Transmission,
Standard Custom, WA0187

TRANSMISSION WARRANTY
The transmission will have a five (5) year/unlimited mileage warranty covering 100 percent parts and labor. The warranty will be provided by Allison Transmission.

Note: The transmission cooler is not covered under any extended warranty you may be getting on your Allison Transmission. Please review your Allison Transmission warranty for coverage limitations.
0685945 Warranty, Transmission Cooler,
WA0216

TRANSMISSION COOLER WARRANTY
The transmission cooler will carry a five (5) year parts and labor warranty (exclusive to the transmission cooler). In addition, a collateral damage warranty will also be in effect for the first three (3) years of the warranty coverage and will not exceed $10,000 per occurrence. A copy of the warranty certificate will be submitted with the bid package. 0688798 Warranty, Water Tank, Lifetime, UPF,
Poly Tank, WA0195

WATER TANK WARRANTY
A UPF poly water tank limited warranty certificate, WA0195, is included with this proposal. 0596025 Warranty, Structure, 10 Year, Body,
WA0009
TEN (10) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce apparatus body limited warranty certificate, WA0009, is included with this proposal. 0693127 Warranty, Gortite, Roll-up Door, 6
Year, WA0190

ROLL UP DOOR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY
A Gortite roll-up door limited warranty will be provided. The mechanical components of the roll-up door will be warranted against defects in material and workmanship for the lifetime of the vehicle.

A six (6) year limited warranty will be provided on painted and satin roll up doors.

The limited warranty certificate, WA0190, is included with this proposal. 0734463 Warranty, Pump, Waterous, 7 Year
Parts, WA0382

PUMP WARRANTY
The Waterous pump will be provided with a Seven (7) yearmaterial and workmanship limited warranty.

A copy of the warranty certificate will be submitted with the bid package (no exception). 0648675 Warranty, 10 Year S/S Pumbing,
WA0035
TEN (10) YEAR PUMP PLUMBING WARRANTY
The Pierce apparatus plumbing limited warranty certificate, WA0035, is included with this proposal.
0657990 Warranty, Foam System, Husky 3,
WA0231

FOAM SYSTEM WARRANTY
The Husky 3 foam system limited warranty certificate, WA0231, is included with this proposal. 0595820 Warranty, Paint, 10 Year, Body, Pro-
Rate, WA0057
TEN (10) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION
A Pierce body limited pro-rated paint warranty certificate, WA0057, is included with this proposal. 0595412 Warranty, Graphics Lamination, 1
Year, Apparatus, WA0168

ONE (1) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
The Pierce graphics fading and deterioration limited warranty limited warranty certificate, WA0168, is included with this proposal.
0819254 Certification, Vehicle Stability,
CD0196

VEHICLE STABILITY CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification stating the apparatus complies with NFPA 1900, current edition, section 7.14, Vehicle Stability. The certification will be provided at the time of bid.
0808574 Certification, Engine Installation, VEL,
Paccar MX, 2027

ENGINE INSTALLATION CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification, along with a letter from the engine manufacturer stating they approve of the engine installation in the bidder's chassis. The certification will be provided at the time of delivery. 0686786 Certification, Power Steering,
CD0098

POWER STEERING CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification stating the power steering system as installed meets the requirements of the component supplier. The certification will be provided at the time of bid. 67947Bid #:
0892701 Certification, Cab Integrity,
Impel/Velocity FR, CD0190

CAB INTEGRITY CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a cab crash test certification with this proposal. The certification will state that a specimen representing the substantial structural configuration of the cab has been tested and certified by an independent third party test facility. Testing events will be documented with photographs, real-time and high-speed video, vehicle accelerometers, cart accelerometers, and a laser speed trap. The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a state licensed professional engineer to witness and certify all testing events. Testing will meet or exceed the requirements below:

SAE J2422 Cab Roof Strength Evaluation - Quasi-Static Loading Heavy Trucks.

European Occupant Protection Standard ECE Regulation No.29.

SAE J2420 COE Frontal Strength Evaluation - Dynamic Loading Heavy Trucks.

Side Impact
The cab will be subjected to dynamic preload where a 14,320-lbs moving barrier is slammed into the side of the cab at 5.50 mph, striking with an impact of 13,000 ft-lbs of force. This test is part of the SAE J2422 test procedure and more closely represents the forces a cab will see in a rollover incident.

Roof Crush
The same cab will be subjected to a roof crush force of 22,050 lbs. This value meets the ECE 29 criteria, and is equivalent to the front axle rating up to a maximum of ten (10) metric tons.

Additional Roof Crush
The same cab will be subjected to a roof crush force of 100,000 lbs. (Four and a half times the load criteria of ECE 29)
Frontal Impact
The same cab will withstand a frontal impact of 32,600 ft-lb of force using a moving barrier in accordance with SAE J2420.

Additional Frontal Impact
The same cab will withstand a frontal impact of 65,200 ft-lb of force using a moving barrier. (Twice the force required by SAE J2420)
The same cab will withstand all tests without any measurable intrusion into the survival space of the occupant area.

There will be no exception to any portion of the cab integrity certification. Nonconformance will lead to immediate rejection of bid.
0548950 Certification, Cab Door Durability,
Velocity/Impel, CD0001

CAB DOOR DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Robust cab doors help protect occupants. Cab doors will survive a 200,000 cycle door slam test where the slamming force exceeds 20 G's of deceleration. The bidder will certify that the sample doors similar to those provided on the apparatus have been tested and have met these criteria without structural damage, latch malfunction, or significant component wear. 0548967 Certification, Windshield Wiper
Durability, Impel/Velocity, CD0005

WINDSHIELD WIPER DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. Windshield wipers will survive a 3 million cycle durability test in accordance with section 6.2 of SAE J198 Windshield Wiper Systems - Trucks, Buses and Multipurpose Vehicles. The bidder will certify that the wiper system design has been tested and that the wiper system has met these criteria. 0667411 Certification, Electric Window
Durability, Velocity/Impel FR,
CD0004

ELECTRIC WINDOW DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Cab window roll-up systems can cause maintenance problems if not designed for long service life. The window regulator design will complete 30,000 complete up-down cycles and still function normally when finished. The bidder will certify that sample doors and windows similar to those provided on the apparatus have been tested and have met these criteria without malfunction or significant component wear.
0549273 Certification, Seat Belt Anchors and
Mounting, Imp/Vel/Vel SLT, CD0018

SEAT BELT ANCHOR STRENGTH
Seat belt attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat belt anchor design will withstand 3000 lb of pull on both the lap and shoulder belt in accordance with FMVSS 571.210 Seat Belt Assembly Anchorages.

The bidder will certify that each anchor design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria.

SEAT MOUNTING STRENGTH
Seat attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat mounting design will be tested to withstand 20 G's of force in accordance with FMVSS 571.207 Seating Systems. The bidder will certify that each seat mount and cab structure design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria. 68947Bid #:
0735950 Certification, Cab HVAC System Perf,
Vel/Imp FR,
CD0166/CD0168/CD0176/CD0177

PERFORMANCE CERTIFICATIONS
Cab Air Conditioning
Good cab air conditioning temperature and air flow performance keeps occupants comfortable, reduces humidity, and provides a climate for recuperation while at the scene. The cab air conditioning system will cool the cab from a heat-soaked condition at 100 degrees Fahrenheit to an average of 78 degrees Fahrenheit in 30 minutes. The bidder will certify that a substantially similar cab has been tested and has met these criteria.

Cab Defroster
Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. The defroster system will clear the required windshield zones in accordance with SAE J381 Windshield Defrosting Systems Test Procedure And Performance Requirements - Trucks, Buses, And Multipurpose Vehicles.The bidder will certify that the defrost system design has been tested in a cold chamber and passes the SAE J381 criteria.

Cab Auxiliary Heater
Good cab heat performance and regulation provides a more effective working environment for personnel, whether in-transit, or at a scene. An auxiliary cab heater will warm the cab 77 degrees Fahrenheit from a cold-soak, within 30 minutes when tested using the coolant supply methods found in SAE J381. The bidder will certify, at time of delivery, that a substantially similar cab has been tested and has met these criteria.
0545073 Amp Draw Report, NFPA Current
Edition

AMP DRAW REPORT
The bidder will provide, at the time of bid and delivery, an itemized print out of the expected amp draw of the entire vehicle's electrical system.

The manufacturer of the apparatus will provide the following:

Documentation of the electrical system performance tests.

A written load analysis, which will include the following:

The nameplate rating of the alternator.

The alternator rating under the conditions specified per:

Applicable NFPA 1901 or 1906 (Current Edition).

The minimum continuous load of each component that is specified per:

Applicable NFPA 1901 or 1906 (Current Edition).

Additional loads that, when added to the minimum continuous load, determine the total connected load.

Each individual intermittent load.

All of the above listed items will be provided by the bidder per the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.
0002758 Amp Draw, NFPA/ULC Radio
Allowance
0799248 Appleton/Florida BTO

0000018 PUMPER, 2ND GEN

0000012 PIERCE CHASSIS
0735525 PACCAR MX13 ENGINE

0046396 EVS 4000 Series TRANSMISSION
0020011 WATEROUS PUMP

0020009 POLY TANK

0028048 FOAM SYSTEM
0020006 SIDE CONTROL
0020007 AKRON VALVES

0020015 ABS SYSTEM

0658751 PUMPER BASE

69947Bid #:

Option Description Type* Minimum
Load
Intermittent
Load
Total
Connected
0001244 High Idle w/Electronic Engine, Custom 0.00 1.20 0.00 0015216 Reel, Booster, Aluminum - Over Pump, Right Side 0.00 36.00 0.00 0032602 Speedometer, Class 1 w/LED, Officer Overhead 0.00 0.00 0.16 0072153 Primer, Trident, Air Prime, Air Operated 0.00 0.00 0.00 0079211 Batteries, (6) Stryten/Exide Grp 31, 950 CCA each, Threaded Stud 0.00 3.00 0.00 0122466 Cab Lift, Elec/Hyd, w/Manual Override, Imp/Vel 0.00 180.00 0.00 0549333 Indicators, Engine, Included with Pressure Controller 0.00 0.35 0.00 0554452 Light, Front, Wln M6*C LED, Clear Lens 1st 0.00 2.70 1.80 0556749 Programming, Membrane Switches, Max % Light Intensity, Loc, MUX

0.00 1.00 0.00
0583824 Light, Pump Compt, Wln 3SC0CDCR LED White 0.00 0.36 0.00 0583938 Lights, Engine Compt, Custom, Auto Sw, Wln 3SC0CDCR, 3" LED, Trim

0.00 0.60 0.00
0589905 Alarm, Back-up Warning, PRECO 1040 0.00 0.50 0.00 0604028 Water Level Gauge, FRC, MaxVision WLA280-A00 Programmable Remote Display

0.00 0.00 0.00
0604354 Gauge, Foam Level, FRC, Tank Vision Pro, WLA 360-A00, Class "A"

0.00 0.00 1.23
0613339 Handlight, Koehler, BrightStar, Lighthawk II, 07670, Orange Lt,12vdc Direct Wire

0.00 0.00 1.50
0618256 Light, Visor, FRC, 12V SPA851-A28-*, LED MAX-S 1st 0.00 0.00 20.80 0624939 Foam Sys, Husky 3, Single Agent, Multi Select Feature 0.00 55.00 0.00 0653519 Camera, Pierce, LS Mux, RS, LS, R, Cameras 0.00 1.20 0.00 0667902 Controls, Electric Windows, All Cab Doors, Impel/Velocity FR 0.00 26.00 0.00 0673123 Light, Do Not Move Apparatus, Wln 3SR00FRR LED 0.00 0.30 0.00 0679284 Switch, 12V (Inst Pnl), AM/FM Radio, Off Switch, Auto On 0.00 0.00 1.00 0698805 Bracket, Johnny Ray, Heavy Duty Swivel, 14 lb. Rating 0.00 0.00 0.00 0721071 Compt, Storage, 10.71 W x 30 H x 14 D, (1) Ea Side C/C, Sgl Pan, Imp/Vel

0.00 0.00 0.00
0735006 Intercom, David Clark, 4-Pos, 2-Radio, (D,O,RPTT), 2obC, U3805 0.00 0.00 0.50 0735687 Engine Brake, Fully Integrated, Paccar MX13 Engine 0.00 0.42 0.00 0750408 Lights, Side, Wln PS*01FCR LED 1st 0.00 1.92 1.28 0762420 Lights, Walk Surf, Amdor AY-LB-12HW0** LED, and P25 LED 0.00 0.00 0.00 0806466 Lights, Backup, Wln M62BU, LED, For Tail Lt Housing 0.00 3.20 0.00 0807372 Lights, FRC, SPA260-Q20, 1st 0.00 0.00 13.80
0807374 Lights, FRC, SPA260-Q20, 2nd 0.00 0.00 13.80
0819994 Radio, Jensen, AM/FM/WB, Bluetooth 0.00 0.00 2.00 0820509 ESC/ABS/ATC Wabco Brake System, Single Rear Axle, NFPA 1900

0.00 6.00 0.00
0820897 Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC, Batt Dir, 2nd NFPA1900 0.00 0.00 15.00 0820922 Wiring, Spare, 4.8 A 12V DC, USB Term Blue Sea 1045, Batt Dir, 2nd NFPA1900

0.00 0.00 4.80
0821580 Wiring, Spare, 7.5A 12V DC 1st NFPA1900 0.00 0.00 7.50 0895310 Siren, Federal Q2B 0.00 100.00 0.00
0896616 Lights, Door Interior Flash, 4 Dr Cab, Weldon 8401-0000-20 Strip Light

0.00 0.64 0.00
0821236 Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC, 6 Ckt FB, Blue Sea 5025 Batt Dir 1st NFPA1900
Load Managed 0.00 0.00 20.00
0894651 HVAC, Heavy-Duty, Velocity FR, w/PACCAR, CARE Load Managed 0.00 0.00 136.00 0002758 Amp Draw, NFPA/ULC Radio Allowance NFPA 5.00 0.00 0.00 0063610 LS 152" Lap, Full Height Front & Rear, FDLER NFPA 4.50 0.00 4.50 0063624 RS 152" Lap, Full Height Front & Rear, FDLER NFPA 4.50 0.00 4.50 0083700 Compt, Rear, Rollup, 37.75" FF, 25.88" D NFPA 0.90 0.00 0.90 0092582 Load Manager/Sequencer, MUX NFPA 0.56 0.56 0.00 0555915 Wiper Control, 2-Speed with Intermittent, MUX, Impel/Velocity NFPA 2.10 8.40 0.00 0556360 Lights, Step, P25 LED 4lts, Pump Pnl Sw NFPA 1.00 0.00 0.00 0563675 Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Rear, Truck-Lite 33050R LED 7Lts NFPA 0.35 0.00 0.00 * UDMC = User Defined Mission Critical, LM = User Defined Load Managed, S = Electrical Amperage Supply 1 Electrical Analysis
2/13/2024
Bid #: 947
Two (2) Velocity Pumpers (Match 38351) Sales Rep:

Organization:

Myers, Rich
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc
Desc:

Job #:

Customer: South San Joaquin County Fire Authority
Option: Pierce Command Zone, Advanced Electronics & Control System, Vel WiFi CZT
Type: Multiplexed
Option Description Type* Minimum
Load
Intermittent
Load
Total
Connected
0564655 Lights, Rear Zn Lwr, Wln M6*C LED, Clear Lens, For Tail Lt Housing
NFPA 1.80 2.70 0.00
0568012 Air Dryer, Wabco System Saver 1200, Heater, 2010 NFPA 7.81 0.00 0.00 0568369 Cab Instruments, Ivory Gauges, Chrome Bezels, Impel/Velocity 2010
NFPA 1.26 0.00 0.00
0586382 Gauges, Engine, Included With Pressure Controller NFPA 0.30 0.00 0.00 0604784 Lightbar, Wln, Freedom IV-Q, 81", RRRRWRsrROptRsrRWRRRR NFPA 8.96 2.68 9.92 0605126 Pump Shift, Air Mnl Override, Split Shaft, Interlocked, Waterous NFPA 1.00 0.00 0.00 0617901 Lights, Perimeter Pump House, TecNiq T10-LC00-1 15" LED 2lts NFPA 0.80 0.00 0.00 0620054 Light, Directional/Marker, Intermediate, Weldon 9186-8580-29 LED 2lts
NFPA 0.10 0.90 0.00
0625975 Handrails, Beavertail, Hansen Tubing, Knurled Aluminum, LED Backlit
NFPA 1.00 1.00 2.00
0626579 Lights, Perimeter Body, TecNiq T10-LC00-1 15" LED 2lts, Rear Step
NFPA 0.80 0.00 0.00
0645864 Lights, Rear Scene, FRC, SPA900-Q70 NFPA 12.00 0.00 0.00 0647647 Lights, Dome, FRP Dual LED 4 Lts NFPA 0.80 0.80 0.00 0648074 Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Front, P25 LED 7 Lts NFPA 0.49 0.00 0.00 0648425 Light, Directional, Wln 600 Cmb, Cab Crn, Imp/Vel/AXT/Qtm/DCF NFPA 0.70 0.70 0.00 0648630 Lights, Perimeter Cab, TecNiq E10-WS00-1 LED 4Dr, Angled Brkt NFPA 3.00 0.00 0.00 0651334 Cab, Velocity FR, 7000 NFPA 6.80 10.20 0.00
0653937 Flasher, Headlight Alternating NFPA 0.08 0.00 0.00 0665286 Light Shield/Step 8", PS, 3-FRC Firefly LED115-Q01, P25 LED Stp Lt
NFPA 4.00 0.00 0.00
0665336 Light Shield/Step 8", 4-FRC Firefly LED115-Q01, P25 LED Step Lt NFPA 5.00 0.00 0.00 0686562 Light, Rear Zone Up, Wln MCFLED2* LED NFPA 3.00 0.00 0.00 0721609 Controller, Pressure, Pierce LCD, Custom Chassis NFPA 1.70 0.00 0.00 0729102 Lights, Side Zone Lower, Wln M6**, M6**, M6**, 6Lts, PB Int, Non- NFPA
NFPA 5.40 8.10 0.00
0733463 DEF Tank, 6.0 Gallon, LS Fill, Rear of Axle, Common Door, Paccar
NFPA 0.60 11.40 0.00
0739224 Indicator Light @ Pump Panel, Throttle Ready, Incl w/Pressure Gov/Throttle,Green
NFPA 0.10 0.00 0.00
0739749 Gauge, Water Level, Pierce, In pressure Controller, w/Mini Slave, Lt Driver
NFPA 1.23 0.00 0.00
0745568 Indicator Light, Pump Panel, Ok To Pump, Green NFPA 0.10 0.00 0.00 0763247 Handrail, Rear, Below Hose Bed, Hansen, Knurled Aluminum LED Backlit
NFPA 0.50 0.50 1.00
0764088 Wiring, Spare, 47.5 A 12V DC, Cust Install Radio, 40A Bat Dir,

7.5A Sw & Grnd
NFPA 40.00 0.00 7.50
0768474 Lights, Hose Bed, Below Alum Cvr, Amdor AY-LB-12HW040, 40" LED 4lts
NFPA 2.40 0.00 0.00
0770200 Handrail, Exterior, Hansen, Knurled, Alum, LED Backlit, 4-Door Cab
NFPA 0.80 0.00 0.00
0771832 Cabinet, Rear Facing, LS, 24 W x 28 H x 24 D, Ext Acc Only, Sp Mtg, Imp/Vel
NFPA 0.28 0.28 0.00
0775121 Cabinet, Rear Facing, RS, 26.50 W x 28 H x 21.50 D, Ext Acc Only, Imp/Vel
NFPA 0.28 0.28 0.00
0783153 Headlights, Rect LED, JW Spkr Evo 2, AXT/DCF/Enf/Imp/Sab/Vel NFPA 4.20 4.20 0.00 0783729 Cabinet, Forward Facing, Center, 42 W x 36 H x 24 D, Web, Imp/Vel
NFPA 0.36 0.36 0.00
0791493 Light, Traffic Directing, Wln TAM65 36" Long LED NFPA 1.26 2.52 0.00 0804514 Lights, Tail, Wln M62BTT* Red Stop/Tail & M62T* Amber Dir Arw For Hsg
NFPA 0.83 2.49 0.00
0808514 Engine, Paccar MX, 510HP, 1850 lb-ft W/OBD, EPA 2027, Velocity
NFPA 6.00 0.00 0.00
0814201 Vehicle Information Center, 7" Color Display, Touchscreen, MUX, CL714
NFPA 1.20 0.00 0.00
0819024 Siren, Wln 295HFS2 Remote, Single Amp, Other Speaker, Non- NFPA 2024
NFPA 1.40 12.60 0.00
0887546 Trans, Allison 6th Gen, 4000 EVS P, w/Prognostics, Imp/Vel/SFR/Enf
NFPA 2.00 2.00 0.00
0889577 Bracket, License Plate & Light, P25 LED, Stainless Brkt NFPA 0.07 0.00 0.00 0892637 Lights, Cab & Crw Cab Acs Stps, P25, LED w/Bezel, 1Lt Per Step NFPA 1.00 0.00 0.00 0898734 Light, Front Zone, Wln M6** M6** M6** M6** Q Bzl NFPA 1.80 5.40 1.80 0647729 Alternator, 320 amp, Delco Remy 40SI S 0.00 0.00 0.00 Load Totals: 152.12 498.46 273.29
* UDMC = User Defined Mission Critical, LM = User Defined Load Managed, S = Electrical Amperage Supply 2 Electrical Analysis
2/13/2024
Bid #: 947
Two (2) Velocity Pumpers (Match 38351) Sales Rep:

Organization:

Myers, Rich
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc
Desc:

Job #:

Customer: South San Joaquin County Fire Authority
Option: Pierce Command Zone, Advanced Electronics & Control System, Vel WiFi CZT
Type: Multiplexed
Minimum Continuous Load
Supply: 210.00
Demand: 152.12
Variance: 57.88
Total Connected Load
Supply: 288.00
Demand: 269.41
Variance: 18.59
Note: Minimum Continous Load is in "Blocking Right of Way" mode.(Reference current edition of NFPA 1901) Note: Intermittent Load items are not factored in on any alternator load comparisons. These items are included on the report for reference only and should be looked at as amp draw exclusion items. (Reference current edition of NFPA 1901) Note: Total Connected Load "Demand" represents Total Connected Load minus any Load Managed items 210.00 288.00Alternator Output at Idle: Alternator Output at Governed Speed:
* UDMC = User Defined Mission Critical, LM = User Defined Load Managed, S = Electrical Amperage Supply 3 Electrical Analysis
2/13/2024
Bid #: 947
Two (2) Velocity Pumpers (Match 38351) Sales Rep:

Organization:

Myers, Rich
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc
Desc:

Job #:

Customer: South San Joaquin County Fire Authority
Option: Pierce Command Zone, Advanced Electronics & Control System, Vel WiFi CZT
Type: Multiplexed
Turning Performance Analysis
Bid Number: 947 Chassis: Velocity Chassis (Big Block), 2010 Department: South San Joaquin County Fire Authority Body: Pumper, Medium, Aluminum, 2nd Gen Parameters:
*Inside Cramp Angle: 45°
Axle Track: 82.92 in.

Wheel Offset: 5.25 in.

Tread Width: 15.9 in.

Chassis Overhang: 78 in.

Additional Bumper Depth: 0.00 in.

Front Overhang: 78 in.

Wheelbase: 191.5 in.

Calculated Turning Radii:

Inside Turn: 14 ft. 10 in.

Curb to curb: 28 ft. 0 in.

Wall to wall: 32 ft. 10 in.

Notes:
*Actual Inside cramp angle may be less than shown.

Curb to Curb turning radius calculated for 9.00 inch curb. 02/13/2024
Category Option Description
Axle, Front, Custom 0777891 Axle, Front, Oshkosh TAK-4, Non Drive, 20,050 lb, Imp/Vel Tires, Front 0802633 Tires, Front, Goodyear, Armor Max MSA, 385/65R22.50, 18 ply, Fire Ser. Load Rtg
Bumpers 0819338 Bumper, 13" Extended, Steel Painted, 12" High, Imp/Vel Wheels, Front 0604672 Wheels, Front, Accuride, 22.50" x 12.25", Steel, Hub Pilot Definitions:

Inside CrampAngle Maximum turning angle of the front inside fire.

Axle Track King-pin to King-pin distance of front axle.

Wheel Offset Offset from the center line of the wheel to the King-pin.

Tread Width Width of the tire tread.

Chassis Overhang Distance of the center line of the front axle to the front edge of the cab. This does not include the bumper depth.

Additional Bumper Wheel Depth that the bumper assembly adds to the front overhang.

Wheelbase Distance between the center lines of the vehicles front and rear axles.

Inside Turning Radius Radius of the smallest circle around which the vehicle can turn.

Curb to Curb Turning Radius Radius of the smallest circle around which the vehicle's tires can turn. This measures assumes a curb height of 9 inches.

Wall to Wall Turning Radius Radius of the smallest circle around which the vehicle's tires can turn. This measures takes into account any front overhang due to chassis , bumper extensions and or aerial devices.

JROGHQVWDWHĆUHFRP

PRODUCT

WARRANTIES
Exhibit “C”
4 Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0008

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.

This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

No specific exclusions apply
Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
Limited Warranty
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

One (1) Year Material and Workmanship
Basic Apparatus
Twelve (12) months.Warranty Period
Ends After:

The date the apparatus is placed in service, or 60 days from the original buyer invoice date, whichever comes first.Warranty Begins:

Portions of the apparatus manufactured by Pierce shall be free from defects in material and workmanship
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Three (3) Year Material and Workmanship
V
elocity and Impel Custom Chassis
Limited WarrantyLimited WarrantyLimited WarrantyLimited Warranty Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

Portions of the apparatus manufactured by Pierce shall be free from defects in material and workmanship

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The date the apparatus is placed in service, or 60 days from the original buyer invoice date, whichever comes first.Warranty Begins:

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This limited warranty applies, where applicable, to Goldstar lamination, defroster heater coil and motor blower assembly (excluding the FET PWM module), heater, air conditioning condenser coil and fan/motor assembly, air conditioning evaporator coil and motor blower assembly (excluding the drain pan pump and thermostat), under seat heaters coil and motor blower assembly (excluding the FET PWM module),
HVAC electronic switches, HVAC hoses and hard lines,
heater water valve, Pierce PS6 seat frames and hardware, Pierce One-Eleven mirrors, Pierce hands-free scba holder, cracking or color loss of roto-molded components, Meritor rear axle, Wabco ABS system, cab door handles, Standen
spring suspension components, and the gauge instrument
cluster.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.

Three (3) Years, or
30,000 Miles, or
5000 Engine Hours
Warranty Period
Ends After:

Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle.
7/2/2015 WA0284
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE W
ARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES

ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

SUPPLIER
Limited Warranty
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

Covers any failures of the engine which result, under normal use and service, from a defect in material or factory
workmanship.

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the purchaser who first puts the product in service ("Buyer"):
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The date of the original buyer invoice.Warranty Begins:

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

See warranty for exclusions.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

Five (5) years or 100,000 miles, whichever occurs firstWarranty Period Ends After:

Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 3/19/2021 WA0386
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

Oshkosh Corporation Classification - Restricted

PACCAR ENGINE LIMITED WARRANTY
PACCAR MX Warranty
United States

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY (“ LIMITED WARRANTY ”) LISTS THE RESPECTIVE RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF PIERCE MANUFACTURING INC.’S END USER CUSTOMER THAT FIRST PUTS THE PACCAR ENGINE INTO SERVICE (“ YOU” or “ FIRST PURCHASER”), PACCAR INC (“PACCAR”), AND THE SERVICING PACCAR ENGINE DISTRIBUTORS (“AUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTORS”). PLEASE READ THIS LIMITED WARRANTY CAREFULLY.

PACCAR warrants directly to You that the PACCAR MX engine and related kitted parts (collectively, the “Engine”) will be free from defects in materials and factory workmanship (“Warrantable Failures”) appearing under normal commercial use and service during the time, mileage or hour limitations set forth in the attached Warranty Schedule. This Engine warranty extends only to You, and not any subsequent owner or user of the Engine. The Emissions warranty is made to all owners of the Engine in the chain of distribution until the end of the Emissions warranty coverage period. Warranty coverage relating to the Emissions components is outlined in the Emissions Warranty section of the PACCAR MX Operator’s Manual, the terms and conditions of which are incorporated herein by reference.

YOUR SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY AGAINST PACCAR AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES AND AFFILIATES ARISING FROM YOUR

PURCHASE AND USE OF THIS ENGINE IS LIMITED TO THE REPAI R OR REPLACEMENT OF WARRANTABLE FAILURES AT AUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTORS IN THE UNITED STATES AND CANADA AND IS SUBJECT TO PACCAR’S TIME, MILEAGE, AND HOUR LIMITATIONS LISTED IN THE ATTACHED WARRANTY SCHEDULES. The maximum time, mileage and hour limitations in the Warranty Schedules begin running on the Date of Delivery to the First Purchaser. The accrued time, mileage, or hours is calculated when this Engine is brought into an Authorized Distributor for correction of Warrantable Failures.

WARRANTY DISCLAIMER AND LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY (ENGINE AND EMISSIONS) This Limited Warranty is the sole warranty made by PACCAR and its Authorized Distributors to You relating to the Engine. Except for the above limited express warranty, PACCAR and its Authorized Distribu tors make no other warranties to You, express or implied. PACCAR AND ITS AUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTORS EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

IT IS AGREED THAT PACCAR AND ITS AUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTORS SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO: LOSS OF INCOME OR LOST PROFITS; ENGINE OR VEHICLE DOWNTIME; THIRD PARTY DAMAGE, INCLUDING DAMAGE OR LOSS TO OTHER ENGINES, VEHICLES OR PROPERTY, ATTACHMENTS, TRAILERS AND CARGO; LOSS OR DAMAGE TO PERSONAL CONTENTS; COMMUNICATION EXPENSES; LODGING AND/OR MEAL EXPENSES; FINES; APPLICABLE TAXES OR BUSINESS COSTS OR LOSSES; ATTORNEYS’ FEES; AND ANY LIABILITY YOU MAY HAVE IN RESPECT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This warranty does not apply to parts or accessories supplied by the vehicle manufacturer or third parties.

Failures of belts and hoses supplied by PACCAR are covered during the first year from the Date of Delivery of the Engine to the First Purchaser. PACCAR does not warrant antifreeze, lubricants, filters, filter elements, or any other part that is a maintenance or repair item. However, in its sole discretion, PACCAR may pay for lubricating oil, antifreeze, filter elements, belts, hoses, and other mainte nance or repair items if the need for replacing such items is due to a Warrantable Failure of the Engine.

You are responsible for the safe operation and maintenance of the Engine and Emissions equipment as specified in the applicable Operator’s Manuals. You are responsible for providing proof that all recommended ins pections and maintenance have been performed. Before the expiration of the applicable warranty, You must notify an Authorized Distributor of any Warrantable Failures and make the Engine available for Engine repair by such Authorized Distributor. You are responsible for delivery of the Engine to the Authorized Distributor. Locations in the United States and Canada of Authorized Distributors may be found at WWW.PACCARPOWERTRAIN.COM.

PACCAR IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR WEAR AND TEAR OR WEAROUT OF COVERED PARTS, storage deterioration, and changes in adjustment resulting from your use of the Engine. Damage due to accident, misuse, abuse, neglect, negligence, impr oper or insufficient maintenance, or unauthorized modification is not warranted. This may include, but is not limited to: operation without adequate coolants, lubricants, or other fluids; over-fueling; over-speeding; lack of maintenance of the lubricating, cooling or air intake systems; improper storage, starting, warm-up, run-in or shutdown practices; and unauthorized modifications to the Engine. PACCAR is not responsible for damage or loss resulting from Engine horsepower/torque upgrades.

Parts used to repair a Warrantable Failure may be new parts, approved remanufactured parts, or repaired parts. PACCAR is not responsible for failures resulting from the use of parts not approved by PACCAR. A new or approved remanufactured part used to repair a Warrantable Failure assumes the identity of the part it has replaced and is entitled to the remaining warranty coverage, if any.

PACCAR IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR DAMAGE OR LOSSES CAUSED BY INCORRECT OIL, FUEL, DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID, COOLANT, OR ADDITIVES; WATER, DIRT OR OTHER CONTAMINANTS IN THE FUEL, OIL OR DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID; OPERATION WITHOUT ADEQUATE COOLANTS OR LUBRICANTS; OVER -FUELING; OVER -SPEEDING; IMPROPER STORAGE, STARTING, WARM-UP, RUN-IN OR SHUT-DOWN PRACTICES; OR UNAUTHORIZED MODIFICATIONS OF THE ENGINE. Failure of replacement parts used in repairs due to the above non-warrantable conditions is not warrantable.

If your vehicle is disabled by a Warrantable Failure to the Engine during the base warranty period, PACCAR is not responsible fo r towing expenses to transport the vehicle to the nearest Authorized Distributor. In lieu of the towing expense and at the sole discretion of PACCAR,

Oshkosh Corporation Classification - Restricted
PACCAR will pay the reasonable costs of an authorized mechanic to travel to and from the location of the disabled Vehicle in order to perform the Engine repair.

PACCAR will pay for reasonable labor costs for Engine removal and reinstallation when necessary to repair a Warrantable Failure.

Warrantable Failures resulting in excessive oil consumption will be handled within the basic Engine coverage as stated in the attached Engine Schedule. Before a claim for excessive oil consumption, low power, or excessive fuel consumption will be considered for payment, You must submit adequate documentation to show that consumption exceeds PACCAR published standards

PACCAR reserves the right to inspect and download data from the Engine Electronic Control Module for purpose of failure analysis unless prohibited by applicable law.

TIME LIMIT ON COMMENCING LEGAL ACTION / OTHER TERMS
IT IS AGREED THAT YOU HAVE 12 MONTHS FROM THE ACCRUAL OF THE CAUSE OF ACTION TO COMMENCE ANY LEGAL ACTION ARISING FROM THE PURCHASE OR USE OF THE ENGINE, OR BE BARRED FOREVER.

To the extent any provision of this limited warranty is found to contravene the law of any jurisdiction, the remainder of the warranty shall not be affected thereby.

Oshkosh Corporation Classification - Restricted

PACCAR ENGINE LIMITED WARRANTY SCHEDULE
PACCAR MX Warranty
United States

THIS ENGINE WARRANTY SCHEDULE APPLIES ONLY TO ORIGINAL FACTORY EQUIPMENT AND IS SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND LIMITATIONS IN THE ATTACHED LIMITED WARRANTY. This Engine Warranty Schedule does not apply to the vehicle which is warranted separately. Pursuant to the terms of the attached Limited Warranty, PACCAR Inc (“PACCAR”) will pay warranty claims for Warrantable Failures within the following maximum limits in time, mileage, or hours, whichever shall occur first. The Warrantable Failure must be brought to the attention of an Authorized Distributor within 30 days of discovery.

PACCAR MX Engine

Basic Engine -Twenty-four (24) months or 250,000 miles (or 400,000 km) or 6,250 hours - (all applications except fire apparatus)

Fire Apparatus Truck Applications Basic Engine - Sixty (60) months or 100,000 miles (or 160,000 km) or 6,250 hours

Major Engine Components - Sixty (60) months or 500,000 miles or 12,500 hours

Cylinder Block Casting Crankshaft Lube Pump Gear Flywheel Housing Main Bearing Bolts Camshaft Crankshaft Gear Water Pump Housing Cylinder Head Casting Cam Follower Assemblies Camshaft Gear Thermostat Housing Cylinder Head Capscrews Connecting Rod Assemblies Camshaft Idler Gear

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Lifetime Fifty (50) Year Structural Integrity
Chassis Frame & Crossmembers
Fifty (50) Years
(Expected Life of Apparatus)
Warranty Period
Ends After:

The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins:

Custom chassis frame rail and cross members manufactured by Pierce shall be free from defects in material and
workmanship
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Limited Warranty
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This warranty does not apply to damage caused by corrosion.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This limited warranty excludes brake pads, brake rotors, seal boots and shock absorbers.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

Three (3) Years
-or-
30,000 Miles
Warranty Period
Ends After:

Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle.
12/16/2013 WA0050
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE W
ARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES

ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Three (3) Year Material and Workmanship
TA
K-4 Independent Front Suspension
Limited WarrantyLimited WarrantyLimited WarrantyLimited Warranty Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

The TAK-4 Front Independent Suspension and Steering
Gears shall be free from defects in material and
workmanship.

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins:

New for 2011!

Dana Holding Corporation is pleased to announce a change in our standard warranty for fire/rescue vehicles. All steer and drive axles will now come with a 5 year / 100,000 mile warranty. For further information, please go to www.roadranger.com.

Dana Holding Corporation is working with chassis manufactures to supply a 24K front steer beam with a 5 ¼’ drop. We have listened to your requests for a slightly higher GAWR for single axle aerials. Not all fire stations can accommodate a long wheel base application. This allows manufactures to meet the limited length requirements for smaller fire houses. Please submit your requests through our website. Please indicate on the application your need for 24K GAWR.

Finally, our drive axles will accommodate simultaneous auxiliary braking.

Dana axles are built tough and were design with Telma retarders in mind.

Submit your application for single or tandem designation.

Dana Holding Corporation will work with you to provide the best drive train solution with the best warranty in the fire/rescue industry. For additional information please contact:

Alan Manzon
Account Manager – Specialty Markets
Dana Holding Corporation
One Village Center Dr.

Van Buren Twp., MI 48111-5711

Phone: (734)629-1141
Cell: (269)312-3220
[email protected]

Grace Lake Corporate Center
1 Village Center Drive
Van Buren Township, Michigan 48111
www.dana.com

)LUHDQG5HVFXH$SSDUDWXV
Coverage:
7KUHH

<HDU0DWHULDODQG:RUNPDQVKLS
0HULWRU:DEFR$%6%UDNH6\VWHP
Limited Warranty
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

The Meritor Wabco ABS brake system shall be covered by
Meritor Wabco as indicated in the attached Meritor Wabco warranty coverage description
/,0,7(':$55$17<
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins:
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.

Three (3) YearWarranty Period
Ends After:

The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

The exclusions listed in the attached Meritor Wabco warranty description shall apply.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
(;&/86,212)&216(48(17,$/$1',1&,'(17$/'$0$*(6
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.
%8<(5
6(;&/86,9(5(0('<
Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle.
2/25/2013 WA0232
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES

ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.
',6&/$,0(562):$55$17,(6
capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.

WARRANTY
Warranty coverage is essential to protecting your investment. But understanding the full details of your coverage can be challenging. This straightforward approach allows you, our valued customer, to better understand how your specific vehicle applications will be covered in your region. Our component warranty coverage is provided according to vocation/usage categories listed below. • Linehaul covers high mileage operation (over 60,000 miles/year) on well-maintained major highways of concrete or asphalt construction.
• General Service covers moderate mileage operations (less than 60,000 miles/year) on well-maintained public roads (less than 10 percent off-road) typically with less than three (3) stops per mile. • Heavy Service (Vocational) covers vehicles with more than 10 percent off-road OR moderate to frequent starts/stops typically with more than three (3) stops per mile.
• Off-Highway Service covers lower mileage operations. Vehicles are not typically licensed for highway use. • The standard aftermarket warranty for WABCO products - including WABCO Original parts, WABCO Reman Solutions, ProVia quality aftermarket parts and WABCO retrofit solutions - is one year, parts only from in-service date when purchased from ZF distributor networks or its affiliates and/or subsidiaries.

MODEL YEAR 2021 VEHICLES
How to Read Warranty Coverage (Example)
Number of Years Mileage (in thousands) Unl=Unlimited P=Parts Only P&L=Parts & Labor 3 300 P
WARRANTY - MODEL YEAR 2021 VEHICLES
¹ ZF and WABCO branded components.
2 WABCO compressors installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and DDC engines are not warranted or serviced by ZF. Please contact your respective dealer/distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. 3 An extended warranty of 4/400/P will apply when a WABCO Trailer Control Line Filter is used in combination with a WABCO Trailer ABS valve.
• Aerial Ladder Truck
• Aerial Platform
• Ambulance
• Auto Hauler
• Beverage Truck
• Bulk Hauler
• Chip Hauler (Truck)
• Cross Country Coach
• Doubles
• Flatbed
• Front Engine Commercial
Chassis
• Front Engine Integral
Coach
• General Freight
• Grain Hauler
• Intercity Coach
• Intermodal Chassis
• Livestock Hauler
• Meat Packer
• Moving Van
• Municipal Truck
• Pipe Hauler
• Platform Auto Hauler
• Pumper
• Rear Engine Integral Coach
• Recreational Vehicles
• Refrigerated Freight
• School Bus
• Stake Truck
• Tanker
• Tanker Truck
• Triples
• Tour Bus
• Wrecker

LINEHAUL/GENERAL SERVICE VEHICLES

LINEHAUL/GENERAL SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION

LINEHAUL TYPICALLY IS
• High mileage operation (over 60,000 miles/year)
• Well maintained major highways of concrete or
asphalt construction

GENERAL SERVICE TYPICALLY IS
• Moderate mileage operations (less than 60,000 miles/year) • Well maintained public roads (less than 10% off-road) • Less than three (3) stops per mile
WABCO Components1
Air Management
Air Brake Valves
1/100/P&LTrailer Lift Axle Control Valve
Trailer Control Line Filter3
Air Compressors (ALL)2 2/200/P&L
Air Dryers (ALL) 3/300/P&L
Aerodynamics
OptiFlow® TrailerSkirt 2/UnU/P
OptiFlow® Trailer Tail and AutoTail 2/UnI/P
Braking Systems
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Air
3/300/P&L
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Hydraulic
Electronic Braking System (EBS)
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
Roll Stability Control (RSS)
Trailer Roll Stability Support (RSS)
Trailer ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System)
3 Driveline Suspension Control
Clutch Controls 2/200/P&L
Leveling Valves
1/100/P&L
OptiRide® Automated Manual Transmission (AMT)
OptiRide® Electronically Controlled Air Suspension
(ECAS) 3/300/P&L
WABCO Components1 (cont.)
Safety
OnGuardACTIVE®
3/300/P&L
OnLane®
OnLaneALERT®
OnSide®
Trailer SafeStart™
Trailer TailGUARD™
Telematics
TrailerCAST™ Telematics Device 3/300/P&L
Wheel End Solutions
EasyFit™ Slack Adjuster 6/600/P
MAXXUS™ Truck Air Disc Brake 5/500/P&L
IVTM - Wheel Module 6/P
IVTM - All Other Products 2/P
Pan 17 and 19 Air Disc Brake 2/Unl/P and
1/Unl/L
Pan 22 Air Disc Brake 5/500/P and 1/L
TRISTOP™ D Actuator w/ IBV or IRB 6/600/P
TRISTOP™ D Actuator 3/300/P
UNISTOP™ Actuator 2/200/P
Trailer MAXX22T™ Air Disc Brake 5/500/P and 1/L
1 ZF and WABCO branded components. 2 WABCO compressors installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and DDC engines are not warranted or serviced by ZF. Please contact your respective dealer/distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. 3 An extended warranty of 4/400/P will apply when a WABCO Trailer Control Line Filter is used in combination with a WABCO Trailer ABS valve.

WABCO Components1
Air Management
Air Brake Valves
1/100/P&L
Air Compressors (ALL)2
Air Dryers (ALL)
Trailer Control Line Filter
3 Braking Systems
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Air 3/300/P&L
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Hydraulic 2/200/P&L
Electronic Braking System (EBS)
3/300/P&L
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
Trailer ABS Valve3
Roll Stability Control (RSS)
Trailer Roll Stability Support (RSS)
Driveline Suspension Control
OptiRide® Electronically Controlled Air Suspension
(ECAS) 2/200/P&L
Leveling Valves 1/100/P&L
Clutch Controls 2/200/P&L
Safety
OnGuardACTIVE®
3/300/P&L
OnLane®
OnLaneALERT®
OnSide®
Trailer SafeStart™
Trailer TailGUARD™
Telematics
TrailerCAST™ Telematics Device 3/300/P&L
Wheel End Solutions
EasyFit™ Slack Adjuster 2/200/P
MAXXUS™ Air Disc Brake 1/Unl/P&L
IVTM - Wheel Module 6/P
IVTM - All Other Products 2/P
Pan 22, 19 and 17 Air Disc Brake 1/Unl/P&L
Trailer MAXX22T™ 1/Unl/P&L
TRISTOP™ D Actuator w/ IBV 3/Unl/P
TRISTOP™ D Actuator 2/200/P
UNISTOP™ Actuator 1/100/P
• Airport Rescue Fire (ARF)
• Airport Shuttle
• Asphalt Truck
• Block Truck
• Bottom Dump Trailer
Combination
• Cementing Vehicle
• City Bus
• Commercial Pick-Up
• Concrete Pumper
• Construction Material Hauler
• Crash Fire Rescue (CFR)
• Mixer
• Demolition
• Drill Rig
• Dump
• Emergency Service
• Equipment Hauling
• Flatbed Trailer Hauler
• Flatbed Truck
• Fracturing Truck
• Front Loader
• Geophysical Exploration
• Hopper Trailer Combinations
• Landscaping Truck
• Liquid Waste Hauler
• Log Hauling
• Lowboy
• Michigan Special
Gravel Trains
• Michigan Special
Log Hauler
• Michigan Special
Steel Hauler
• Michigan Special
Waste Vehicle
• Municipal Dump
• Newspaper Delivery
• Package Delivery
• Pick-up and Delivery
• Rapid Intervention
Vehicle (RIV)
• Rear Loader
• Recycling Truck
• Residential Pick-Up/Waste
• Rigging Truck
• Roll-Off
• Scrap Truck
• Semi-End Dump
• Sewer/Septic Vacuum
• Shuttle Bus
• Side Loader
• Snowplow/Snowblower
• Steel Hauling
• Tanker
• Tank Truck
• Tractors with Pole Trailers
• Tractor/Trailer with Jeeps
• Transfer Dump
• Transfer Vehicle
• Transit Bus
• Trolley
• Utility Truck
• Winch Truck

HEAVY SERVICE VEHICLES

HEAVY SERVICE (VOCATIONAL) WARRANTY INFORMATION

HEAVY SERVICE TYPICALLY IS
• On/Off road vocations (10% or more off-road) OR
• Moderate to frequent starts/stops typically more than three (3) stops per mile
WARRANTY - MODEL YEAR 2021 VEHICLES

INDUSTRIAL AND OFF-HIGHWAY SERVICE

TYPICALLY IS
• Low mileage operation3
• Vehicles are not typically licensed for highway use
¹ ZF and WABCO branded components. 2 WABCO compressors installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and DDC engines are not warranted or serviced by ZF. Please contact your respective dealer/distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. 3 Equivalent hours of service limit: 2,000 hours for all components.

INDUSTRIAL/OFF-HIGHWAY SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION
WABCO Components1
Air Management
Air Brake Valves
2/Unl/PAir Compressors (ALL)2
Air Dryers (ALL)
Brake Actuation
Air/Hydraulic Actuators
2/Unl/P
Master Cylinders
Remote Actuators
Slave and Wheel Cylinders
Two Fluid Actuators
Brake Locks
Brake Locks (ALL)
2/Unl/PElectric Brake Locks
Lever Locks
Braking Systems
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Air
1/100/P&L
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Hydraulic
Driveline Suspension Control
Clutch Controls
1/100/P&L
Leveling Valves
Electrohydraulics & Controls
Electronic Pedals
2/Unl/PElectrohydraulic Brake Valves (EBV)
Pressure Switches
Hydraulic Braking Solutions
Accumulator Charging Valves
2/Unl/PHydraulic Throttle Controls and Switches
Modulating Brake Valves
Wheel End Solutions
EasyFit™ Slack Adjuster 2/200/P
Caliper Disc Brakes 2/Unl/P
MAXXUS™ Air Disc Brake 1/Unl/P&L
Multiple Disc Brakes 2/Unl/P
IVTM - Wheel Module 6/P
IVTM - All Other Products 2/P
Pan 22, 19 and 17 Air Disc Brake 1/Unl/P&L
TRISTOP™ D Actuator w/ IBV 3/Unl/P
TRISTOP™ D Actuator 2/200/P
UNISTOP™ Actuator 1/100/P
Market Common Application Types
Agriculture
Fertilizer Spreader, Tractor, Heavy Duty Ag
Trailers, Harvester, Sprayer, Skid Loader, Silage
Bagger, Slurry Wagons, Grain Cart
Airport Support
Pushback Tractor, Towing Tugs, Aircraft Tow
Tractor, Refueling Trucks, Food Service Trucks,
Baggage Tractors, De-Icing Equipment,
Runway Clearing Equipment
Construction
All-Terrain Crane, Rough Terrain Crane,
Excavator, Compactor, Wheel Loader, Road
Roller, Motor Grader, Articulated Dump Truck,
Rubber Tire Road Roller, Backhoe Loaders,
Haul Trucks, Scraper Rough Terrain Forklifts,
Trenchers, Drills
Forestry Logging Forwarder, Kidder, Loaders, Yard
Forklifts, Harvesters Fellers
Material Handling
Port Tractor, Rail Yard Spotter, Stevedoring
Tractor, Trailer Spotter, Yard Jockey, Scissor
Lift, Straddle Carrier, Manlift, Forklift, Boom Lift
Telebandlers, Aerial Work Platforms
Mining
Specialized Mining, Excavator, Haul Truck,
Underground Loader, Service Trucks, Wheel
Loaders, Scrapers, Load Haul Dumps,
Personnel Transports, Bolters, Scalers
Municipal
Street Sweeper, Utility Tractor, Utility Trucks,
Tree Trimmers, Dump Trucks, Tow Trucks, Flat
Bed Trucks, Winch Applications
Oil & Gas
Fracturing Trailer, Injecter Heads, Top Drives,
Jack/Lift Boats, Wireline Trucks, Load-On /
Load-Off
Rail
Railcar Mover, Track Layers, Grinders, Platform
Crane, Locomotive Railcars, Ballast Equipment,
Winch Applications

ABS, ELECTRONIC STABILITY CONTROL (ESC),
ROLL STABILITY CONTROL (RSC), OPTIRIDE®,
ONGUARD® AND ONLANE®, COLLECTIVELY
“ELECTRONICS”
Failure of electronic components due to overvoltage
condition, improper grounding, electrostatic discharge
(ESD), improper shielding, electromagnetic interference (EMI), or other wiring or installation issues. Malfunctions and failure codes caused by other electronic subsystem failures (data bus, engine, transmission, dashboard, etc.)

HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS
For certain components, brake fluid DOT3 or DOT4 is
used as the operating medium. Use of any other fluid will void all warranties associated with that component. For hydraulic braking applications the brake fluid is considered a maintenance item. Maintenance intervals are listed in TB- 1367.

COVERAGE LIMITATIONS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

ALL PRODUCTS
Any claim beyond 60 days from date of repair will not be accepted or honored under this warranty program.

Products purchased on an incomplete vehicle (glider) are limited to one year, 1/Unl/P .

For vehicles that operate full- or part-time outside of the United States and Canada, a 1-Year/Unlimited Miles parts only (1/Unl/P) will apply.

TOOLBOX PLUS™ DIAGNOSTIC SOFTWARE
Proper diagnostics of WABCO Electronics may require the latest version of TOOLBOX PLUS™. Additional labor due
to use of an outdated version of TOOLBOX™ software
and/or the time to purchase or install the latest version of TOOLBOX PLUS™ are not covered under product
warranty.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

COVERAGE EXCLUSIONS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

ALL PRODUCTS
This Warranty shall not apply to the following, but not limited to: (1) damage to the product or its component
parts caused by incorrect use, installation, maintenance or repair, including without limitation (a) improper fit of mating components or brackets, damaged threads, cut, broken,
chafed, pinched or otherwise damaged wiring (sensors,
harnesses and connectors), (b) sensors damaged during
removal when seized in block, or associated with sensor adjustments/ alignments, and (c) damage resulting from the use or installation of non-genuine WABCO components or
materials; (2) damage to the product, its component parts, or diminished product or component part performance due to incorrect operation, deviation from approved conditions or misapplication; (3) any unauthorized disassembly of the product or its component parts including without limitation (a) obliterated, defaced or missing WABCO or WABCO
name plate, serial numbers or label identifying the device as a ZF
product or WABCO component, (b) changes to sealed
adjusting screws, and (c) opening or attempted repair of non-serviceable components; (4) malfunction
of the component due to inter
nal contamination of the
ve
hicle system including without limitation (a) water and other contamination damage that is due to the use of a
non-genuine air dryer cartridge or (b) valve failures due to co
ntamination in air system, (5) complaints associated
with noise, (6) damage resulting from corrosion (including oxidation of electrical devices and connections).

AIR DRYERS
Mounting brackets (see vehicle OEM). Desiccant cartridge housing only.

AIR SYSTEM COMPONENTS
Normal wear items; Gladhand seals, dash valve knobs,
valve actuation handles, treadles, pedals.

WARRANTY - MODEL YEAR 2021 VEHICLES
(1) What is Covered by this Commercial Warranty?
ZF CV Systems North America LLC and its North American
subsidiaries and affiliates (ZF) warrant to the owner (“Owner”) that the components listed in this
publication, which have been installed by an
Original Equipment Manufacturer (“OEM”) as original equipment will be free from defects in material and workmanship. This warranty coverage begins from the original in-service date to the limits provided and runs concurrently with any warranties provided by OEMs and/or any distribution agreements and/or any service contracts that cover the components
listed in this publication, if any. If the components
listed in this
publication are covered by an OEM warranty and/or
service contract,
then the OEM’s warranty and/ or service contract
shall supersede
ZF’s warranty and Owner shall comply with all OEM’s
warranty and/or service contract requirements for claims under such OEM’s warranty and/or service contract until those agreements expire.

Once those agreements expire and provided the ZF warranty has not expired under the terms stated above, the ZF warranty will be in effect until its expiration date.

Warranty coverage ends at the expiration of the applicable time period from the date of vehicle pur
chase by the first Owner, or, the applicable
mileage limitation, whichever occurs first. Duration of coverage varies by component and vocation as detailed previously in this publication.

Some components are warranted for parts only and the Owner must pay any labor costs associated with the repair or replacement of the component. Other components are warranted for both parts and reasonable labor to repair or replace the subject component.

Additional diagnostic time due to use of an outdated version of TOOLBOX™, time to purchase or install latest version of TOOLBOX™ are the responsibility of the authorized ZF distributor networks and are not covered under product warranty. Components installed as replacements under this warranty are warranted only for the remainder of the original period of time or mileage under the original warranty. (2) Designation of Vocational Use Required. To obtain warranty coverage, each Owner must notify ZF through the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer of the intended vocational use of the vehicle into which the
WABCO components have been incorporated prior to the vehicle in- service date. This notification may be accomplished by registering the vehicle through your OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer or with ZF directly. Failure to notify
ZF of (I) the intended vocational use of the
vehicle or (II) a change in vocational use from that which was originally designated, will result in the application of a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty (1/Unl/P) from the initial in- service date. A second Owner and each subsequent Owner must also notify
ZF as to the intended vocational use of the vehicle. This notification can be sent directly to ZF or through
the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer. The duration and mileage coverage of this warranty cannot exceed the coverage extended to the first Owner after his or her initial designation of vocational use. Coverage under ZF’s warranty requires that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and ZF
, approvals.
(3) What is the Cost of this Warranty? There is no charge to the Owner for this warranty.
(4) What is not Covered by this Warranty? In addition to the items listed on "Coverage Exclusions," this warranty does not cover normal wear and
tear, or service items; nor does it cover a component that fails, malfunctions or is damaged as a result of (a) improper handling, storage, installation, adjustment, repair or modification including the use of unauthorized attachments or changes or modification in the vehicle’s configuration, usage, or vocation from that which was

originally approved by ZF, (b) accident, fire or other casualty, natural disaster
, road debris, negligence, misuse, abuse, or improper use (including loading beyond the specified maximum vehicle weight or altering engine power settings to exceed the brake system capacity), or (c) improper or insufficient maintenance (including
deviation from
maintenance intervals, approved lubricants, or lube
levels). This
warranty does not cover any component or part that is not sold by ZF. (5) To obtain service. If the owner discovers within the applicable coverage period a defect in material or workmanship, the Owner must promptly give notice to either ZF or the dealer from which the vehicle was purchased. To obtain service, the vehicle must be taken to any
participating OEM dealer or ZF
distributor networks' servicer. The
dealer or ZF
authorized servicer will inspect the vehicle and contact ZF for an evaluation of the claim. When
authorized by ZF, the dealer or ZF
authorized servicer
will repair or replace during the term of this
warranty any defective WABCO component covered by this warranty. (6) Disclaimer of Warranty and Limitation of remedies. TO THE MAXIMUM

EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THE LIMITED WARRANTY SET

FORTH HEREIN IS EXCLUSIVE AND IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER

WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARISING BY OPERATION OF

LAW OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY

IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A

PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND/OR WARRANTY FOR HIDDEN OR

LATENT DEFECTS, AND IN NO EVENT WILL ZF OR ANY OF ITS

AFFILIATES BE LIABLE FOR DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,

PROGRESSIVE, SPECIAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY
KIND.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS
(7) Legal action. Any legal action or claim arising from or related to this Warranty, in contract or otherwise, must be commenced within one year from the accrual of that cause of action, or be barred forever. Any dispute arising in connection with this agreement shall be governed by
and construed according to the laws of the State of Michigan and be brought, heard and determined exclusively in either the Circuit Court for the County of Oakland, State of Michigan or the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Michigan. The parties stipulate that the referenced venues are convenient.
(8) Remedy. The exclusive remedy under this warranty shall be the repair or replacement of the defective component at ZF's option. ZF reserves the right to require that all applicable covered
components are available
and/or returned to ZF for review
and evaluation. THE MAXIMUM LIABILITY, IF ANY
, OF ZF FOR ALL

DAMAGES, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION CONTRACT

DAMAGES, BREACH OF WARRANTY, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT

LIABILITY, OR OTHER TORT, IS LIMITED TO AN AMOUNT NOT TO EXCEED THE PURCHASE PRICE OF THE PRODUCT and where
indicated in the product and application warranty information above, the inclusion of labor is limited to the standard repair time. THE

PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT THE LIMITATION

OF DAMAGES PROVISION SET FORTH IN THIS PARAGRAPH

SURVIVES BETWEEN THE ORIGINAL END USER AND ZF EVEN IF

THE EXCLUSIVE REMEDY SET FORTH ABOVE IS DEEMED TO FAIL
OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE. ZF
may change the design or make
improvements to its Products without incurring any
warranty obligation
for previously manufactured Product .
(9) Entire Agreement. This is the entire agreement between ZF and the Owner about warranty and no, ZF
employee, or dealer is authorized to
make any additional warranty on behalf of ZF
unless in writing and
signed by an authorized representative of
ZF.

About ZF Friedrichshafen AG
ZF is a global technology company and supplies systems for passenger cars, commercial vehicles and industrial technology, enabling the next generation of mobility. ZF allows vehicles to see, think and act. In the four technology domains Vehicle Motion Control, Integrated Safety, Automated Driving, and Electric Mobility, ZF offers comprehensive solutions for established vehicle manufacturers and newly emerging transport and mobility service providers. ZF electrifies different kinds of vehicles. With its products, the company contributes to reducing emissions and protecting the climate.

ZF, which acquired WABCO Holdings Inc. on May 29, 2020, now has 160,000 employees worldwide with approximately 260 locations in 41 countries. In 2019, the two then-independent companies achieved sales of €36.5 billion (ZF) and $3.4 billion (WABCO). For more information, visit: www.wabco-na.com
© 2021 ZF CV Systems North America LLC - All rights reserved - SP1375 / 2.2021 For further product details contact your distributor or the WABCO Customer Care Center at 855-228-3203.

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This warranty applies only to the cab tubular support and mounting structures and other structural components of the cab of the vehicle model, as identified in the Pierce
specifications for the Fire and Rescue Apparatus.

This warranty does not apply to damage caused by corrosion.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Ten (10) Year Structural Integrity
Custom Cab
Ten (10) Years
- or -
100,000 Miles
Warranty Period
Ends After:

The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins:

The Pierce Custom Cab shall be free from structural failures caused by defects in material and workmanship
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Ten (10) Year Pro-Rated Paint and Corrosion
Cab
Ten (10) YearsWarranty Period
Ends After:

The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins:

Exterior surfaces of the cab painted by Pierce shall be free from blistering, peeling, corrosion or any other adhesion defect caused by defective manufacturing methods or paint material selection.
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Limited Warranty
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This limited warranty is applicable to the vehicle in the following percentage costs of warranty repair, if any:

Topcoat Durability & Appearance: Gloss, Color Retention & Cracking
0-72 months 100%
73-96 months 50%
97-120 months 25%
Integrity of Coating System: Adhesion, Blistering/Bubbling 0-36 months 100%
37-84 months 50%
85-120 months 25%
Corrosion: Dissimilar Metal and Crevice
0-36 months 100%
37-48 months 50%
49-72 months 25%
73-120 months 10%
Corrosion Perforation
0-120 months 100%
This limited warranty applies only to exterior paint. Paint on the vehicle's interior is warranted only under the Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty.

Items not covered by this warranty include:
(a) Damage from lack of maintenance and cleaning (proper cleaning and maintenance procedures are detailed in the Pierce operation and maintenance manual).
(b) UV paint fade.
(c) Any cab not manufactured by Pierce.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This limited warranty applies to all of the control modules for the Command Zone system, including the full color graphic displays. Related wire harnesses, cables and connectors are not covered under this limited warranty and are instead covered under the Pierce One Year Basic Apparatus Limited Warranty.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Five (5) Year Material and Workmanship
Command Zone Electronics
Five (5) YearsWarranty Period
Ends After:

The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins:

Command Zone control modules shall be free from failures caused by defects in material and workmanship
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This limited warranty does not apply to related wire
harnesses, cables, and connectors, which are covered by the Pierce one (1) year basic apparatus limited warranty.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:
54 Months Material and Workmanship
Camera System
Fifty - Four (54) monthsWarranty Period
Ends After:

The date of delivery.Warranty Begins:

This limited warranty covers repairs to correct any defect related to materials or workmanship of the Sharpvision
camera system installed on the apparatus occuring during th e
warranty period.
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Ten (10) Year Material and Workmanship
Pierce 12V LED Strip Light
Limited Warranty
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

This limited warranty covers repairs to correct any defect related to materials or workmanship of the Pierce 12V LED strip lights installed on the apparatus occuring during the warranty period.

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins:

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This limited warranty does not apply to related wire
harnesses, cables, and connectors, which are covered by the Pierce one (1) year basic apparatus limited warranty.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

Ten (10) YearWarranty Period
Ends After:

Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 7/5/2011 WA0203
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

NEW PRODUCT WARRANTY

PARTICIPATING OEM SALES

DISTRIBUTOR SALES

LIMITED WARRANTY ON NEW ALLISON AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONS

USED IN EMERGENCY VEHICLE APPLICATIONS

Allison Transmission will provide for repairs or replacement, at its option, during the warranty period of each new Allison transmission listed below that is installed in an Emergency Vehicle in accordance with the following te rms, conditions, and limitations.

WHAT IS COVERED
 WARRANTY APPLIES — This warranty is for new Allison transmission models listed below installed in an Emergency Vehicle and is provided to the original and any subsequent owner(s) of the vehicle during the warranty period.  REPAIRS COVERED — The warranty covers repairs or replacement, at Allison Transmission’s option, to correct any transmission malfunction resulting from defects in material or workmanship occurring during the warranty period. Needed repairs or replacements will be performed using the method Allison Transmission determines most appropriate under the circumstances.  TOWING — Towing is covered to the nearest Allison Transmission Distributor or authorized Dealer only when necessary to prevent further damage to your transmission.
 PAYMENT TERMS — Warranty repairs, including parts and labor, will be covered per the schedule shown in the chart contained in section “APPLICABLE MODELS, WARRANTY LIMITATIONS, AND ADJUSTMENT SCHEDULE.”  OBTAINING REPAIRS — To obtain warranty repairs, take the vehicle to any Allison Transmission Distributor or authorized Dealer within a reasonable amount of time and request the needed repairs. A reasonable amount of time must be allowed for the Distributor or Dealer to perform necessary repairs.
 TRANSMISSION REMOVAL AND REINSTALLATION — Labor costs for the removal and re-installation of the transmission, when necessary to make a warranty repair, are covered by this warranty.  WARRANTY PERIOD — The warranty period for all coverages shall begin on the date the transmission is delivered to the first retail purchaser, with the following exception:

Demonstration Service - A transmission in a new truck or bus may be demonstrated to a total of 5000 miles (8000 kilometers).

If the vehicle is within this limit when sold to a retail purchaser, the warranty start date is the date of purchase. Normal warranty services are applicable to the demonstrating Dealer. Should the truck or bus be sold to a retail purchaser after these limits are reached, the warranty period will begin on the date the vehicle was first placed in demonstration service and the purchaser will be entitled to the remaining warranty.

APPLICABLE MODELS, WARRANTY LIMITATIONS, AND ADJUSTMENT SCHEDULE

WARRANTY LIMITATIONS
(Whichever occurs first)

ADJUSTMENT CHARGE TO BE

PAID BY THE CUSTOMER APPLICABLE
MODELS
Months
Transmission Miles
Or Kilometers Parts Labor
MT, MD
3000, 3200, 3500, 3700 0–24 No Limit No Charge No Charge HT with Hydraulic Controls 0–24 No Limit No Charge No Charge AT, 1000 Series, 2000 Series,
2400 Series 0–36 No Limit No Charge No Charge
HT with Electronic Controls 0–60 No Limit No Charge No Charge HD
1000 EVS, 2100 EVS, 2200 EVS
2350 EVS, 2500 EVS, 2550 EVS,
3000 EVS, 3500 EVS, 4000,
4000 EVS, 4500, 4500 EVS, 4700,
4700 EVS, 4800, 4800 EVS
0–60 No Limit No Charge No Charge

Page 1 of 2 ends

Tracy City CouncilApril 30, 2024

Tracy City Council
April 30, 2024